PALAONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIRTY, VOL. LX. THE PLEISTOCENE BEARS. Pacts 1—35; Piatres I—VIII. TE) ISHS OF THER OLD RED SANDSTONE. Part II, No. 38. Pages 119—-130; Puarzrs XX VII—XXXI. THE CRETACKOUS LAMELLIBRANCHTA. Mor, Ui; Pare DIT, Paces 97—132; Puares XII—XIX. THE LOWER PALAOZOIC TRILOBITES OF -GLRVAN. Part ITI. Paces 97—186; Tirnr-pace anp InpEx; Prates XIV- JO THE CAMBERTAN TRILOBITHS.: Parr I. Paars 1—28; Puarss I, II. SSE GRAPTOLITES. Part V. Paaes lxxiii—xevi, 181—216; Prarrs XXVI, XXVII. Issugp For 1906. California Academy of Sciences RECEIVED BY PURCHASE Ca a Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2011 http://archive.org/details/monographof601906pala PALAONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. NOPE NUSIN ES lax. CONTAINING 1. THE PLEISTOCENE BEARS. By Prof. 8. H. Reynoups. Hight Plates. to . THE FISHES OF THE OLD RED SANDSTONE. Part II, No. 3. By Dr. R. H. Traquair. Five Plates. 3. THE CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. Vol. II, Part III. By Mr. H. Woops. Eight Plates. 4, THE LOWER PALAOZOIC TRILOBITES OF GIRVAN. Part III, Title-page and Index. By Mr. F. R. CowrPer REED. Seven Plates. 5. THE CAMBRIAN TRILOBITES. Part I. By Mr. P. Lake. Two Plates. 6. BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. Part V. By Miss Entes and Miss Woop. Edited by Prof. Lapwortu. Two Plates. LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE PALAONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. AGENTS FOR THE SOCIETY: DULAU AND CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W. DECEMBER, 1906. THE PALAONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY was established in the year 1847, for the purpose of figuring and describing British Fossils. Hach person subscribing ONE GuINEA is considered a Member of the Society, and is entitled to the Volume issued for the Year to which the Subscription relates. The price of the Volume to Non-subscribers 1s TWENTY-FIVE SHILLINGS NET. Subscriptions are considered to be due on the 1st of January in each year. The Annual Volumes are now issued in two forms of Binding: 1st, with all the Monographs stitched together and enclosed in one cover; 2nd, with each of the Monographs in a paper cover, and the whole of the separate parts enclosed in an envelope. Members wishing to obtain the Volume arranged in the LATTER FORM are requested to communicate with the Secretary. Most of the back volumes are m stock. Monographs or parts of Monographs already published can be obtained, apart from the annual volumes, from Messrs. Dutau and Co., 37, Soho Square, London, W., who will forward a complete price list on application. Members desirous of forwarding the objects of the Society can be provided with plates and circulars for distribution on application to the Secretary, Dr. A. Samira Woopwarp, British Museum (Nat. Hist.), South Kensington, London, 8.W. The following Monographs are in course of publication : The Fossil Sponges, by Dr. G. J. Hinde. The Graptolites, by Prof. Lapworth, Miss Elles, and Miss Wood. The Cambrian Trilobites, by Mr. Philip Lake. The Fossil Echmodermata, Cretaceous, by Mr. W. K. Spencer. The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, by Mr. H. Woods. The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, by Mr. 8. S. Buckman. The Sirenoid Ganoids, the Palwoniscid Fishes of the Carboniferous Formation, and the Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, by Dr. R. H. Traquair. The Fishes of the English Chalk, by Dr. A. Smith Woodward. The Fauna of the Devonian Formation of the South of England, by the Rev. G. F. W hidborne. The Cornbrash Fauna, by the Rey. J. F. Blake. ANNUAL REPORT PALAGONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1906, IEy IS Ie Che Council, Secretaries, and AMembers AND A LIST OF THE CONTENTS OF THE VOLUMES ALREADY PUBLISHED. Council and Officers elected March, 1906. President, HENRY WOODWARD, Esg., LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S. Vice-Presidents. Rev. Canon Bonney, D.Sc., F.B.S. | W. H. Hupuestron, Hsq., M.A., F.R.S. G. J. Hinpz, Esq., P.D., F.R.S. K. T. Newron, Hsg., F.R.S. Council. F. A. Baruer, Hsq., M.A., D.Sc., F.G.S. | Tue Rraur Rev. Bisuop Mrreuinson, D.C.L. [Rey. J. F. Buaxs, M.A., E.G:S.*] F. R. Cowper Reep, Esq., M.A., F.G.S. H. W. Burrows, Hsq., F.G.S. CLement Rerp, Esq., F.R.S. Miss Marg@arer CRrosrieLp. F. W. Rupusr, Esgq., 1.8.0., F.G.S. UpFIELD GREEN, Hsq., F.G.S. | W. P. D. Sressine, Esq., F.G.S. I’. W. Harmer, Hsq., F.G.S. A. Srranan, Hsq., M.A., F.R.S. F. L. Kircuin, Esq., M.A., Po.D., F.G.S. Pror. W. W. Warts, M.A., F.R.S. P. Laks, Esq., M.A., F.G.S. Rev. G. F. Wuipsorne, M.A., F.G.S. Tuomas Letauron, Esq., F.G.S. Treasurer. @. J. Hinps, Esge., Pu.D., F.R.S., F.G.S. Secretary. A. Smrru Woopwarp, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., British Museum (Nat. Hist.), South Kensington, London. S.W. otal Secretaries. Bath—Rerv. H. H. Winwoop, M.A., F.G.S. Hertfordshire —J. HopK1nson, Esq., F.G.S. Berlin—Messrs. FRIEDLANDER & SON. Liverpool—Josrru Lomas, Ksq., F.G.S. Cambridge—H. Woops, Esq., M.A., F.G.S. Oxford—Pror. W. J. Sounas, F.R.S. Cheltenham—L. Ricuarpson, Esq@., F.G.S. Staffordshire—Dr. Wuretton Hinp, F.G.S. * Deceased 7th July, 1906. ANNUAL REPORT OF THE COUNCIL FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDING 31sr DECEMBER, 1905. ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, HELD AT THE APARTMENTS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, BURLINGTON HOUSE, 380TH MARCH, 1906. Dr. HENRY WOODWARD, F.R.S., Presipent, IN THE CHAIR. In accordance with the Council’s resolution last year to balance the Society’s accounts on 31st December instead of on 31st March as heretofore, their present Report refers only to the period of nine months between Ist April and 31st December, 1905. Notwithstanding this shortness of period, however, the Council have the gratification of recording a small balance in hand at the end of the year after paying the cost of the volume for 1905. Owing to the exceptional expenditure on recent volumes, it was necessary to reduce the plates to about the normal number, namely, twenty-eight altogether, of which eleven had already been drawn and paid for during previous years. ‘The volume contains instalments of the Monographs of ‘ Cretaceous Asteroidea,” by Mr. W. K. Spencer (following the late Mr. Percy Sladen), of “ Cretaceous Lamellibranchia,” by Mr. H. Woods, and of ** Inferior Oolite Ammonites,” by Mr. 8. 8. Buckman; also the first part of a new “ Monograph of the Fauna of the Cornbrash,” by Rev. J. F. Blake, and the title-page and index of the second volume of Dr. Wheelton Hind’s ‘* Monograph of Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata.”’ The Balance Sheet does not admit of direct comparison with those of previous 6 years, but the Council regret to have to record serious losses among subscribers which they have not succeeded in making good. A most distinguished member, Dr. W. 'T. Blanford, F.R.S., died shortly after his election as Vice-President im June, 1905. Mrs. Percy Sladen, Rev. F. A. Walker, and Mr. W. H. Goss were also lost by death; while several libraries retired after a short period of subscription. The Council desire to emphasise the importance of obtaming new subscribers to compensate for these losses, and are especially anxious to enlist the practical sympathy of all who are interested in the progress of Paleontology. The Monographs offered for publication are still more numerous than the Council are able to accept, and the completion of current Monographs would be much facilitated by additional funds to provide the requisite illustrations. Thanks are due to the Geological Society for permission both to store the stock of back volumes and to hold the Council meetings and the Annual General Meeting in their apartments. In conclusion, it is proposed that the retirmg members of Council be Messrs. Bullen, Hopkinson, and Sollas; that the new Vice-President be Mr. Hudleston ; that the new members be Messrs. H. W. Burrows, Clement Reid, and W. W. Watts; that the President be Dr. Henry Woodward; the Treasurer, Dr. G. J. Hinde; and the Secretary, Dr. A. Smith Woodward. Annexed is the Balance-sheet. ‘SMOUUNG “AA AUNGH ‘agTaNY “MM 7 ‘NOLMGN “T, “A "Y0IG payeprlposuoy “yueo ted E [RIVN ONEF 10F ydrada1 9yY Woes OsTR eavY aM !4DAaIL09 aq 04 yl pug pUL ‘steTONOA oY} YIM 4 pereduiod “qunoosoe saoqe oy peuTItUVXe VAVT 9A ‘9061 “YI0T Y9PTT - FL 9898S VY VL 98EF € IL 9% yooq-ssed red sv yueg qv soured OL 21 0 AYMyBIS puY saSrvyo yurg OSLO QOUBANSUT AT ONG yooys Jo JIpNYy e 612 AIOMOTYLYS PUB 95v{SOg 0 OL zg WNLIVLOWOY, § ALLIALINIG Sa 74 (XB} SSoT) YOO}S [eIVN' PUsplarq (mon Gol == | ut 2 ee ‘09 Y NENG ‘sasseyy Aq sepvg O 7 Dy suyjuiad orypdersoyyy puev ed4joro9 = BOOT. IaqUlay, 0} Yooys yovq Jo apwg 9 8 Ze sumoTTRAysHTE surtedeaid puv Surmviq PB staqmeyy Aq pred asertiep9 OIG OGL = | £91 & 91 68 ee Cee cam Z GI 46 wodeg OOO OL 9061 ‘ oy Vr The SMOTPIALIOD SIOYJNV 0) 9. SecT OFT CO6BL es 8 SL 0 ‘oqo ‘seqqey eddy [[eUIg Ore ' 2 F061T-ZO6T—suoydraosqus OL & 08 suyuud ssordieyjoT = «2 FL SST JUNODDY 4SV Woary ooULpEq p ae} F “p ‘s ge | ‘Pp s 5 P s ee AT ‘aauASVaNT, “OW Wy 'GO6T GNIE “f ‘ISTE laquiased 02 ISTE younyy wows ‘syzuopy auryy ogy 7) HOYGOHD YC Bis INQOOOV NI XLAIOOS TVOIHdVEDOLNOW TVd FL LIST OF MEMBERS.* CORRECTED TO Ist SEPTEMBER, 1906. Aberdeen, University Library. Adelaide (Australia) Public Library. Adlard, Kk. E., Esq., Bartholomew Close. E.C. Allen, E. G., Iisq., 28, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden. W.C. Allen, H. A., Esq., F.G.S., 28, Jermyn Street, S.W. Amherst College, Mass., U.S.A. Amsterdam, Royal Academy of Sciences. Anderson, Tempest, Esq., M.D., F.G.S., 17, Stonegate, York. Andrews, C. W., Esq., D.Sc., F.R.S., British Museum (Nat. Hist.), South Kensington. S.W. Arlecdon and Frizington Public Library, Frizington, Cumberland. Asher and Co, Messrs., 18, Bedford Street, Covent Garden, W.C. Avebury, Right Hon. Lord, 15, Lombard Street. E.C. Bakewell Naturalists’ Club, per W. Storrs Fox, Esq., M.A., St. Anselm’s, Bakewell. Bale (Switzerland), University Library. Balston, W. E., Esq., F.G.S8., Barvin, Potter’s Bar. Banks, W. H., Esq., Hergest Croft, Kington, Herefordshire. Barclay, I’. H., Esq., F.G.S., The Warren, Cromer, Norfolk. Barnes, J., Esq., F.G.S., South Cliff House, Higher Broughton, Manchester. Bath, Royal Literary and Scientific Institution. Bather, F. A., Esq., M.A., D.Sc., F.G.S., British Museum (Nat. Hist.). S.W. Battersea Public Library, Lavender Hill. S.W. sedford, His Grace the Duke of, K.G., Woburn Abbey, Bedfordshire. Bedford Literary Institute, Bedford. Belfast Linen Hall Library, Donegal Square North, Belfast. Belfast, Queen’s College. Bell, W. H., Esq., F.G.8., Cleeve House, Seend, Melksham. Bell and Bradfute, Messrs., 12, Bank Street, Mdinburgh. Bergen (Norway), Museums Bibliothek. * The Members are requested to inform the Secretary of any errors or omissions in this list, and of any delay in the transmission of the Yearly Volumes. Berkeley, Right Hon. Earl of, The Heath, Bear’s Hill, near Abingdon. Birkenhead Publie Library, Birkenhead. Birley, Miss Caroline, 14, Brunswick Gardens, Kensington. W. Birmingham Free Public Library, Ratcliff Place, Birmingham. Birmingham Library, Margaret Street, Birmingham. Birmingham, University Library, Blackburn Public Library, Blackburn, Blackmore, Humphrey P., Esq., M.D., I°'.G.S., Salisbury. Blathwayt, Lieut.-Col. Linley, Kagle House, Batheaston, Bath. Blundell, Harold, Esq., Fairlawn, Harpenden, Herts. Blyth, C. E., Esq., Siddington, Leamington. Bolton, Chadwick Museum. Bonn (Germany), Geological-Palzontological Institute of the University. Bonney, Rev. Canon T. G., D.Se., F.R.S., Vice-President, 9, Scroope Terrace, Cambridge. Bootle-cum-Linacre Public Library, Bootle, Liverpool. Bordeaux, University Library. Boston Society of Natural History, Boston, Mass., U.S.A. Boston Public Library, Boston, Mass., U.S.A. Boulogne-sur-Mer (France), Bibliotheque Communale, Bradley, I. L., Esq., F.G.S., Ingleside, Malvern Wells. Brighton and Hove Natural History Society, Brighton. Bristol Naturalists’ Society, Geological Section, per B. A. Baker, Esq., 11, Westbury Park, Bristol. Bristol Public Museum and Reference Library, Queen’s Road, Bristol, Bromley Naturalists’ Society, 50, London Road, Bromley, Kent. Bromley Public Library, Tweedy Road, Bromley, Kent. Brown, Alexander Oestrand, I’sq., 4, ‘The Grove, Highgate. N. Bachan-Hepburn, Sir Archibald, Smeaton-Hepburn, Preston Kirk, East Lothian. N.B. Bullen, Rev. R. Ashington, B.A., F.G.S., Englemoor, Heathside Road, Woking. Burrows, Henry W., Esq., F.G.S., 17, Victoria Street. S.W. Burslem Public Library, Burslem. Buxton Public Library, Town Hall, Buxton. Cambridge, Peterhouse. Cambridge Philosophical Society’s Library, New Museums, Cambridge. Cambridge, St. John’s College. Cambridge, Sidney Sussex College. Cambridge, Trinity College. Cambridge University Library. Cambridge, Sedgwick Museum. Canadian Geological Survey, Sussex Street, Ottawa, Canada. Capetown Geological Commission, South African Museum. Cardiff Public Library, Cardiff. Cardiff, University College of South Wales. Carlisle Public Library, Carlisle. Chelsea Public Library, Manresa Road. 8S.W. Cheltenham College, Cheltenham. Cheltenham Natural Science Society, Cheltenham. b 10 Chester Society of Natural Science, Chester. Chicago (U.S.A.), Newberry Library. Chicago (U.S.A.) Public Library. Chiswick Public Library, Chiswick. W. Christ Church Public Library, Blackfriars Road, Southwark. S.E. Christiania (Norway), University Library, Cincinnati (U.S.A.) Public Library. Clarke, Mrs. Stephenson, Brooke House, Haywards Heath, Sussex. Clermont-Ferrand (France), University Library. Clifton College, Clifton, Bristol. Clough, C. T., Esq., F.G.S., 28, Jermyn Street. S.W. Coates, Henry, Esq., F.L.S., Piteullen House, Perth. Cobbold, E. S., Esq., F.G.S., Church Stretton, R.S.O., Shropshire. Coomaraswamy, A. K., Hsq., B.Sc., F.L.8., F.G.S., Walden, Worplesdon, Guildford. Coombs, J. Ashton, Esq., F.G.S., Albion Lodge, Gloucester Road, Cheltenham. Cork, Queen’s College. Cornell University, Ithaca, U.S.A. Coventry Free Public Library, Coventry. Crosfield, Miss Margaret, Undercroft, Reigate. Croydon Free Library, Croydon. Cullis, Prof. C. Gilbert, D.Se., F.G.S., Royal College of Science, South Kensington. S.W. Darwin, W, E., Esq., F.G.S., 11, Egerton Place. S.W. Davis, Prof. J. R. Ainsworth, M.A., University College, Aberystwyth. Dawkins, Prof. W. Boyd, D.Se., F.R.S., F.G.S., Fallowfield House, Fallowfield, Manchester. Deane, Henry, Esq., F.L.8S., Equitable Buwlding, First Floor, George Street, Sydney, NSW Delgado, Senhor J. I. N., Direccao dos Trabalhos geologicos, 113, Rua do Areo a Jesus, Lisbon. Derby Free Library and Museum, Derby. Derham, Walter, Esq., 76, Lancaster Gate, Bayswater. W. Devonport Free Public Library, Devonport. Devonshire, His Grace the Duke of, K.G., F.R.S., Devonshire House, Piccadilly. W. Dewsbury Public Free Library, Dewsbury. Dickinson, W., Esq., F.G.S., Warham Road, Croydon, Dickson, Hdward, KEsq., F.G.8., 17, Winckley Street, Preston. Dijon (France), University Library. Dixon, E., Esq., F.G.S., Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street. S.W. Donald, Miss, Quarry Hill, near Mealsgate, vid Carlisle. Doncaster Borough Free Library, Doncaster. Dorset County Museum Library, Dorchester. Dowson, Ii. T., Esq., F.R.M.S., Geldeston, Beccles. Drake, Henry C., lisq., 45, Witham, Hull. Drew, Dr. J., F.G.8., Montrose, Battledown, Cheltenham, Dublin, National Library. Dublin, Royal College of Science for Ireland, Stephen’s Green, Dublin, Royal Trish Academy, 19, Dawson Street. 11 Dublin, Trinity College. Ducie, Right Hon. Karl of, F.R.S., Tortworth Court, Gloucestershire. Dudley and Midland Geological and Scientific Society and Field Club. Dundee Free Library, Dundee. Durham, the Dean and Chapter of (by C. Rowlandson, Esq., The College, Durham). Edinburgh Gevlogical Society, India Buildings, George IV Bridge, Edinburgh. Edinburgh, Royal Scottish Museum, Argyle Square, Edinburgh. Kdinburgh Public Library, Edinburgh. Edinburgh, Royal Society of. Edinburgh, University of. Epsom College, Epsom. Kton College, Windsor, per M. D. Hill, Esq., M.A. Evans, Sir John, K.C.B., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.G.S., Nash Mills, Hemel Hempstead. Exeter, Royal Albert Memorial Public Library, Queen Street. Folkestone Public Library and Museum, Folkestone. Foord, Dr. A. H., F.G.S., Royal Dublin Society, Dublin. Fortey, Charles, Esq., Abbey Villa, Ludlow, Foulerton, Dr. J., 44, Pembridge Villas, Bayswater. W. Fox, Howard, Esq., F.G.S., Falmouth. Fraser, John, Esq., M.A., M.D., F.R.C.S.Kdin., F.G.S8., Chapel Ash, Wolverhampton. Iriedlander, Messrs., Local Seerctaries, 11, Carlstrasse, Berlin. Fuller, Rev. A., M.A., The Lodge, 7, Sydenham Hill. S.E. Galashiels, N.B., Public Library. Galway, Queen’s College. Garwood, Prof. EK. J., M.A., F.G.S., University College, Gower Streets W.C. Gascoigne, Major Trench, Lotherton Hall, Aberford, Leeds. Gateshead-on-Tyne Public Library, Gateshead-on-Tyne. Gaudry, Prof., Membre de l'Institut, F.M.G.S., Muséum d’Histuire Naturelle, Paris. Geikie, Sir Archibald, LL.D., Sec.R.S., 3, Sloane Court. S.W. Gibson, Miss, Hill House, Saffron Walden. Gillett Geological Trust, Street, Somerset. Gilmour, M., Esq., F'.Z.S., Saffronhall House, 1, Windmill Road, Hamilton. N.Bb, Glasgow, Geological Society, 150, Hope Street. Glasgow, Mitchell Library, 21, Miller Street. Glasgow, Royal Philosophical Society, 207, Bath Street. Glasgow Public Museum, Kelvingrove. Glasgow, University of. Gloucester Free Public Library. Gosselet, Prof. J., 159, Rue Brale-Maison, Lille, France. Great Yarmouth Public Library. Green, Upfield, Esq., F'.G.S., 8, Bramshill Road, Harlesden. N.W. Greenly, Edward, Esq., F.G.S., Achnashean, near Bangor. Gregory, Prof. J. W., D.Sc., F.R.S., The University, Glasgow. Haileybury College, near Hertford. Halifax Free Public Library, Halifax. Hamilton, R. H., Esq., 9, Sunnyside Villas, Canterbury Road, Leyton. N.E. Hammersmith Free Public Library, Ravenscourt Park, Hammersmith. W. Hampstead Public Library, Finchley Road, Hampstead. N.W. Handsworth Public Library, Birmingham. Hannah, R., Ksq., F.G.S., 82, Addison Road, Kensington. W. Harker, Alfred, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., St. John’s College, Cambridge. Harley, Dr. John, F.L.8., Beedings, Pulborough, Sussex. Harmer, I. W., Esq., F.G.S., Oakland House, Cringleford, near Norwich. Hawick Public Library, Hawick. N.B. Heidelberg (Germany), University Library. Hereford Public Library. Hill, Rev. Edwin, M.A., F.G.S., The Rectory, Cockfield, Bury St. Edmunds, Hill, Wm., Esq., F.G.S., The Maples, Hitchin. Hind, Wheelton, Esq., M.D.Lond., F.R.C.S., F.G.S., Roxeth House, Stoke-on-Trent. Hinde, Geo, J., Esq., Ph.D., F.R.S., Treasurer and Vice-President, 24, Avondale Road, South Croydon. Hodges, Figgis, and Co., 104, Grafton Street, Dublin. Holeroft, Sir Charles, The Shrubbery, Summerhill, Kingswinford, near Dudley. Hooley, R. W., Esq., F.G.S., Ashton Lodge, Portswool, Southampton. Hopkinsen, John, Esq., l'.L.8., F.G.S., Local Secretary, Weetwood, Watford. Hove Public Library, Hove, Brighton. Howe, J. Allen, Esq., F.G.S., Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street. S.W. Howse, Sir H. G., M.S., F.R.C.S., The Tower House, Cudham, near Sevenoaks, Kent. Hudleston, W. H., Esq., I. R.S., F.G.S., Vice-President, 8, Stanhope Gardens. S.W. Hughes, Prof. T. M‘K., M.A., F.R.S., Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. Hull Public Library, Hull. Hutchinson, Rev. H. N., F.G.S., 94, Fellowes Road, Hampstead. N.W. Hutton, Miss Mary, Harescombe Grange, Stroud, Gloucestershire. India, Geological Survey of, Calcutta. Ipswich Museum, Ipswich. (I. Woolnough, Esq., Secretary.) Isle of Man Natural History Society, Ramsey, Isle of Man. Johnes, Mrs., and Lady KH. Hills, Dolau Cothy, Llandeilo, R.S.O., South Wales. Jchnus Hopkins University, Baltimore, U.S.A. Johnson, K., Ksq., 6°, Bickenhall Mansions, Gloucester Place. W. Jukes-Browne, A. J., Hsq., B.A., F.G.S., Floriston, Cleveland Road, ‘Torquay. Kettering Public Library, Kettering, Kalmarnock Public Library, Kilmarnock. N.B. Kirkby, Richard, Esq., Lindisfarne, Leven, Fife. Kirkcaldy Naturalists’ Society ; David Kinloch, Esq., Hon. Sec., 3, Little Lane, High Street, Kirkealdy. N.B. Kitchin, I. L., Esgq., M.A., Ph.D., F.G.S., Geol. Survey of England, 28, Jermyn Street. S.W. Knipe, H. R., Esg., 9, Linden Park, Tunbridge Wells. 13 Lake, P., Esq., M.A., F.G.S., St. John’s College, Cambridge. Lancaster Public Library, Lancaster. Lang, W. D., Esq., M.A., British Museum (Nat. Hist.), South Kensington, S.W. Lapworth, Prof. Charles, LL.D., F.R.S., University of Birmingham. Lausanne (Switzerland), Musée Géologique. Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society, Leeds. Leeds Public Library, Leeds. Leeds University. Leek, Staffordshire, Nicholson Institute. Leicester Town Museum, Leicester. Leighton, 'T., Ksq., .G.S., 16, New Street Square, Fleet Street. E.C. Leipzig (Germany), University Library. Leyton Public Library, Leyton. N.E. Liege (Belgium), University Library. Lissajous, Mons. M., 10, Quai des Marans, Macon, Vrance. Liveing, Professor G. D., M.A., F.R.S., Cambridge. Liverpool, Athenzeum Library. Liverpool, Free Public Library. Liverpool, Geological Society of. Lomas, Joseph, Esq., F.G.S., Local Secretary, 13, Moss Grove, Birkenhead. London, Board of Education, Science Library, South Kensington. S.W. Loudon, British Museum, Bloomsbury. W.C. London, British Museum (Nat. Hist.), Cromwell Road. S.W. London, Corporation of, Library Committee of, Guildhall. H.C. London, Geological Society, Burlington House. W. London, Geologists’ Association, University College. W.C. London Institution, Finsbury Circus. H.C. London, King’s College, Strand, W.C. London, Linnean Society, Burlington House, Piccadilly. W. London, Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street. S.W. London, Royal College of Surgeons, Lincoln’s Inn Fields. W.C. London, Royal Institution of Great Britain, Albemarle Street. W. London, Royal Society of, Burlington House. W. London, St. Martin’s-in-the-Fields Public Library, 115, St. Martin’s Lane. W.C. London, University College, Gower Street. W.C, London, Zoological Society, 3, Hanover Square. W. Loughborough Free Public Library, Loughborough. Lydekker, Richard, Esq., F.R.S., The Lodge, Harpenden, Herts. Mackenzie, G. W., Esq., 18, William Street, Lowndes Square. S.W. McNeill, Bedford, Esq., F.G.S., 29, North Villas, Camden Square. N.W. McPherson, William, Esq., F.G.S., 3, Manilla Road, Clifton, Bristol. Madras Government Museum, per Messrs. Baker and Co., 6, Bond Court, Walbrook. E.C. Maidstone Museum, per Brenchley Trustees, Maidstone. Major, Charles H., Esq., Cromwell House, Croydon. Malton Field Naturalists’ and Scientific Society, Malton, Yorkshire. Manchester Free Library. Manchester, Geological Society of, 5, John Dalton Street, Manchester. 14 Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society, 36, George Street, Manchester. Marburg (Germany), University of. Marr, J. ., Esq., M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., St. John’s College, Cambridge. Melbourne Public Library. Mennell, H. T., Hsq., F.L.S., The Red House, Croydon. Metealfe, Henry F., Esq., Fairfield, Great Malvern, and Cyprus House, Exmouth. Middlesbrough Free Library. Middleton I’'ree Public Library, Middleton, near Manchester. Mitchinson, Rt. Rev. J., D.C.L., D.D., Canon of Gloucester and Master of Pembroke College, Oxford. Mond, Robert, Esq., M.A., F.R.S.E., F.G.S., 27, Berkeley Square. W. Munich (Germany), Alte Akademie, Geologisches Museum. Munich Royal Library. Nautwich Public Library. New South Wales, Royal Society of, Sydney. New York (U.S.A.) Public Library. Newcastle-on-Tyne, Armstrong College. Neweastle-on-Tyne, Literary and Philosophical Society of, Westgate Street, Newcastle-ou-Tyne. Newcastle-on-Tyne Public Library, Newington Public Library, Walworth Road, S.E. Newport Iree Library, Newport, Moumouthshire. Newton, E. 'I'’., Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, Florence House, Willow Bridge Road, Canonbury. N. Norfolk and Norwich Library, Norwich. North Devon Athenzum, Barnstaple. North Staffordshire Field Club, Stoke, Staffordshire. Northampton Natural History Society, Northampton. Northumberland, His Grace the Duke of, K.G., F.R.S., Aluwick Castle. Norwich Free Library. Nottingham Free Library. Oke, Alfred W., Esq., F.G.S., 32, Denmark Villas, Hove. Oldham Free Public Library. Oswestry ree Public Library. Oxford, Bodleian Library. Oxford, Radcliffe Library. Paisley Philosophical Institution. Paris, Ecole des Mines. Paris, Geological Society of France, 7, Rue des Grands Augustins, Paris, Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle. Paris, Sorbonne Laboratoire de Géologie. Parkinson, J., Esq., I'.G.S., 30, Lensfield Road, Cambridge. Peabody Institute, Salem, Mass,, U.S.A. Penton, Jidw., Esq., '.G.S., 1, Mortimer Street. W. r] = Ox Penzance, Royal Geological Society of Cornwall. Peterborough Natural History, Scientific, and Archeological Society. Philadelphia (U.S.A.), Academy of Natural Sciences. Plymouth Free Library. Plymouth Institution, Library of, Athenzeum, Plymouth. Poole Free Library. Portis, Dr. A., Professor of Geology, The University, Rome. Portsmouth Free Public Library. Postlethwaite, J., Esq., F.G.S., Keswick. Power, Edward, Esq., F.G.S., 16, Southwell Gardens, Sonth Kensington. S.W. Power, Edward John, Esq., F.G.S., 25, Ashburn Place, South Kensington. S.W. Prague (Bohemia), Royal Geological Institution of the German Carl Ferdinand University. Preston Free Library. Price, F. G. H., Esq., F.G.S., 17, Collingham Gardens, South Kensington. S.W. Pryor, M. R., Eisq., Weston Manor, Stevenage, Herts. Queensland Museum, Brisbane. Rastall, R. H., Esq., B.A., Christ’s College, Cambridge. Reading Public Library and Museum, W. H. Greenhough, Librarian, Reading. Reed, F. R. Cowper, Esq., M.A., F.G.S., Gaultier, Madingley Road, Cambridge. Reid, Clement, Esq., F.R.S., 7, St. James’s Mansions, West End Lane. N.W. Rennes (France), University Library. Reynolds, Prof. S. H., M.A., F.G.S., University College, Bristol. Richardson, L., Esq., F.G.S., Local Secretary, 10, Oxford Parade, Cheltenham. Ripon, Marquis of, K.G., 9, Chelsea Embankment. S.W. Rochdale Free Public Library. Roscoe, Philip, Esq., 28, Denning Road, Hampstead. N.W. Rowe, A. W., Esq., M.S., M.B., F.G.S., 1, Cecil Street, Margate. Rudler, I’. W., lisq., 1.8.0., F.G.S., 18, St. George’s Road, Kilburn. N.W. Rugby Public Library. Rugby School Natural History Society. St. Albans Publie Library. St. Andrews University Library. St. Helens Free Public Library, The Gamble Tustitute, St. Helens. Salford Borough Royal Museum and Library, Peel Park, Manchester. Salisbury Free Library. Saunders, James Ebenezer, Hsq., F.L.8., F.G.S., 4, Coleman Street. I8.C. Searborough Philosophical Society. Scharff, R. F., Esq., Ph.D., National Museum, Dublin. Schmidt, Dr. Martin, Biichsenstrasse 56, Stuttgart. Scott, D. H., Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., East Oakley House, Oakley, Hants. Semple, Dr. Andrew, F.R.S.E., Caledonian United Service Club, Edinburgh. Sheffield Free Public Library. Sheffield, Literary and Philosophical Society of. 16 Sheffield, Weston Park Public Museum, Sherborne, King’s School, Library of. Shrewsbury Free Library. Simpkin, Marshall, and Co., Messrs., Stationers’ Hall Court. E.C. Simpson, Rev. A., B.A., B.Sc., F.G.S., 28, Myrtle Park, Crosshill, Glasgow. Smith, Mrs. Emma, Hencotes House, Hexham. Sollas, Professor W. J., D.Sc., F.R.S., Local Secretary, 173, Woodstock Road, Oxford. Somersetshire Archeological and Natural History Society, Museum, Taunton. Sophia, University of. South Shields Free Public Library. Southport Free Library. Spencer, W. K., Esq., B.A., 198, Clive Road, West Dulwich. S8.E. Stanley, W. I., Hsq., F.G.S., Cumberlow, South Norwood. 8.1. Stebbing, W. P. D., Isq., .G.S., 8, Playfair Mansions, Queei’s Club Gardens, W. Stechert, G. E., Esq., 2, Star Yard, Carey Street, Chancery Lane. W.C. Stirrup, Mark, Esq., F.G.8., High Thorn, Stamford Road, Bowdon, Cheshire. Stockholm, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences. Stoke Newington Public Library, Church Street, Stoke Newington. N. Stoke-upon-Trent Free Library, Stoke-upon-Trent. Stonyhurst College, Blackburn. Strahan, A., Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Geological Survey Office, 28, Jermyn Street. Strangways, C. Fox, lsq., F.G.S., 28, Jermyn Street. S.W. Strickland, Sir C. W., Bart., Hildeney, Malton. Sunderland Corporation Museum, Sunderland Subscription Library, Fawcett Street, Sunderland. Swansea Public Library. Swansea, Royal Institution of South Wales. Sydney, New South Wales, University of. Sydney, New South Wales, Australian Museum. Za = Tasmania, Royal Society of. Toronto University. Torquay Natural History Society, Museum, Babbacombe Road, Torquay. Toulouse University Library. Traquair, R. H., Esq., M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., The Bush, Colinton, Midlothian. Truro, Royal Institution of Cornwall. Tubingen (Germany) University Library. Upsala (Sweden) University Library. Vassall, I1., Esq., M.A., F.G.8., Repton School, Burton-on-Trent. Vienna, Royal Natural History Court Museum. Walker, B. E., Esq., Canadian Bank of Commerce, Toronto, Canada. Wandsworth Public Library, West Hill, Wandsworth. S.W. i? oF, a y) eZ, Ward, Mrs. Henry, Rodbaston, Penkridge, Staffordshire. Wardle, Sir Thomas, F.G.S., St. Edward Street, Leek. Warren, S. Hazzledine, Esq., F.G.S., Sherwood, Loughton, Essex. Warrington Museum and Library. Warwickshire Natural History and Archeological Society, the Museum, Warwick. Washington, U.S. Geological Survey. Watson, Rev. R. Boog, B.A., F.R.S.E., 11, Strathearn Place, Edinburgh. Watts, Professor W. W., M.A., F.R.S., Roya! College of Science, South Kensington. S.W. Weg, Max, 1, Leplaystrasse, Leipzig, Germany. West Ham Public Library. E. West Hartlepool Public Library. Whidborne, Rev. G. F., M.A., F.G.S., Hammerwood, East Grinstead. Whitby Literary and Philosophical Society, Museum, Whitby. Whitechapel Free Public Library, 77, High Street, Whitechapel. E. Wiltshire Archzeological and Natural History Society, Devizes. Winchester College Natural History Society, Winchester. Winwood, Rev. Henry H., M.A., F.G.S., Local Secretary, 11, Cavendish Crescent, Bath. Wolverhampton Free Library. Wood Green Public Library, Wood Green. Wood, J. G., Hsq., M.A., LL.B., F.G.S., 7, New Square, Lincoln’s Inn. W.C. Woods, H., Esq., M.A., F.G.S., Local Secretary, St. John’s College, Cambridge. Woodward, A. Smith, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., Seeretary, British Museum (Nat. Hist.), South Kensington. S.W. Woodward, Henry, Isq., LL.D., F.R.S., President, 129, Beaufort Street, Chelsea. S.W. Worcester Public Library and Hastings Museum, Worcester. Workington Public Library, Workington, Cumberland. Wright, Joseph, Esq., F.G.S., 4, Alfred Street, Belfast. Wirzburg (Germany) University Library. Yorkshire Philosophical Society, Museum, York. Young, George W., Esq., F.G.S., 34, Glenthorne Road, Hammersmith. W. Yule, Miss A. F’., Tarradale House, by Muir-of-Ord, Ross-shire. N.B. 18 CATALOGUE OF THE CONTENTS OF THE ANNUAL VOLUMES ALREADY PUBLISHED BY THE PALZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. Vol. IT. Issued March, ce eas Crag Mollusea, Part I, Univalves, by Mr. S. V. Wood (pp. i—xii, 1—208, pls. i—xxi, for the Year 1847 and title-page). The Reptilia of the London Clay, Vol. I, Part I, Chelonia, &@., by Profs. Owen and Bell (pp. 1-—76, pls. 1—xxvill, Vill A, XA, XIlLA, XVIA, Xvili A, xix*, xix B, X1x C) XIX D); The Eocene Mollusea, Part I, Cephalopoda, by Mr. F. EB. Edwards (pp. 1—46, pls. i—ix). » II. Issued July, 1849, for the year 1848 The Entomostraca of the Cretaceous Formations, by Mr. T. R. Jones (pp. 1—40, pls. i—vii). The Paes Fossils, by Prof. Wm. King (pp. 1i—xxxviii, 1—258, pls. i—xxvili*). ‘The Reptilia of the London Clay, Vol. I, Part IL, Crocodilia and Ophidi 1, &e., by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—68, pls. xxix, i—xvi, 11 A). The Fossil Corals, Part I, Crag, London rae Cretaceous, by Messrs. Milne Edwards and Jules Haime (pp. “{—Ixxxv, 1—72, pls. i—xi). "he Crag Mollusca, Part IT, No. 1, by Mr. S. V. Wood (pp. 1—150, pls. i—xii). The Mollusca of the Great Oolite, Part I, Univalves, by Messrs. Morris and Lycett (pp. i—viil, 1—130, pls. oT The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. I, Part III, No. 1, Oolitic and Liassic, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—64, pls. i—xiii). IIf.' Issued Aug., 1850, for the Year 1849 for the Year 1850 The Reptilia of the Cretaceous Formations, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—118, pls. i—xxxvii, vii A, 1X A). The Fossil Corals, Part II, Oolitic, by Messrs. Milne Edwards and Jules Haime (pp. 73—146, pls. xii—xxx). V. ‘Issued June, 1851, | The Fossil Lepadidex, by Mr. Charles Darwin (pp. i—vi, 1—88, pls. i—v). for the Year 1851 The Fossil Corals, Part III, Permian and Mountain-limestone, by Messrs. Milne Kdwards and Jules flaime (pp. 147—210, pls. xxxi—xlvi). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. I, Part I, Tertiary, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—23, pls. 1, 11). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. I, Part II, No. 1, Cretaceous, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 7 1—54, pls. i—v). y o, 52 ee 2 Teer Oe : The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. I, Part ITI, No. 2, Oolitic, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 65—100, IV. Issued June, 1851, [1 pls. xiv—xvlil) The Eocene Mollusca, Part II, Pulmonata, by Mr. F. E. Edwards (pp. 57 —122, pls. X—KXV). The Echinoderms of the Crag, London Clay, &e., by Prof. HE. Forbes (pp. 1—viii, 1—36, pls. i—iv, and title- -page). The Fossil Corals, Part 1V, Devonian, by Messrs. Milne Edwards and Jules Haime (pp. 211—244, pls. xlvii—lvi). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Introduction to Vol. I, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—136, pls. i—ix). The Mollusea of the Chalk, Part I, Cephalopoda, by Mr. D. Sharpe (pp. 1—26, pls. i—x). , VII. Issued Dec., } The Mollusca of the Great Oolite, Part II, Bivalves, by Messrs. Morris and Lycett for the Year 18s (pp. 1—80, pls. i—vui). The Mollusea of the Crag, Part II, No. 2, Bivalves, by Mr. 8. V. Wood (pp. 151—216, pls. xili—xx) The Reptilia of the Wealden Formations, Part I, Chelonia, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—12, pls. i—ix). ''The Volume for the year 1849 consists of two separate portions, each of which is stitched in a paper cover, on which are printed the dates 1848, 1849, and 1850. The one portion contains ‘ Cretaceous Entomostraca’ and ‘ Permian Fossils ;’ the other, ‘London Clay Reptilia,’ Part IT, and ‘ Fossil Corals, Part I. Wg CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. I, Part II, No. 2, Cretaceous (pp. 55—117, pls. vi—xii), with Appendix and Index to Vol. I, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—30, pl. a). The Reptilia of the Wealden Formations, Part I[, Dinosauria, by Prof. Owen (pp 1 —54, pls. i—xix, xvi A). The Mollusca of the Great Oolite, Part III, Bivalves, by Messrs. Morris and Lycett eect ke Fae (pp. 8I—147, pls. ix—xv). el VAI. eR een The Fossil Corals, ios V, Silurian, by Messrs. Milne Edwards and Jules Haime (pp. Sais 245—322, pls. Ivii—lxxii). The Fossil Balanidx and Verrucide, by Mr. Charles Darwin (pp. 1—44, pls. i, ii). The Mollusca of the Chalk, Part II, Cephalopoda, by My. D. Sharpe (pp. 27—386, pls. xi—Xvl). The Hocene Mollusca, Part III, No. 1, Prosobranchiata, by My. F. E. Edwards (pp. 123—180, pls. xvi—xxiii). The Mollusea of the Crag, Part II, No. 3, Bivalves, by Mr. S. V. Wood (pp. 217—3842, pls. xxi—xxx1). The Reptilia of the Wealden Formations, Part ITI, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—26, pls. i—xii). The Hocene Mollusea, Part Ill, No. 2, Prosobranechiata, continued, by Mr. F. E. Edwards (pp. 181—240, pls. xxiv—xxvil). The Mollusca of the Chalk, Part III, Cephalopoda, by Mr. D. Sharpe (pp. 37—68, pls. XVvli— XXvll). The Tertiary Entomostraca, by Mr. T. R. Jones (pp. i—xii, 1—68, pls. i—vi). The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. I, Part I, by Dr. Wright (pp. v—x, 1—154, Pe 1X.? Issued Feb., 1857, for the Year 1855 pls. i—x). The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. I, Part II, by Dr. Wright (pp. 155—302, pls. xXi—-xxil). The Fossil Crustacea, Part I, London Clay, by Prof. Bell (pp. i—viti, 1—44, pls. i—xi). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. II, Part IV, Permian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—5l, pls. i—iv). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. II, Part V, No. 1, Carboniferous, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—48, pls. i—viil). The Reptilia of the Wealden Formations, by Prof. Owen, Part IV (pp. 8—26, pls. iv—xi), and Supplement No. 1 (pp. 1—7, pls. i—iii). The Reptilia of the London Clay, Vol. I (Supplement), by Prof. Owen (pp. 77—79. pls. xxvill A, xxvill B). . X. Issued April, 1858, | | | | The Fossil Kchinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. I, Part III, by Dr. Wright (pp. 3083—390, pls. xxi1I—xxxvi). : The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. II, Part V, No. 2, Carboniferous, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 49—80. pls. ix—xv1). The Reptilia of the Cretaceous Formations (Supplement No. 1), by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—19, pls. i—iv). The Reptiha of the Wealden Formations (Supplement No. 2), by Prof. Owen (pp. 20—44, pls. v—xi1.) The Polyzoa of the Crag, by Prof. Busk (pp. i—xiv, 1—136, pls. i—xxii). . XI.) Issued Noy., 1¢59. for the Year 1857 The Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. I, Part IV, by Dr. Wright (pp. 391—468, pls. XXXvii—xliil). The Eocene Mollusca, Part I1I, No. 3, Prosobranchiata continued, by Mr. F. E Kdwards (pp. 241—330, pls. xxvili—xxxill). The Reptilia of the Cretaceous Formations (Supplements No. 2, No. 3), by Prof. Owen (pp. 27—80. pl. vii, pp. 1—25, pls. i—vi). The Reptilia of the Purbeck Limestones, by Prof. Owen (pp. 31—89, pl. viii). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. 11, Part V, No. 3, Carboniferous by Mx. Davidson (pp 81—120, pls. xvii—xxvi). » AIL. Issued Mareb,l861, for the Year 1858 The Fossil Brachiopoda, Part V, No. 4, Carboniferous, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 121—210, pls. xxvii—xlvii). eine Issued Dec, 1861, The meas gt oe Oolitic Formations, No. 1, Lower Lias, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—14, ‘the Wear lsc ES ae VL) ren hte iene Teh) The Reptilia of the Kimmeridge Clay, No. 1, by Prof. Owen (pp. 15, 16, pl. vii). The Eocene Mollusca, Part IV, No. 1, Bivalves, by Mr. 8. V. Wood (pp. 1—74, pls i—xiii). 1 This Volume is marked on the outside 1855. * This Volume is marked on the outside 1856. 20 CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. II, Part V, No. 5, Carboniferous, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 211—280, pls. xlviii—lv). The Reptilia of the Oolitic Formations, No. 2, Lower Lias, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—26, Vol. XIV. Issued May, 1863, pls. i—x1). for the Year 1860 ) The Reptilia of the Kimmeridge Clay, No. 2, by Prof. Owen (pp. 27, 28, pl. xii). The Fossil Estherie, by Prof. Rupert Jones (pp. i—x, 1-184, pls. i—v). The Hose Crustacea, Part Il, Gault and Greensand, by Prof. Bell (pp. i—vii, 1—40, pis. 1—x1). » XV. Issued May, 1863, (ptke Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. II, Part I (Asteroidea), by Dr. Wright (pp. eG Ste Teva he 1—180, pls. i—x, x A, xi, xii). for the Vea 13 6r | Supplement to the Great Oolite Mollusca, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 1—129, pls. xxxi—xlv). The Trilobites of the Silurian, Devonian, &c., Formations, Part I (Devonian and Silurian), by Mr. J. W. Salter (pp. 1—80, pls. i—vi). » XVI. Issued Aug., 1864, | The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VI, No. 1. Devonian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. for the Year 1862 1—56, pls. 1—ix). The Kocene Mollusca, Part IV, No. 2, Bivalves, by Mr. 8. V. Wood (pp. 75—136, pls. LON.) The Reptilia of the Cretaceous and Wealden Formations (Supplement, No. 4), by Prof. Owen (pp. 1-18, pls. i—ix). The Trilobites of the Silurian, Devonian, &c., Formations, Part II, by Mr. J. W. Salter (pp. 81—128, pls. vii—xiv). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. IlI, Part VI, No. 2, Devonian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 57—131, pls. x—xx). The Belemnitidz, Part I, Introduction, by Prof. Phillips (pp. 1—28). The Reptilia of the Liassic Formations, Part I, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—40, pls. i—xvi). The Fossil EKehinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. If, Part II (Liassic Ophiuroidea), by Dr. Wright (181—154, pls. xi1i—xviii). The Trilobites of the Silurian, Devonian, &c., Formations, Part III, by Mr. J. W. Salter (pp. 129—176, pls. xv—xxv). The Belemnitide, Part II, Liassic Belemnites, by Prof. Phillips (pp. 29 —52, pls. i—vi1). The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part I, Introduction, Felis spelaa, by Messrs. W. Boyd Dawkins and W. A. Sanford (pp. i—1, 1—23, pls. i—v). Title-pages, &c., to the Monographs on the Reptilia of the London Clay, Cretaceous, and Wealden Formations. fe Crag Foraminifera, Part 1, by Messrs. T. Rupert Jones, W. K. Parker, and , AVII. Issued June, 1865, for the Year 186 » SVILI. Issued April, 1866, for the Year 1864 H. B. Brady (pp. i—vi, 1—72, pls. i—iv). Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part I, Tertiary, by Dr. Duncan (pp. i—iii, 1—66, pls. i—x). The Fossil Merostomata, Part I, Pterygotus, by Mr. H. Woodward (pp. 1—44, pls. i—ix). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VII, No. 1, Silurian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—88, pls. i—xil). » XIX. Issued Dee., 1866, for the Year 1865 Sepplement to the Fossil Corals, Part IV, No. 1, Liassic, by Dr. Duncan (pp. i—iui, 1—44, pls. i—xi). The Trilobites Pe the Silurian, Devonian, &c., Formations, Part IV (Silurian), by Mr. J. W. Salter (pp. 177—214, pls. xxv*—xxx). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VII, No. 2, Silurian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 89—168, pls. xi1i—xx1l). The Belemnitide, Part III, Liassie Belemnites, by Prof. Phillips (pp. 53—88, pls. Vili—xx). 7 XX. Issued June, 1867, for the Year 1866 Flora of the Carboniferous Strata, Part I, by Mr. H. W. Binney (pp. 1—82, pls. i—vi). Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part IV, No. 2, Liassic, by Dr. Duncan (pp. 45—73, dls. xil—xvul). The Fosal Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part Il, by Dr. Wright (pp. 65—112, pls. ix, x, xli—xxi, Xxi A, Xx1 B). The Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, Part I, by Messrs. J. Powrie and K. Ray Lankester (pp. 1—32, pls. i—v). The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part II, Felis spelea, continued, by Messrs. W. Boyd Dawkins and W. A. Saniord (pp. 29—124, pls. vi—xix). XXI. Issued June, 1868, for the Year 1867 1 From 1865 onwards the Volumes are issued in two forms of binding: first, with all the Monographs stitched together and enclosed in one cover; secondly, with each of the Monographs separate, and the whole of the separate parts placed in an envelope. ‘The previous Volumes are not in separate parts. Vol. XXII. Issued Feb., 1869, for the Year 1868 » XXIII. Issued Jan., 1870, for the Year 1869 » XXIV. Issued Jan., 1871, for the Year 187 » &XV. Issued June, 1872, for the Year 187! , XXXVI. Issued Oct., 1872, | | Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part II, No. 2, Cretaceous, by Dr. Duncan (pp. 27 —46, a 21 CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part II, No. 1, Cretaceous, by Dr. Duncan (pp. 1—26, pls. i—ix) The Fossil Merostomata, Part II, Pterygotus, by Mr. H. Woodward (pp. 45—70, pls. x—xXv). The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. ILI, Part VII, No. 3, Silurian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 169—248, pls. xxili—xxxvil). The Belemnitide, Part IV, Liassic and Oolitic Belemnites, by Prof. Phillips (pp. 89—108, pls. xxi—xxvii). The Reptilia of the Kimmeridge Clay, No. 3, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—12, pls. i—iy). The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part II], Felis spelea, concluded, with F. lynx, by Messrs. W. Boyd Dawkins and W. A. Sanford (pp. 125 —176, pls. xx—xxil, XX11 A, XXii B, Xxill). pls. x—xv). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part ILI, by Dr. Wright (pp. 113—136, pls. xxii—xxix, XXIX A, XXIXx B). The Belemnitide, Part V, Oxford Clay, &c., Belemnites, by Prof. Phillips (pp. 109—128, pls. xxvili—xxxvl). The Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, Part I (concluded), by Messrs. J. Powrie and HE. Ray Lankester (pp. 33 —62, pls. vi—xiv). The Reptilia of the Liassic Formations, Part II, by Prof. Owen (pp. 41—82, pls. XV11—XxX),. The Crag Cetacea, No. 1, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—40, pls. i—v). The Flora of the Carboniferous Strata, Part Il, by Mr. HE. W. Binney (33—62, pls. vui—xii). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part LV, by Dr. Wright (pp. 1387 —160, pls. xxx—xxx1x). , The Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. III, Part VII, No. 4, Silurian, by Mr. Davidson (pp. 249 —397, pls. xxxvili—]). The Eocene Mollusca, Part 1V, No. 3, Bivalves, by Mr. 8. V. Wood (pp. 187—182, pls. XXI—XxXv). The Fossil Mammalia of the Mesozoic Formations, by Prof. Owen (pp. i—vi, 1—115, pls. i—iv). The Flora of the Carboniferous Strata, Part III, by Mr. E. W. Binney (pp. 63—96, pls X1i1—Xx Vill). The Fossil Merostomata, Part III, Pterygotus and Slimonia, by Mr. H. Woodward (pp. 71—120, pls. xvi—xx). : ; Supplement to the Crag Mollusca, Part I (Univalves), by Mr. S. V. Wood, with an Introduction on the Crag District, by Messrs. S. V. Wood, jun., and F. W. Harmer (pp. i—xxxi, 1 —98, pls. i—vii, and map). ; Supplement to the Reptilia of the Wealden ([guanodon), No. IV, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—15, pls. 1—ii1). ; The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part IV, Felis pardus, &c., by Messrs. W. Boyd Dawkins and W. A. Sanford (pp. 177—1L94, pls. xxiv, xxv). The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part V, Ovibos moschatus, by Mr. W. Boyd Dawkins (pp. 1—30, pls. i—v). — Supplement to the Fossil Corals, Part III (Oolitic), by Prof. Duncan (pp. 1—24, pls. i—vii), with an Index to the Tertiary and Secondary Species. : The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part V, by Dr. Wright (pp. 161—184, The Fossil Merostomata, Part IV (Stylonurus, Eurypterus, Hemiaspis), by Mv. H. Woodward (pp. 121—180, pls. xxi—xxx). for the Year cial ih le) The Fossil Trigonizw, No. I, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 1—62, pls. 1—1x). Vol. XX VII. Fy Sosa Ve LIU: ” XXI1X. XXX. XXXII. XXXII. 22 CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. Issued Feb., 1874, _ for the Year 1873 Issued July,1874, for the Year 1874 | Issued Dec. 1875, for the Year || Issued Dec., 1876, for the Year 1876 Issued Feb.,1877, for the Year 1877 Issued Mar.,1878, | for the Year 1878 The Fossil Kehinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part VI, by Dr. Wright (pp. 185—224, pls. xlv—lii). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. [V, Part I (Tertiary and Cretaceous), by Mr. Davidson (pp. 1—72, pls. i—viii). Suppiement to the Crag Mollusca, Part II (Bivalves), by Mr. S. V. Wood (pp. 99—231, pls. vili—x1, and add. plate). Supplement to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Iguanodon), No. V, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—18, pls. i, 11). Sapalsment to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Hylwochampsa), No. VI, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—7). The Fossil Reptilia of the Mesozoic Formations, Part I, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—14, pls. i, 11). The Post-Tertiary Entomostraca, by Mr. G. 8. Brady, Rev. H. W. Crosskey, and Mr. D. Robertson (pp. i—v, 1—282, pls. i—xvi). The Carboniferous Eutomostraca, Part I (Cypridinide), by Prof. T. Rupert Jones and Messrs. J. W. Kirkby and G. 8. Brady (pp. 1—56, pls. i—v). The Fossil Trigoniz, No. II, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 53—¥2, pls. x—xix). The Flora of the Carboniferous Strata, Part IV, by Mr. EB. W. Binney (pp. 97—147, pls. xix—xxiv). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part VII, by Dr. Wright (pp. 225—264, pls. liiim—I]xii). The Fossil Trigoniw, No. III, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 93— 148, pls. xx—xxvil). The Fossil Reptilia of the Mesozoic Formations, Part II, by Prof. Owen (pp. 15—94, pls. i1—xxii), The Carboniferous and Permian Foraminifera (the genus Fuswina excepted), by Mr. H. B. Brady (pp. 1—166, pls. i—xii). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. IV, Part II, No. 1 (Jurassic and Triassic), by Mr. Davidson (pp. 73—144, pls. ix—xvi). Supplement to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Poikilopleuron and Chondrosteosaurus), No. VII, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—7, pls. i—vi). Supplement to the Hocene Mollusca (Bivalves), by Mr. 8. V. Wood, 2 plates. The Fossil Trigoniz, No. IV, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 149—201, pls. xxviii—xl). The Eocene Mollusca (Univalves), Part IV, by Mr. 8S. V. Wood (pp. 831—861, pl. xxxiv). The Carboniferous Ganoid Fishes, Part I (Paleoniscide), by Dr. Traquair (pp. 1—60, pls. i—vii). The Fossil Reptilia of the Mesozoic Formations, Part ILI, by Prof. Owen (pp. 95— pls. xx1il, xxiv). The Fossil Elephants (HE. antiquus), Part I, by Prof. Leith Adams (pp. 1—68, pls. i—v). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part VIII, by Dr. Wright (pp. 265—3800, pls. Ixui A, Ixiti—]) xix). Index and Title Page to the Fossil Echinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. I (Hchinoidea), by Dr. Wright (pp. 469—481). The Fossil Merostomati 1, Part V (Neolimulus, &e.), by Dr. H. Woodward (pp. 181—263, pls. xxxi—xxxvi, and title-page). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. LV, Part II, No. 2 (Jurassic and Triassic), by Mr. Davidson (pp. 145 —242, pls. xvii—xxix). The Lias Ammonites, Part I, by Dr. Wright (pp. 1—48, pls. i—viii). The Sirenoid and Crossopterygian Gi inoids, Part I, by Prof. Miall (pp. 1—82, pls.i, 14, ii—v Supplement a the Reptilia of the Wealden (Goniopholis, Petrosuchus, and Suche- saurus), No. VIII, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—15, pls. i—vi). The Pleistocene Mamm: lia, Part A (Preliminary Treatise), by Prof. Boyd Dawkins (pp. I—xxxvill). 23 CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. Vol. XX XIII. Issued May,1879, for the Year 1879 », XXXIV. Issued May,1880, | for the year 1880 | . XXXYV. Issued May,1881, | for the Year 1881 | , XXXVI. Issued June,1882, | for the Year 1882 | . XX XVII. Issued Oct.,1883, for the Year 1883 ~ , XXX VIII. Issued Dec., 1884, for the Year 1884. The Kocene Flora, Vol. I, Part I, by Mr. J. S. Gardner and Baron Ettingshausen (pp. 1—88, pls. i—v). Second Stiplement to the Crag Mollusca (Univalves and Bivalves), by Mr. S. V. Wood (pp. 1, 11, 1—58, pls. i—vi, and title-page). The Fossil 'Trigonie, No. V, by Dr. Lycett (pp. 205 —215, pl. xli, and title-page). The Lias Ammonites, Part IT, by Dr. Wright (pp. 49—164, pls. ix—xviii). Supplement to the Reptilia of the Wealden (Goniopholis, Brachydectes, Nannosuchus, Theriosuchus, and Nuthetes), No. LX, by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—19, pls. i—iv). The Fossil Elephants (KH. primigenius), Part Il, by Prof. Leith Adams (pp. 69 —146, pls. vi—xy). The Hocene Flora, Vol. I, Part II, by Mr. J. S. Gardner and Baron Ettingshausen (pp. 89—58, pls. vi—xi). The Fossil Hehinodermata, Oolitic, Vol. II, Part III (Asteroidea and Ophiuroidea), by Dr. Wright (pp. 155—205, pls. xix—xxi, pp. i—iv, and title-page). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. LV, Part [LL (Permian and Carboniferous), by Mr. Davidson (pp. 243 —316, pls. xxx—xxxvil). The Lias Ammonites, Part III, by Dr. Wright (pp. 165 -264, pls. xix—xl). The Reptilia of the London Clay, Vol. II, Part I (Chelone), by Prof. Owen (pp. 1—4, pls. 1, il). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. I, Part [X, by Dr. Wright (pp. 301—824, pls. Ixx—lIxxv). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. IV, Part IV (Devonian and Silurian, from Budleigh-Salterton Pebble Bed), by Mr. Davidson (pp. 317—358, pls. XXXVill —xli1). The Fossil Trigonie (Supplement No. 1), by Dr. Lycett (pp. 1 —4). The Lias Ammonites, Part LIV, by Dr. Wright (pp. 265—328, pls. xxii A, xxiiB, xli—xlviil). The Reptilia of the Liassic Formations, Part III, by Prof. Owen (pp. 83—184, pls. XXi—xxxill, and title-page), The Fossil Elephants (E. primigenius and #. meridionalis), Part LLI, by Prof. Leith Adams (pp. 147—265, pls. xvi—xxviii, and title-page). The Hocene Flora, Vol. I, Part II], by Mr. J. 8. Gardner and Baron Ettingshausen (pp. 59—86, pls. xii, xiti, and title-page). Third Supplement to the Crag Mollusea, by the late Mr. S. V. Wood (pp. 1—24, pl. i). The Fossil Eehinodermata, Cret., Vol. I, Part X, by Dr. Wright (pp. 325 —371, pls. Ixxvi—lxxx, and title-page). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. [V, Part V, by Dr. Davidson (pp. 369 —333, and title-page). Do., Vol. V, Part I (Devonian and Silurian), by Dr. Davidson (pp. 1—134, pls. i—vil). The Lias Ammonites, Part V, by Dr. Wright (pp. 329—400, pls. xlix—lii, lii a, liii—l xix). The Eocene Flora, Vol. II, Part I, by Mr. J. S. Gardner (pp. 1—60, pls. i—ix). The Trilobites of the Silurian, Devonian, &e., Formations, Part V, by the late Mr. J. W. Salter (pp. 215—224, and title-page). The Carboniferous Trilobites, Part I, by Dr. H. Woodward (pp. 1—38, pls. i—vi). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. V, Part If (Silurian), by Dr. Davidson (pp. 135—242, pls. vilimxvil). The Fossil Trigonize (Supplement No. 2), by the late Dr. Lycett (pp. 5—19, pls. i—iv, and title-page). . The Lias Ammonites, Part VI, by Dr. Wright (pp. 401—440, pls. Ixx—Ixxvii). The Eocene Flora, Vol. II, Part II, by Mr. J.S. Gardner (pp. 61—90, pls. x—xx). The Carboniferous Entomostraca, Part I, No. 2, by Prof. T. Rupert Jones, Mr. J. W. Kirkby, and Prof. G. S. Brady (pp. i—iii, 57—92, pls. vi, vii, and title-page). The Carboniferous Trilobites, Part Il, by Dr. H. Woodward (pp. 39—86, pls. vii—x, and title-page). Supplement to the Fossil Brachiopoda, Vol. V, Part III, by Dr. Davidson (pp. 243 —476, pls. xvili—xxi, and title-page). The Lias Ammonites, Part VII, by Dr. Wright (pp. 441—480, pls. Ixxvitt—Ixxxvii). 24 CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. XX1—xxvii, and title-page). The Stromatoporoids, Part I, by Prof. Alleyne Nicholson (pp. i—iii, —130, pls. i—xi). The Fossil Brachiopoda (Bibliogr aphy), Vol. VI (pp. 1—163), by the late Dr. Davidson and Mr. W. H. Dalton. The Lias Ammonites, Part VIII, by the late Dr. Wright (pp. 481—503, pl. Ixxxviii, and title-page). Vol. XX XIX. Issued Jan., 1886, for the vent 1885 The Mor pholee zy and Histology of Stigmaria Ficoides, by Prof. W. C. Williamson (pp. i—iv, 1—62, pls. i—xv). The Fossil Sponges, Part I, by Dr. G. J. Hinde (pp. 1—92, pls. i—viii). The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 1, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 1—56). The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part I, by Mr. 8. 8S. Buckman (pp. 1—24, pls. i—vi). The Pleistocene Mammalia, Part VI, by Prof. Boyd Dawkins (pp. 1—29, pls. i—vii). Fe XL. Issued Mar., 1887, for the Year 1886 The Fossil Sponges, Part II, by Dr. G. J. Hinde (pp. 93—188, pl. ix). The Palwozoic Phyllopoda, Part I, by Prof. 'T. R. Jones and Dr. Woodward (pp. 1—72, pls. i—xil). The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 2, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 57—136, pls. i—VI). The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part I], by Mr. 8. 8. Buckman (pp. 25—56, pls. vil—xiIv). GIG Issued de 1888, : | . | | The Stromatoporoids, Part IT, by Prof. Alleyne Nicholson (pp. 131—158, pls. xii— X1x). The Tertiary Entomostraca (Supplement), by Prof. T. Rupert Jones and Mr. C. D. Sherborn (pp. 1—55, pls. i—iii). The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 3, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 137—192, pls. . vlli—x1). SUH, Aeeuce Meee The Inferior ous Ammonites, Part III, by Mr. 8. 8. Buckman (pp. 57—144, pls. xv, ve ae XXill A The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Part I, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 1, 11, 1—46, pls. i—iv). Title-pages and Prefaces to the Monographs on the Reptilia of the Wealden and Purbeck (Supplements), Kimmeridge Clay, and Mesozoic Formations, and on the Cetacea of the Red Crag. The Cretaceous Entomostraca (Supplement), by Prof. T. Rupert Jones and Dr. G. J. Hinde (pp. i—viii, 1—70, pls. i—iv). The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 4, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 195—224, pls. XLILI. Issued Mar., 1890, Xli—xvi). for the Year 1889 ~ | The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part IV, by Mr. 8.8. Buckman (pp. 145—224, pls. ” XX1V—XXxXVI). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Part II, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 47—154, pls. v—vill, vill A, 1x—xv). The Stromatoporoids, Part III, by Prof. Alleyne Nichoison (pp. 159—202, pls. xx—xxv). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. II, Part I (Asteroidea), by Mr. W. Perey Sladen (pp. 1—28, pts. i—viil). ,, X&LIV. Issued Apr.,1891, } The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part V, by Mr. 8. S. Buckman (pp. 225—256, pls. for the Year 1890 — XxXvii—xliv). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Part III, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 155—250, pls. xvi—xxiv). Title-pages to the Supplement to the Fossil Corals, by Prof. Duncan. The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 5, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 225—272, pls. XV1i—Xx). The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part VI, by Mr. 8. 8. Buckman (pp. 257—312, pls. . XLV. Issued Feb., 1892, xlv—lvi). for the Year 1891) The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Part IV (Conclusion of Vol. I) (pp. 251—3844, pls. xxv—xxxi, and title-page). Vol. I, Part I, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 1—56, pls. i —yv). The Eocene Flora, Vol. II, Part III, by Mr. J. S. Gardner (pp. 91—159, pls. Ee Vol. ” po ONY LE ” XLVI. XLVII. XLIX. LI. LI. . Issued Oct., 1896, 5 Or CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. The Stromatoporoids, Part IV (Conclusion), by Prof. Alleyne Nicholson (pp. 203— 254, pls. xxvi—xxix, and title-page). The Palwozoic Phyllopoda, Part II, by Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. Woodward (pp. 73— 124, pls. x1i—xvil). Issued Nov., 1892, | The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 6, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 273—324, pls, for the Year 1892 XXI—XXV1). The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part VII, by Mr. 8S. S. Buckman (pp. 313—344, pls. lvii—lxxv1). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. II, Part II, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 57—88, pls. vi—x). The Fossil Sponges, Part II], by Dr. G. J. Hinde (pp. 189—254, pls. x—xix). The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. II, Part II (Asteroidea), by Mr. W. Percy Taaaed ee. 1893 Sladen (pp. 29—66, pls. ix—xvi). for nee Voss 1893 The Sere Sere aneuuas Part VII, by Mr. 8. 8. Buckman (pp. 345—376, pls. The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. Il, Part ILI, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 89—160, pls. xi—xvii). The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 7, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 825—290, pls. XXVi1—XXXil1). Carbonicola, Anthracomya, and Naiadites, Part I, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 1—80, pls. x1). i The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part LX, by Mr. 8.8. Buckman (pp. 377—456, pls. x¢clil—Ciil). The Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, Part II, No. 1, by Dr. R. H. Traquair (pp. 63— 90, pls. xv——xviil). Issued Nov., 1894, for the Year 1894 The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 8, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 391—444, pls. Issued Oct., 1895, Ee ie on eG ya, and Naiadites, Part II, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 81—170, pls for the Year 1895 ios) : oar rae. Be ied Ee deer, The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. LI, Part 1V, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 161—212, pls. xviti—xxiv). The Crag Foraminifera, Part Il, by Prof. T. R. Jones (pp. 73—210, pls. y—vii). The Crag Foraminifera, Part III, by Prof. T. R. Jones (pp. 211—314). The Jurassic Gasteropoda, Part I, No. 9, by Mr. W. H. Hudleston (pp. 445—514, pls. xli—xliv, and title-page), Carbonicola, Anthracomya, and Naiadites, Part III, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 171—182, for the Year 1896 pl. xxi, and title-page). The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Part I, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 1—80, pls. 1, 11). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. I1I, Part 1, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 1—112, pls. i—xvi). title-page). Se The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Part II, by Dr. W. Hind \pp. 81—208, pls. ii Issued Dee., 1897, for the Year 1897 The Crag Foraminifera, Part IV, by Prof. T. R. Jones (pp. vii—xv, 315—402, and ——Xv). : The Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, Part I, by Dr. A. H. Foord (pp. 1—22, pls. i—vii). eee | The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. I1I, Part lI, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 113—178, pls. xvii—xx1). The Palaeozoic Phyllopoda, Part III, by Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. Woodward (pp. 120 —176, pls. xvili—xxv). = | The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Part II, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 209—276, pls. XVi—xxv). Issued Dec., 1898, } The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part X, by Mr. 8. 8. Buckman (pp. i—xxxii, Suppl. for the Year 1898 pls. i—iv). ie The Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, Part II, by Dr. A. H. Foord (pp. 23—48, pls. vili—xvil). The Devonian Fauna of the South of England, Vol. 11, Part II, by the Rev. G. F. Whidborne (pp. 179—236, pls. xxii—xxxviil). d CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. The Paleozoic Phyllopoda, Part IV, by Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. Woodward (pp. 1—xv, 175, 176, 177—211, pls. xxvi —xxxi, and title-page). The Cretaceous Lamellibrancbia, Part I, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 1—72, pls. i—xiv), The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Part IV, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 277—360, pls. XXVI—XX XIX). j The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part XI, by Mr. S. S. Buckman (pp. xxxiii—Ixiy, pls. V—XIVv). Vol. LIII. Issued Dee., 1899, for the Year 1899 The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Part II, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 73—112, pls. xv—xix). The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Part V, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 361—476, pls. xl —liv). The Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, Part III, by Dr. A H. Foord (pp. 49—126, pls. xvili—xxx1i). The British Pleistocene Mammalia, Title-page for Vol. 1, by Messrs. Dawkins and Sanford. The Structure of Carboniferous Plants, Title-page, by Mr. E. W. Binney. » LIV. Issued Dec., 1900, for the Year 1900 The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Part III, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 1183—144, pls. xx— XXV1). The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Vol. II, Part I, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 1—34, pls. i—vi), Title-page and Index for Vol. I. » LY. Issued Dec., 1901, | The Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, Part LV, by Dr. A. H. Foord (pp. 127— for the Year 1901 146, pls. xxxili—xxxix). British Graptolites, Part I, by Miss Elles and Miss Wood, edited by Prof. Lapworth (pp. 1—54, pls. i—iv). Ganoid Fishes of British Carboniferous Formations—Part I, Paleoniscide, No. 2, by Dr. Ramsay H. Traquair (pp. 61—87, pls. viti—xviii). The Cave Hyena, by Prof. S$. H. Reynolds (pp. 1—25, pls. i—xiv). The Fishes of the English Chalk, Part I, by Dr. A. Smith Woodward (pp. 1—56, pls. i—xiii). The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Part 1V, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 145—196, pls. xxvii —XXXVIll1). British Graptolites, Part I, No. 2,, by Miss Elles and Miss Wood, edited by Prof. Lap- worth (pp. i—xxviii, 55—94, pls. v—xiil). , LVI. Issued Dec., 1902, for the Year 1902 The Fishes of the EKnglish Chalk, Part II, by Dr. A. Smith Woodward (pp. 57—96, pls. xiv—xx). The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Part V, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. i—xliii, 197—232, pls. xxxix—xli), Title-page and Index for Vol. I. The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Vol. II, Part II, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 35—124, pls. vii—xxi). The Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, Part V, by Dr. A. H. Foord (pp. 147—234, pls. xl—xlix), Title-page and Index. The Lower Paleozoic Trilobites of Girvan, Part I, by Mr. F. R. Cowper Reed (pp. 1— 48, pls. i—vi). British Giswieieee Part ILI, by Miss Elles and Miss Wood, edited by Prof. Lapworth, (pp. xxix—lu, 103—134, pls, xiv—xix). » LVII. Issued Dec., 1903, for the Year 1903 The Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, Part II, No. 2, by Dr. R. H. Traquair (pp. 91—118, pls. xix—xxvi). The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Vol. 1], Part I, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 1—56, pls. i—vii). The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Vol. II, Part IJ, by Dr. W. Hind (pp. 125— , UVIIL. Issued Dec., 1904, 216, pls. xx1i—xxv). for the Year 19045 The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part XII, by Mr. 8. 8. Buckman (pp. lxv—elxvin, pls. xv—xix). The Lower Paleozoic Trilobites of Girvan, Part II, by Mr. F. R. Cowper Reed (pp. 49—96, pls. vii—xiii). British Graptolites, Part 1V, by Miss Ellesand Miss Wood, edited by Prof. Lapworth, (pp. liii—]xxii, 1835—180, pls. xx—xxv). 27 CATALOGUE OF VOLUMES—Continued. The Fossil Echinodermata, Cretaceous, Vol. II, Part III, by Mr. W. K. Spencer (pp. 67—90, pls. xvil—xxvi). The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Vol. II, Part II, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 57—96, Vol. LIX. Issued Nov., 1905, pls. viii— xi). for the Year 1905 | The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, Vol. IT, Title-pages and Index, by Dr. W. Hind. The Inferior Oolite Ammonites, Part XLII, by Mr. 8. 8. Buckman (pp. clxix—ceviii, pls. xx—xxiv). The Cornbrash Fauna, Part I, by Rev. J. F. Blake (pp. 1—100, pls. i—ix). The Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, Part Il, No. 3, by Dr. R. H. Traquair (pp. 119—130, pls. xxvii—xxxi). The Cretaceous Lamellibranchia, Vol. I], Part III, by Mr. H. Woods (pp. 97—132, pls. xii—xix). The Lower Palwozoic Trilobites of Girvan, Part III, by Mr. F. R. Cowper Reed (pp. 97—186, Title-page and Index, pls. xiv—xx). The Cambrian Trilobites, Part I, by Mr. P. Lake (pp. 1—28, pls. 1, ii). British Graptolites, Part V, by Miss Elles and Miss Wood, edited by Prof Lapworth (pp. Lxxili—xevi, 181—216, pls. xxvi, xxvii). » LX. Issued Dec., 1906, ke Pleistocene Bears, by Prof. S. H. Reynolds (pp. 1—35, pls. i—viii). for the Year 1906 | Palxontographical Society, 1906. A MONOGRAPH BRITISH PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA NOS iE EAR ble THE BEARS. BY SIDNEY EE RE yNORDS MEAS 1.G.s: Pagrus 1—35; Pratms [—VIIL. LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE PALAHONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 1906. PRINTED BY ADLARD AND SON, LONDON AND DORKING. MON OG RA PE ON THE BRITISH MAMMALIA PLEISTOCENE PERIOD. THE BEARS. Order—CARNIVORA. Famity—U RSID AM. Genus—URsUvs. fe HisTtORICAn INTRODUCTION. THE fossil bears form a group of animals whose study is by no means easy, not from any scarcity of their remains, but from the difficulty of coming to a decision about the mutual relationship of the various living and fossil forms. Very divergent opinions have been expressed with regard to the number of species of bears, and the literature dealing with the subject is remarkably extensive. Cuvier! and de Blainville? treat of the early discoveries of fossil bears very fully, and their accounts have been freely used in the following pages. Fossil bones, which eventually proved to be those of bears, were first mentioned by J. Paterson Hayn® (1672), who considered them to be the bones of dragons. He obtained representatives of nearly all parts of the skeleton from a cave in Mount Krapacks, Hungary. H. Vollenad* (1673) referred to the same bones, again considering them to be the remains of dragons. 1 «Oss. Foss.,’ ed. 1, 1812, tom. iv, part iv. 2 «Ostéographie,’ tom. 1, K. 3 «Hphém. Curieux de la Nature,’ dec. i, an. iii, obs. exxxix, p. 220. 4 Thid., an. iv, obs. clxx, p. 226. bo PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. F. E. Briickmann! (1732) was the first to compare these cave-bones with those of bears. J. F. Esper? (1774) gave figures of a large number of bear-bones found in acave in Franconia, but in default of material for comparison was unable to decide definitely that they belonged to bears, though he noted the resemblance. Later on Hsper® (1784), having obtained the skull of a polar bear, adopted the view that the cave remains were to be attributed to the same species. In 1794 John Hunter? compared a fossil skull, which had been referred to the polar bear, with the skull of the last-mentioned species, and noted various differences, though cautiously observing that great changes in the shape of the skulls of Carnivora occur during their growth to maturity and old age. In 1795 J. C. Rosenmiiller® recognised differences between the brown, white, and cave bears, and gave a table of comparison between the skulls of these three forms printed in parallel columns. He was also the first to apply the name Ursus speleus to the cave bear. In 1804 Rosenmiiller® published a folio volume in French and German dealing solely with the cave bears, and fully described their remains, concluding with a suggestive chapter on the conditions under which bones found in caves might have accumulated. He also emphasised the fact that differences in skulls depend not only on age (as noted by Hunter), but also on sex. Meanwhile, the study of fossil bears was undertaken by Blumenbach and Cuvier. The former? arrived at the conclusion that the German caves contained not only Ursus speleus, which he regarded as distinct from all living species, but also another form which he named U. arctoideus, intending thus to mdicate its relationship to the brown bear. Cuvier® (1806) confirmed Blumenbach’s statement that some of the larger bones from the German caves indicated specific differences from all living bears, and also agreed with the suggestion that they represented two extinct forms—U. speleus with the forehead arched, U. arctoideus with the forehead flat—the latter approaching living species more closely than the former. 1 «Breslauer Samml.,’ 1732, p. 628; and ‘ Epist. Itin.,’ 32. 2 * Ausfithrliche Nachricht zoolith. Bayreuth.’ 3 «Kerits Soc. nat. Berlin,’ v, p. 56. # «Phil. Trans.,’ lxxxiv, 1794, p. 407. 5 * Beitr. Geschicht. foss. Knochen,’ p. 44 (German reprint of the same author's ‘ De Oss. foss.,’ Leipzig, 1794), 6 Abbild. u. Beschreib. der foss. Knochen des Héhlenbiiren, Weimar. 7 Quoted by Cuvier, ‘ Bull. Sci., Soc. Philomath., no. 50. This reference is taken from de Blainville, ‘ Ostcographie,’ Carnassiers, p. 46. It is quoted apparently from him by Owen, ‘ Brit. Foss. Mamm.,’ p. 86, and by other subsequent writers. In the official catalogue of Cuvier’s papers the title appears without any reference as to where the paper can be found. The paper cannot be traced, and was probably suppressed. * «Annales du Muséum,’ vii, p. 324. | URSUS. 3 In 1810 Goldfuss! published a memoir in which he attempted to distinguish a third species of fossil bears, named U. priscus. This was accepted by Cuvier.? Meanwhile the fossil bones of bears were being discovered in several localities in England, notably in the caves of Kirkdale, Yorkshire (whence Buckland * described rare fragments), and Oreston, near Plymouth (Clift and Whidbey).* In 1825 Cuvier in the third edition of ‘Ossemens Fossiles’ reverted° to the conclusion that the forms called UJ. spelxus and arctoideus were only varieties of the same species. De Blainville, however, remarked® that Cuvier’s unfortunate establishment of a new species on insufficient evidence gave an impulse to this practice, which was exaggerated in the hands of less skilful paleontologists. In proof of this he referred to Croizet and Jobert’ (1828) who believed they could recognise U. cultridens by a single canine, and sought to establish a new species U. arvernensis on a fragment of the anterior part of the skull, a humerus and other isolated bones. The work of M. de Serres’ is an instance of the same method. P. C. Schmerling’ (1835), although he corrected certain mistakes of Cuvier, was led by his example to establish several new species on material more or less incomplete. He concluded that no less than five species of bears lived in the Litge district—viz., U. speleus and arctuideus, Blum., U. priscus, Goldf., and two new species, U. giganteus and leodiensis. In 1842 Owen!” described a fine skull of the brown bear from Manea fen, Cambridge. With the increase of knowledge and facilities for comparison, the extreme difficulty of recognising specific distinctions between the various bears began to be apparent, with a tendency to group together several forms which had previously been regarded as distinct species. This tendency was first shown by de Blainville!’ who in 1844 gave a detailed and critical account of the different kinds of fossil bears with splendid illustrations. Further reference to his conclusions follows later, but it may be mentioned here that he considered all the bears, living and fossil, found in Hurope to belong to one species, but thought there were two races of fossil bears, a larger race the male of which was represented by U. giganteus and U. speleus major and the female by U. arctoideus and U. leodiensis, and a smaller race in which the male was represented by U. speleus minor and the female by U. priscus. He considered that a second small species was represented by Ursus 1 ¢Verhandl. kaiserl. Leopold.-Karolin. Akad, der Naturforscher,’ x, 2, p. 260. 2 Oss. Foss.,’ ed. 3, 1825, iv, p. 380. 3 « Reliquiz diluviane,’ ed. 2, p. 17; and ‘ Phil. Trans.,’ 1822, p. 171. t «Phil. Trans.,’ cxiu, 1823, p. 88. ® Tom. iv, p. 358. 6 *Ostcographie,’ Carnassiers, p. 50. 7 «Rech. Oss. foss. Puy de Dome,’ p. 628. 8 «Bull. univ. des Sci. Nat.,’ 1830, xii, no. 19, p. 161. 9 «Recherches Oss. foss. Cavernes de Litge.’ 10 «Rep. Brit. Assoc.,’ 1842, p. 69. 11 « Ostéographie,’ Carnassiers, p. 38. t PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. arvernensis. He doubted the distinction of the bears of north-western America (i.e. the grizzly bear) from the Huropean species. This view was also accepted by Middendorff (1851),! who concluded that all the bears of the arctos group from both eastern and western hemispheres were varieties of one species. On the other hand, Owen in 1846 in his ‘ British Fossil Mammals and Birds’ dealt fully with the British fossil bears, recognising three species, U. speleus, U. arctos, and U. priscus, Goldf., to which species he attributed a lower jaw from Kent’s Cavern. J. A. Wagner” also (1851) agreed with Owen in recognising more than one species among the bears of the arctos group and considered de Blainville’s views on the subject to be retrogressive. Gray * (1864) went farther in the process of subdivision than anyone else, separating the living bears not only into a number of species, but also into several genera. The descriptions of the bones of bears from a number of Irish localities now commenced—e.g. by R. Ball,* A. Carte,> and H. Denny.® Some of the bones found were even attributed to the polar bear. Miler’ (1872), in a beautifully lustrated work on certaim bears’ skulls from Russia, doubted the possibility of distinguishing between the different species of fossil bears even by their teeth. In 1867 appeared the first of a series of important communications from Busk dealing with the fossil bears. In this paper, of which, unfortunately, only an abstract was published,* he mentioned that the teeth on which reliance was to be placed in distinguishing the different species of fossil bears were pm. 4, pm. 4, m. 2,m. 3. He expressed the opimion that U. priscus was identical with U. ferow. In 1873 appeared his very important paper? on the animal remains found in the Brixham cave, in which he fully discussed the mutual relationship of the various species of fossil bears. He established the fact that U. priscus, Cuv., was identical with U. fossilis, Goldf., and U. fervor, the modern grizzly, and considered that all the Irish specimens were referable to the latter species. He thought that U. ferow (priscus) was commoner even in England than U. speleus. He discussed the differences by which, according to Owen, the teeth of U. speleus, U. arctos, and U. ferox could be distinguished, but thought that these differences were not all constant and considered that it would be impossible to distinguish between the 1 *Untersuch. Schideln des gemeinen Landbaren,’ ete., St. Petersburg. ‘Abhandl. k. bay. Akad. Wissensch.,’ vi, I Abth., 1851, p. 198. 5 * Cat. Carniv. Pachyderm. and Edentate Mamm. in Brit. Mus.,’ p. 217. 4 «Proc. R. Irish Acad.,’ iv, 1849, p. 146. » «Journ. R. Dublin Soe.,’ 11, 1860, p. 344; and ‘Journ. R. Geol. Soc. Dublin,’ x, 1864, p. 114. 6 «Proc. Yorks. Geol. and Polyt. Soce.,’ iv, 1864, p- 34:7. 7 «Drei in der Provinz Preussen ausgegrabene Birenschiidel 8 «Q. J. Geol. Soc.,’ xxii, 1867, p. 342; and ‘ Phil. Mag.,’ xxxiv, 1867, p. 399. 9 «Phil. Trans.,’ clxiu, p. 532. 2 ’ URSUS. 5 three species in respect of the teeth. He returned to the subject four years later in his ‘Report on the Ancient or Quaternary Fauna of Gibraltar,! in which he discussed minutely the characters of the cave, brown, and grizzly bears as based upon their teeth, stating his belief that no character of specific importance could be drawn from any part of the bear’s skeleton except the teeth. he question of the relationship of the fossil bears was further considered by R. Hensel” (1876). Basing his view on a study of the teeth, he urged the distine- tion of the cave bear, but did not express a clear opinion as to whether the other Pleistocene bears represented more than one species. In 1877 Boyd Dawkins,’ who had already* commented on the extreme difficulty of distinguishing between the brown and grizzly bears by means of their hard parts, adopted the view of their identity. About this time A. L. Adams commenced a series of important papers in which he discussed the Irish specimens. In the earliest’ of these (1878) he referred the specimen described by Carte as U. maritimus to U. ferov, and in the second® he gave a critical account of all the Irish bear-remains, referring them all to U. ferow, the grizzly bear, which he concluded was the only bear whose remains had been proved to occur in Ireland. In a later paper’ the same author, im describing further remains of Irish bears, was the first to suggest that those known as U. spelexus might be only those of large individuals of U. ferov. He confirmed Busk’s and his own previously expressed opinion, that all the remains of Irish bears were referable to U. ferow. The paper included a table of dimensions of bears’ crania. The following year (1881) Adams published another paper ® further developing his suggestion that the differences between fossil bear-remains may be racial, sexual, or even individual, dependent on mode of life or character of food, and that the different British fossil bears may best be regarded as races of one species. Later writers have also discussed fully the mutual relationship of the bears, and very varying opinions have been reached. Lydekker,’ writing in 1884, gave dental characters by which the brown and erizzly bears might be distinguished, but a year later doubted'? whether a valid distinction of this kind was possible. In 1897 he separated |! U. speleus as a species, grouping all the bears of the aictos group (¢.e. all those of the northern 1 «Trans. Zool. Soc.,’ x (2), 1877, p. 60. 2 «Sitzb. Naturf. Freunde, Berlin,’ p. 49. = @. J.Geol, Soc, xxx, LS7/(pp. 9: t Tbhid., xxxul, 1876, p. 248. ® “Proc. R. Irish Acad.,’ 2nd series, iii, 1878, p. 94. 6 * Journ. R. Geol. Soc. Ireland,’ iv, 1877, p. 247. 7 *Sei. Proc. R. Dublin Soc.,’ ii, 1880, p. 49. 5 ‘Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc.’ (2), i, 1881, p. 201. 9 *Palwont. Indica,’ ser. 10, ii, 1884, p. 202. 10 «Cat. Foss. Mamm. Brit. Mus.,’ Pie dp. Las. MN « Proe. Zool. Soc.,’ 1897, p. 412. 6 PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. hemisphere except the polar bear, the American black bear, and the blue bear of Tibet) as one species. A. HE. Brown! (1894) went farther than this, including even the American black bear as a subspecies of U. arctos. In this view he was in accordance with that previously reached by Allen,” who, however, afterwards changed his opinion ® with regard to this point. In the paper just referred to® he gave a valuable table of measurements showing the great individual variability in bears’ skulls from the same locality, and considered that, though U. americanus might be distinct, there was a complete passage between the brown and grizzly bears. The remarkable individual variability was still more impressively shown by K. Schiiff* (1889) in a paper on a collection of thirty-five skulls all obtained from a limited area in Russia. The variability of the European bears was shown to be more than paralleled by those of America in C. H. Merriam’s paper,’ which was based on a study of; more than two hundred skulls, a series of as many as ninety-five having been obtained from one locality. The conclusions which he drew were, however, widely different from those drawn by Brown and Allen; for he not only considered that the American “ brown” bears (of which he made a number of new species) were specifically distinct from the Huropean, but separated the black bear subgenerically. The difficulty of distinguishing between the different species of fossil bears is further illustrated by the important papers by Gaudry and Boule,® and KH. T. Newton.’ The former authors showed that even the loss of the three anterior upper premolars is not absolutely characteristic of the cave bear, as individuals of the smaller race from Gargas retain pm. 3. The close connection between the bears of the brown and grizzly types is illustrated by the fact that they considered U. priscus to come nearer to U. arctos, especially as regards the humerus, than to U. horribilis, with which it is usually thought to be identical. Newton, in describing the Vertebrata from the Forest Bed, agreed with Owen in assigning the jaw figured in the ‘ British Fossil Mammals,’ p. 106, to U. spelexus, in spite of its small size, while he assigned another specimen to U. spelaus m spite —a of its retaining pm. |. 1 «Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.,’ xlvi, 1894, p. 119. 2 «Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,’ i, 1869, p. 184. 3 «Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. of Territories,’ ii, no. 4, 1876, p. 334. t « Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte,’ 1889, p. 244. 5 *Proc. Biol. Soe. Washington,’ x, 1896, pp. 65-83. 6 ‘Mat. pour Vhistoive des temps quaternaires,’ fase. iv, p. 105 (1892). 7 “Vertebrata of Forest Bed Series,” ‘Mem. Geol. Surv.,’ p. 5 (1882). URSUS. “J II. DISTRIBUTION IN BRITAIN AND ELSEWHERE. The oldest British formation from which the fossil remains of bears have been described is the Suffolk Crag. Owen,' writing in 1846, says “the oldest fossil referable to the genus Ursus from British strata is the crown of a molar tooth, which was found at Newbourn, near Woodbridge, Suffolk. The bear’s tooth is the antepenultimate grinder of the right side, upper Jaw; it is smaller than the corresponding tooth in U. speleus.” Newton* was, unfortunately, unable to verify this determination, and suggests that the tooth may be attributable to Sus. In 1864 Lankester® described and figured a slender canine tooth, also said to have come from the Red Crag of Newbourn, near Woodbridge. This specimen, which is in the Reed collection at York, he referred with little hesitation to U. arver- nensis. Boyd Dawkins, and Newton® have both doubted the correctness of this identification, the latter saying ‘fit seems more probable it will prove to be an anterior tooth of Squalodon and, therefore, cannot be taken as evidence of the occurrence of Ursus in the Red Crag.” The Forest Bed is the oldest British formation in which undoubted bears’ bones have been found. The best specimens were originally described by Owen," and they have been re-examined and described by Newton.? The specimens found were at first attributed to as many as four species of bears—U. speleus, arvernensis, etruscus, and priscus (= horribilis). The best specimen described by Owen is a small mandible,® which, in spite of its small size, is referred to U. speleus for the following reasons: (1) There is a long diastema between the canine and the first tooth of the molar series, pm. 4; (2) pm. 4 has a complicated form; (3) m. 3 is broad as compared with the same tooth in the brown and grizzly bears. Owen’s identifi- cation is endorsed by Newton. Another specimen’ has pm. | present, but in spite of this fact 1s referred by Newton to U. speleus, while a third and larger specimen *® agrees with the normal speleus in the complete absence of the anterior premolars. Of the sixteen specimens found in the Forest Bed, nine are referred by Newton without hesitation to U. speleus, and probably two more belong to this species. The supposed occurrence of U. arvernensis is based on a fragment of the right maxilla with two teeth, now in the Museum of Practical Geology. It has been regarded by Dawkins as probably referable to U. arvernensis. Newton considered that there was no evidence to show the correctness of this attribution, and regarded 1 «Brit. Foss. Mamm. and Birds,’ p. 105 (1846). ‘Mem. Geol. Surv.,’ ‘‘ Vert. of Pliocene Deposits,” p. 15 (1891). 8 «Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.’ (3), xiv, p. 358. 4 « Brit. Foss. Mamm. and Birds,’ p. 89 (1846). > “Mem. Geol. Surv.,’ “ Vert. of Forest Bed Series,”’ pp. 5—16 (1882). Shige sibid.; pl: a @.): 7 Fig., ibid., pl. i (2). 8 Fig, ibid, pl. i (3). ~ 8 PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. the size of the teeth as too great, U. arvernensis being a small species. He con- sidered it far more probable that the fragment was to be referred to the grizzly bear. Newton summarised his views with regard to the occurrence of U. arver- nensis as follows!: “No description of a specimen of U. arvernensis from these deposits has ever been published, although the name has been admitted in the list of mammals. If such a specimen is in existence its resting place is not known and one is compelled, therefore, to omit the species until evidence of its existence is TABLE SHOWING THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE British PLEISTOCENE Brars. d | & ol eid gees River Deposits, ETc. © 5 AS CAVES AND FIssuREs. £ 5 S a H tal x} il tal iS) ~Q id) iS) fQ id) lcMCb Olas, eee sestec a ane hail eee eee s65 || ano || 22 || Leeomn Islells, CrOn7Et 56 p10 ono ncn sae * Ballymahon on borders of Long- Ballynamintra, co. Waterford ...| ... | ... | * fordrand, Westmeath 2.01.52: ee lege eaniwell ee yee ees eee ee ec eee * Ballinamore, co. Leitrim............ -olullescs mod: || Wole@adont era eeceaves-coetcer aaa * | x eB erect Ones. «ren veneer ae eae * % || say || SHORCO IEIOM@, COW ooooooccoarsooe Bee) is iBeditiondad ats votes eee heres ee eee rere lel Bina-datshisle™ ns amndntondanuocodosdaure odo'e se * * *% Bourne slincolne snes ee oa | a | 2a | BUEN OCON a ceeeeetsoa-cotae * | Burwell Fen.. heawaneeteccasall Sen (oie eee | Caer Giwayinys CliwyidiaValeeasencercee ® . | Clonburne, King’s S CO. rarecncee| cw) tase |, a [eCebnimear Star Ansa heres ceee eee Be lly aca ea | Copford... Se rere eres! | cereal tern edie) WKOUTICN Sto lteen ve sutinn cosgoaeeddoess coe vase eee ee | Crayford. 5 Sleiioheotats Sedo gctrors a ceetensesoast eae eal a RE Clevedon ........ cahided| meats | NEMS ee ), ADramabrie se vcunune saaiee eaevaciee teers eeoan EO LESSive Ul Crags, ‘Derbyshire Gee sro, |) ean (Grays SBISSEX© cy, cacwatracce aseeeee (oe Grow Holes Gowerte een Melee | bond Kile ose Lee MR i NAL a eb cot i a | 2 | Deborah Den, Gower ...............| 2 * ie (abpsiwacliy Cai aasn steer cece neer ae *« | Durdham ‘Down: iw... s.ceonse. a3 s-c)eoe alee Kew Bridge ......... peoncnall dee icone ce || Lotelsmmallas @o, CII oso cconsscadcoocesl| aco |} Kilrathmurray, co. Kildare ees, sae hk x | Enniskillen ..... se) | recall King’s co. x | HoeGrange, Longeliffe, ‘Derbyshire cial eter) | Longford . . Be ether. et} AED COME aeons acces cect a rome ete eene %* ee || pera | Lough Gur, co. . Limerick are eee || epee elohthambhiss une weeesereeceereeeeeeeere AE ? | Mamea Ben 1... sserees. sues: | won |) ae | ane kemtbis Hole Nonquiaive ccecncsea-rer * | * | * | eir SE On? iets eetyse teen eee r ed) (eels SUNVEXOD oeamdanonaanodaseotueccanes seacill oe | Newbury, Berks. oo. cersssssaeccll oe ile.g |) oP, iebetrbya NiO orsidemt anc cere rene * SHOEI NO WINS: A c.atuenowscsshanooacoadsonc eee aren eral (el GUL ince Seema oeramescuocaamarasanoooual! “one ill doo.) <3 Tewkesbury <..iiecisessteceesaesaedlny.s Whee. Ihe oi eiairicdalleyes ease ann atte tease saree * * % Walton; Hissex .caccacencscdtaccsncemasl oo (gee ae ap lulandetlon a ceeeeneantaeceeer eres wisce |g W WWiatertord: "3.ccecineascco seers sneer spol ceo |) fa |] Omer soles COG ostcoccopeceanccns ee |l_ Soe \ Wiestimeaths a: honsarieccnnccsescataate eller »% | Minchin Hole, Gower ............... ae | seen Nege Whitesand Bay, St. David’s ...... ieee lakes Jen) omcemes| 1K Oy ere sh c(oy dR an Sepitoe Sudein adem da saeoo sor wow“ + | Whitstable... cccciiassete..apenceeeal el pe all eles Spenvallann den Gower: meres emer e ees noe * ; AY Buevclis(0) Seemmnnaceecasoenascde dope atonad |e) loos Il ace |) deiopates(CEnYS: wacdccauocccodonosdaccool Woodbridge .. senonesoesoeesl| o, || ca, || oe || TRenemee@lbiit, EhOnGP nosopaoncansacnone sare ars: Great Yeldham, Essex. cones! eae! ae oll Roce Pumpemtordl, Sie ncceercceeee cancer ert * * | | Shandon Cave, Dungarvon......... f * Spritsail Tor (Gower fac.ceeessh cess! <8 01 eoe aml mee Oiplaulll) aererectieiasee coon nace Ses) coal llega Windy Knoll, Castleton ............ pre Ute hee Wookey: Hole ie... snc-crsernrscctiatt * * * WealmeiBridcem meccyceesccccenetas: |e, aan Nears. hc 8 Norz.—In each case the attribution of the bones, whether to the cave, », brown, or grizzly bear, has simply been copied from previous authors, and does not imply an expression of opinion on the part of the present writer. 1 “Vert. of Forest Bed Series,” p. 16 (‘Mem. Geol. Surv.,’ 1882). URSUS. 9 forthcoming.” With regard to the fourth species, U/. etruscus, the evidence for its inclusion is even slighter. It was doubtfully included in the list of the Forest Bed mammals by Prestwich in 1872 on the authority of Boyd Dawkins, but the speci- men has not been described or figured. During Pleistocene times bears were very plentiful in England, ranging also into North and South Wales, and occurring at a number of localities in [reland. They do not appear to have been met with in Scotland north of Dumfries. But while very widespread in England, their remains are not, as a rule, so plentiful as those of the hyena, and they are by no means so abundant as in some parts of the continent, such as the limestone districts of Belgium and Moravia. The table of localities on the previous page is based on that of Boyd Dawkins!, published in 1869, but the bones of bears have, as was to be expected, been found in several fresh localities since his list was prepared. The most noteworthy point about the above list from Pleistocene river deposits is the large number of records of the grizzly bear especially from Ireland, while of the cave bear the records are few and mostly of a doubtful character. Till recently none of the bones found in Irish caves were attributed to the brown bear, but Scharff, who has been unable to recognise valid distinctions between U. avctos and U. horribilis, has applied the former name to the remains of bears from the caves of Kesh,' co. Sligo, and Edenvale,’ co. Clare. An interesting point about the Irish bear-remains is their relatively perfect and uninjured character. Adams suggests that this may be due to the non-occurrence of the bone-crushing hyzena in Ireland. The cave bear has been recorded from twenty-six British caves, as compared with seventeen records of the occurrence of the brown, and fourteen of the grizzly bear. Busk considered that the grizzly was more abundant than the cave bear, even in England, and was the only bear met with in Ireland. No large and associated series of bones of bears from British localities occurs in any museum comparable with the series of hyzna bones at Taunton; and the Specimens figured are preserved in several collections. I am much indebted to Mr. H. A. Allen, Mr. H. St. G. Gray, Prof. T. Mc K. Hughes, Dr. R. F. Scharff, and Dr. A. Smith Woodward, for facilities in the figuring of specimens preserved in the Museum of Practical Geology, the Taunton Castle Museum, the Sedgwick r=) Museum, the National Museum of Science and Art, Dublin, and the British Museum (Natural History) respectively. I wish also to thank Dr. Smith Woodward, Dr. Andrews, and Mr. C. D. Sherborn for help and advice, and Mr. J. Green for the great care and skill he has shown in drawing the plates and figures. ! «Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe.,’ xxv, 1869, p. 192. 2) * “Trans. Roy. Irish Acad.,’ xxxii, B, pt. 4, p. 201. 3 Ibid, xxxiii, B, pt. 1, p. 43. D) 10 PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. III. DESCRIPTION OF THE REMAINS. It may be well to begin with a statement of the distinctive osteological characters of bears. They agree with the other Arctoidea in the following respects !: (1) there are five well-developed digits; (2) the auditory bulla is simple with no trace of a dividing septum, and the inferior lip of the auditory meatus 1s considerably prolonged ; (5) the paroccipital process of the exoccipital is more or less triangular and is directed backwards, outwards, and downwards, standing quite apart from the bulla; (4) the mastoid process of the periotic is widely separated from the paroccipital and generally very prominent; (5) the carotid foramen is large and placed on the inner margin of the bulla, usually near the middle, but occasionally more posteriorly ; (6) the condyloid foramen is distinct and exposed and never sunk into a common opening with the foramen lacerum posterius; (7) the glenoid foramen is always present and usually conspicuous; (8) a large penial bone occurs. The family Ursidee is characterised by the following features:* In existing forms the true molars are 2 and have broad flat tuberculated crowns. The three anterior premolars of both jaws are rudimentary and often deciduous. The fourth upper premolar, the carnassial tooth, has no third or inner root. An alisphenoid canal is present. The auditory bulla is depressed and scarcely at all inflated. The feet are plantigrade. There is no entepicondylar foramen to the humerus. As noted by de Blainville, a bear’s skeleton presents certain resemblances to that of man, dependent partly on the animal’s habit of sitting on the ischia, partly on the plantigrade method of walking. A. Tue Sxuut (Plates I—V). (1) Distinctive Features of the Skull in the Genus Ursus. —The skull is more or less elongated. The orbits are small and the post-orbital bar is incomplete. ‘The palate is prolonged considerably behind the last molar tooth. An alisphenoid canal is present. The pterygoid has a well-developed hamular process. The following are the features in the skulls and teeth of bears, in which the greatest amount of variation takes place, and to which special attention should be paid in attempting to discriminate between the different species : (1) The presence or absence of the anterior premolars ; (2) The length of the mterspace between c. and pm. 4, and between c. and pm. 4; (3) The form of pm. 4 and m. 3; (4) The width of the posterior narial opening ; (5) The shape of the jugal arcade ; | ! Flower and Lydekker, ‘ Mammals Living and Extinct,’ p. 586. * Tbid., p. 556. URSUS. Cé-ST GIL G-FG 9.6 C6-P ST-TL G9-L L8 6-61 CS.66 S61 0-9& 0-0T C6-& 8-SE “CSOT Sig) ‘TOV'6'€6 ‘ON “BIS "M'N ‘topmasid "IBA 80J0.0 * “W1q) SU'ST'ST' 16 “ON “eyyeyoyMey ‘8070.00 "9 “SN “FIE) A8IZ ‘ON 8070.00 +9 19 “ON ‘snp 204 “LBA $2729U640Y * 1) “CST STOI5ING JO "TOD "W) “Fog ON “RURQUOW ‘OAT AUOISMOT[AA ‘8271g1.4.00Y * “CSN “VE1¢1) “ON *827192-4.00Y *) “EES “CSNY IMG) “OT'ST'9°8E Caspiiqurs “SnyV YOLMSpag) “‘squreg “day BAUR ‘807900 “7 “Cen “49 udUIIOf) ULOoULT *(OSplLaiqurey “STA YOLAOpag) “OUIMOE, ‘807040 *) Uday [[eMang ‘8079.9 + “CSU “qag) watayieTyT ‘a10ut BUTT[BEL “872GNLLOY Oem tease anes ere seccensaseeceseeessssecsces ssooo0ard plouort0d Jo doz 03 opoue woaz qyStopy “LT Mine ety a[Apuod Jo pue 0} pammsvout | SHUI IvMQIpuvuUL Jo YASus, UIMUIIXKT “OT | | Nesisisieperstotetcicie(Stetwfaiateiotetaetmcteteicheisteraicte amyns pioskia4d ye suruedo Tvrvu aotteysod Jo yApIA, “eT surtuado [BMVU TOlI9ZUR Jo TEJOUIVIP WMUUIXL]L “FT Gon OUR tO DBRT GCOnCORHEEAD ER ME CUE can nCORGED saat -SVUL TOTURAOF JO AoJOWIVIP OSTOASULAT, “ST Otc e een e escent cetectene oorted jo ssoo0ad proq “SBUL SSO10W JuUeTIOINsveUt OSIOASTUBIT, 4 | etme ewww cece sees erecese snjvout AI0yLpne [euse4 -XO SSO1OB JUOTIOINSveI OSIOASURIY, “TT ener bbbCoDb OU COCR an SnEneGOaBOnaoene sopApuoo yeqrd “1000 SSO10R QUOUTA.msvout OSIOASUBLT, ‘OT | snioque umMAedv] USMvALOF JO JUOIF UL YIPIM UMUIUITT 6 Sees enna MeNooia hee sateen eset Gated savjout -o1d aeddn puoses oaaoqe Ayoyerpoutut Taplod AV[O@ATR UWoAf pommsvout YAPTAA “8 SEED -oad [vqIqt0-ysod Jo spusa W9eA4oq YAPIM *L | pac bpnets gan oEcoeP cenbobonckemasAocuinapEOnee waUE.Aof jeurkayoxy, aaoqe AToyVrpoumt YIpPTAA “9 Peet eee e sweet wes se reese eseseseecsseces 4sa.10 [eq4Lovs Jo doq 09 prousyds-iseq puv peqrdioa0-1seq, | WaeMjoq aIngns WOIF JYSIOY [woIyIOA “GC SOYOIV O14VUIOGAZ SSOIOV YYPIA OUlAI4XY “f “p-tad puv ‘0 weeaqeq vovds fo yySueT “¢ “-p ud puv ‘D ueamjzoq cords Jo yySueTy ‘z J trtttstesses essen seeeee eens [[M4yAs Jo pues roMeyue 0J YoJou aelApuoorezUL Woaz YASUT “T “Csn “4Lig¢) pUB[Og “Snyy SOOTAL -ournurs.iop ‘snajads */) “CSU MOJUNBY,) [LOO parvogr “CSNIV “9Mg) yynaurg ‘J1opusssnyy ‘qjamurg ‘snazads *7 "OD S,suLy ‘ouinqg WOT) ‘82721924.04 “7 “CSL “FtE) PEGS’ ON “erTedysa Ay “snyy WoJUNeRT,) palojpuRg ‘snazads "7 *(snyy uojunRy,) “CSL IME) FIZ “ON yomurg ‘srvzads “7 “3271q1toy =snoxrwd * 7 “oimpung ‘snazads *) “STTOMS UVAG JO SLNANWAYOSVAP, AAILVUVANO/D) a0 a@tayy, (1) 12 PLEISTOCENE MAMMALITA. (6) The shape of the forehead ; and (7) The form and size of the mastoid process of the periotic. Although the conclusion arrived at is, that it is impossible to separate U. horribilis (ferow) from U. arctos by the study of the skeleton, it has been thought advisable in the tables of comparative measurements to quote without comment the name previously assigned to any specimen. B. Dentition (Plate VI). (1) Distinctive Features of the Teeth in the Genus Ursus.—The dental formula is i, 3, ¢. ¢, pm. 4, m. 2, as in the dog. In Hyena it isi. 3, c. +, pm. $, m. +, and m Felis i. 3, c. +, pm. 3, m. +. Although the upper incisors increase somewhat in size from the first to the third, Ursus agrees with Melis and differs from Hyena in presenting a marked contrast in size between c. and 1 3. The canine is dis- tinguished from that of the lion by the more massive character of the root. The three anterior premolars above and below are very small, one-rooted, and often early deciduous, especially the second, which is rarely present in the adult animal. Pm. 1 is situated close to the canine, pm. 3 close to pm. 4, which is the upper carnassial. ‘This tooth lacks the antero-internally placed inner tubercle supported by a distinct root, which is so characteristic of Felis, Hyena, and Canis. Pm. 4 possesses, however, a postero-internally placed inner cusp which, as in other Ursidee, is not supported by a distinct root. The sectorial characters of pm. 4 are very little marked, and it is much smaller than m. 1. The crowns of both the upper true molars are longer than broad, and have flattened tuberculated grinding surfaces; the second has a large backward prolongation or heel. The lower carnassial (m. 1) has a small and indistinct blade and a greatly developed tubercular heel. The second molar is of about the same length as the carnassial, but with a broader and more flattened tubercular crown. ‘The third is smaller. The milk-teeth are comparatively simple and shed at an early age. The following descriptions are of teeth of Ursus speleus, but m each case the differences presented by the teeth of bears of the actos type are noted. It has been thought best when describing the teeth not to use terms involving assumptions of homology and requiring long explanatory prefixes. The terms cusp and tubercle are regarded as synonyms for small elevations on the surface of a tooth. The terms cone or lobe are used as denoting a rather larger elevation, and the terms talon or heel for posteriorly placed segments of a tooth. (2) Permanent Dentition of the Upper Jaw (see Pl. VI).—I. 1 and 2 are very similar teeth showing a prominent anterior, pointed, and somewhat backwardly directed cone or cusp, and a depressed triangular posterior area not bearmg any URSUS. i} definite cusp. The marginal portion of the triangular area is shehtly raised. The root, which in each case is rather more than twice as long as the crown, is con- siderably laterally compressed. In bears of the arctos type the posterior area is more sharply marked off from the cone than in the cave bear. I. 3 is a larger and more caniniform tooth, with a prominent, sharply reflected cone. ‘There is no depressed posterior area as in I. 1 and 2, but a slight cusp is developed on the inner side, and from it a cingulum extends along the inner and posterior margin of the crown. The root is not so much laterally compressed as in I; 1 and 2. In bears of the arctos type this tooth differs only in size and in the slight development of the cingulum. io C. The canine has the form usually met with in Carnivora. Its crown constitutes about one third of its length, and is frequently, though not invariably, marked by a wide, shallow groove along its inner face, and by a slight ridge along its posterior face. The crown is shghtly longer and more recurved and pointed than in Hyena, and the root tapers more than in that animal, and is more massive than in /elis. Size constitutes the only difference between the canine of the cave bear and that of bears of the arctos type. Pm. 1 and 2, which are almost invariably absent in the cave bear and irregular in their occurrence in bears of the arctos type, are small and simple teeth, with a low crown and long cylindrical root. Pm. 3, which is absent as a rule in the cave bear, is in bears of the arctos type a small tooth with well-developed cone and slight indications of anterior and posterior cusps. The cingulum is slightly developed on the inner side. Pm. 4, the upper carnassial, has the blade divided into a prominent anterior cone (a)! and a less elevated posterior cone (b), behind which is commonly a slight additional cusp. Lying postero-internally to the blade is a large inner cone or lobe (Pl. VI, fig. 1, ¢), which shows considerable variation. The cingulum is often strongly marked, especially antero-internally. There are two roots, a smaller anterior one supporting the anterior cone of the blade, and a larger posterior one supporting the posterior cone of the blade and the inner lobe. In bears of the arctos type the cingulum is not so strongly marked, the inner cone or lobe tending to be relatively larger than in U. speleus, and often having a she@ht additional cusp cut off from its posterior edge, sometimes also from its anterior edge. ‘This inner cone or lobe, which is posteriorly placed, must not be confused with the inner tubercle characteristic of the upper carnassial in J’elis, Cams, and Hyena, which is anteriorly placed. M. 1 has a large, somewhat quadrangular crown with the surface raised into ! This and the following letters refer to Plate VI. 14, PLEISTOCENE MAMMALTA. a double row of low cusps lying along the inner and outer edges of the tooth. Of the four cusps along the outer border, the anterior and posterior are very small, the second from the anterior end being the largest. The cingulum is well marked along the inner surface. The tooth is fixed in the jaw by three roots, one lying internally and the other two antero- and postero-externally. In bears of the arctos type the cingulum is less marked, and the two principal cusps along the outer border do not appreciably differ in size. M. 2 is the largest tooth belonging to the molar series. The grinding surface is completely tuberculated, the two most prominent cusps or elevations (i) occupy the anterior half of the outer border, and behind them a third and much smaller cusp 1s often found. The anterior cusp tends to be the largest. There are four roots, one placed anteriorly, one near the middle of the outer surface, one postero- internally, and one on the inner surface near the anterior end. In bears of the arctos type the two antero-external cusps tend to be equal in size, and the tooth to narrow posteriorly more than in the cave bear. ‘These distinctions, however, do not always hold, and are of little practical value. (3) Permanent Dentition in the Lower Jaw (see Pl. V1).—TI. 1 is a small tooth with both root and crown much laterally compressed. ‘The crown forms a single very slightly recurved cone, with a small tubercle on the outer side. I can detect no valid difference in bears of the arctos type. [. 2 has the root similar to that of I. I, but the crown is not so much compressed and the tubercle on the outer side is larger and placed lower down the crown than in I. 1. There is also an indication of a tubercle on the inner side of the crown, while from each tubercle a slight ridge runs downwards and backwards to meet its fellow at the base of the crown. In bears of the arctos type the outer tubercle is relatively more prominent than in U. speleus, while the inner tubercle and pair of downwardly and backwardly directed ridges are not present. T. 3 is a slightly larger tooth with the root triangular in section, the apex of the triangle being directed backwards. The outer tubercle (Pl. VI, fig. 2, e). is very prominent and sharply divergent from the crown. A slight ridge passes backwards and downwards from it to meet another bounding the inner side of the crown. In bears of the arctos type the tooth differs only in its smaller size, and in the shghter development of the ridges. CG. This tooth differs from the corresponding one in the upper jaw in having sometimes at any rate, both crown and terminal part of the root slightly inwardly inflected on the main part of the tooth. The smaller size is the only respect in which ¢. of bears of the arctos type differs from the corresponding tooth of the cave bear. Pm. 1, 2, 3, which are absent as a rule in the cave bear, are all small conical URSUS. 15 teeth with low crowns and rather lone cylindrical roots, pm. | being the largest and the one which most commonly persists. Pm. 4 is a small tooth showing much variation. As a rule, in addition to the principal cone, one or more of three little cusps may be developed, two placed respectively at the antero-internal (PI. VI, fig. 6, 1) and postero-internal (PI. VI, fic. 6, 3) edges, and the third (PI. VI, fig. 6, 2) shghtly behind and to the inner side of the principal cone. In bears of the actos type the development of imner cusps is not so great as in the cave bear, and in many cases the tooth is entirely without them. M I. This is an elongated tooth, divided by a constriction into a posterior square portion (y) whose length is about one third of that of the entire tooth, and an anterior more elongated portion. The posterior portion, which represents the ereatly enlarged heel or talon of the corresponding tooth in Canis, has the surface ‘aised into a series of low cusps, the two most marked of which he on the inner border and are nearly equal in size. The anterior portion generally shows two prominent cusps, one forming the anterior extremity of the crown, one farther back and on the outer side of the tooth. There are several smaller and generally ill-defined cusps along the inner border. Hach portion of the tooth is supported by a strong root. ‘The angle of divergence between the two roots varies much. In bears of the arctos type the constriction between the two portions of the tooth is not so marked as in the cave bear, and the cusps are less prominent. The hinder of the two, lying on the inner border of the posterior square portion of the tooth, tends to be larger than the anterior. The cusp forming the anterior end of the tooth is less marked than in the cave bear, and often has a small accessory cusp on its inner side. M. 2. The sides of this tooth are parallel, and the length is nearly twice the breadth. A shght constriction divides the tooth into anterior and posterior halves. The surface 1s somewhat uniformly tuberculated, the greatest clevation lying antero-internally. The tooth is fixed in the jaw by two stout roots, the posterior being the larger. I cannot detect any difference from the above in teeth of bears of the arctos type. M.3. The crown, which has parallel sides, is slightly rounded in front and more markedly rounded behind. The length as compared with the breadth is about 5—4. The posterior border is sometimes rounded, sometimes more or less obliquely truncated externally. The surface of the crown is very uniformly covered with low tubercles (Pl. VI, fig. 5), the largest being placed at the antero internal angle. There are three roots, one placed anteriorly and two posteriorly, but all three roots sometimes coalesce. In bears of the arctos type the tooth is rather longer in proportion to its width 16 PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA.’ than in the cave bear, and is as a rule rather more contracted posteriorly. The surface of the crown tends to be ridged rather than tuberculated. It proved impossible to obtain anything approaching a complete series of milk- teeth, and it therefore seemed best not to attempt a description of them. | (2) TasLe or MEASUREMENTS OF THE SERIES OF PERMANENT TEETH FROM TORBRYAN, NEAR Torquay, | FIGURED ON Puarer VI. 5 : eel a «| |} 4 . . . rll] || Gall |hi-Ge | | zi NY} | fa | few | jes ; Fae es eS VpSty sly et) aly al ai alle (EVIE jie | la le | la We (= 5 oe re | | | 1. Antero-posterior extent at base of | il | | CLOW eee tecir ciaceenemtere tae eee: Seceee | 1:0 } 1:1 | 1:1 | 2:1 | 0°75] 2:0 | 2:5 | 3-95} 0-9 | 0-9 | 0:95) 2:1 | 1°55) 2°7 | 3:05 2°55 |2. Maximum transverse measure | TOM! ce sonenseeestaeectare sci cereeines 0:9 | 0-9 | 1-05) 1°6 | 0°55) 1°5 | 1°8 | 1:9 | O'S | O-75) 1:05) 1-4 | 0-95) 1-2 | 1°8 | 1:85 3. Maximum length measured along | a straight line from root to | CLOWA fay, chen ace ose eocism ernment PHY) CHO) WERE | SHB) || aco || cea || dos || ooo MRS) ISHS} | Cee eH) oa c. THe VertepraL Cotumn (Plates VII, VIII). The vertebral column of bears shows few characters distinguishing it from that of other Carnivora. Probably the most noteworthy feature is the tendency to ankylosis in the sacral region in old animals, which may have as many as five sacral and pseudo-sacral vertebre (see T'ext-fig. 1, p. 19). There are fourteen thoracic and six lumbar vertebrae as compared with thirteen thoracic and seven lumbar in I’elis, Canis and Viverra, and fifteen thoracie and five lumbar in Meles. (3) TaBLes oF ComMPARATIVE MEASUREMENTS OF Berar VERTEBRA”. | | U. speleus, U. horribilis, U, horribilis, | U, arctos, | | Banwell Sandford No. 854 (College No, 218d (Taunton Mus.). | (Taunton Mus.). | of Surgeons). (Brit. Mus.). | " | 7 : | ATLAS. | fle Miarxamnimswiditbeeeeceeeescectieemcsctteeeerre| S08 as | 17:3 19°6 | 2. Median dorso-ventral diameter............ | Ay 52) 44. 5°35 | 3. Extreme width of the condylar articular SUBLIACES Fnecewen ce camene oepenemrorencenn | a S1 | 65 8:2 | 4, Maximum width of neural canal. ... . | 3°55 31 40, | | AXIs. | 1. Length from anterior end of odontoid | yrocess to postero-ventral extremit I My Of Centrum. disucsseanosed-snonceerene seer ee 89 $15} 69 8:1 2. Height from roof of neural canal to top | | | ofineurall (spinels ccc eee eeeees | 6°35 3°55 42 4e4. 3. Transverse diameter across prezygapo- | | 1) 8 4:10) anton Bnnonn GAatrannaocee, » paGhALeckonc 84 6°85 56 6S 4. Transverse diameter across postzygapo- | HY SOS fens ccenceeseeee reese ee eco ees 7°65 55 5°85 59 5. Length from anterior end of neural | spine to notch between postzygapo- | DIYVSOSs snecieettaweccesse cesiensacemiestmcrerne 63 67 Ol il 1 Ficured. URSUS. ComPaARATIVE MEASUREMENTS OF Bear VERTEBRA” (continued). 4th cervical. 5th cervical, | E g a 8 3 i} = ~ ar} ~ es i [ee i cape 7 @ Bo = ai | Sup 24 J on ROO 2a sch | s2 f tog | s& | eh) sf 2nd aya acdoraeeeads wan Be ee sch 88 3 3rd Py ie MUSA ee ee = son ie 5B 9-0 5 4th By © Greet has ae at Se _ 9°3 Sth Fee Lien meet i nal ie 99 9-4. | 1 Left. 22 PLEISTOCENE MAMMALITA., ¥. Tue Penvic Grrpue. This is characterised by the shortness of the iha and their evertion above. The British fossil specimens are almost always in a very fragmentary state. (6) Tasie or Comparative MrasuremeEnts. | U. horribilis, No | gp, YON) of. U. arctos, No. | Sane May 218d (Brit, Mus.). = | INNOMINATE Bone. (dl (MaximumUlenothenessccsccceeencteneceeeeeeteceenees 31:85 87°5 | 2. Length from edge of acetabulum to dorsal or | | Ehunreraoye looole Ge TMI Sonossosaocossessnoneasdodaaa630 | 151 18°65 3. Vertical measurement of ilium at widest point... | 124 14-7 4, Thickness of ilium at middle of surface............ ae be 5. Antero-posterior diameter of acetabulum......... 5:05 53 6. Length from acetabulum to posterior border of | | Asch iss. ceccecws. on ssacan song ssissehien lteasleceisomeaenoer 11°25 ile 7/ | 7. Maximum diameter of obturator foramen......... 8-2 So 8. Measurement along ischium from symphysis to | | endiofaschial spine: .t..1.<.ssvacaatscmoneteetes tate cer 12-2 16°9 | a eveee se | Fia. 4.—Ventral view of left innominate bone (N.H. 197), from the Newhall Caves, Edenvale, Co. Clare, preserved in the National Museum, Dublin (4 nat. size). a, ilium; 6, ischium; c, pubis; d, acetabulum ; e, obturator foramen. Gc. Tue Posrerion Lime. This, as noted by Gaudry and Boule, tends to be somewhat shorter im propor- tion to the size of the animal in U. speleus than in the bears of the arctos type. URSUS. The tibia is specially short, and Gaudry and Boule have suggested that this is perhaps a disposition favourable for descending into the caves in which the animal lived. Owen! attempts to discriminate between the femur of the different species of fossil (1) } i sch \ Y / he! 18, B54 2 OF dd ott f fi fy Salle es ‘ Fria. 5.—(1) Front view and (2) right side view of left femur attributed to U. horribilis, from Sandford (Taunton Mus.) (+ nat. size). bears. is broader in proportion to its leneth, and the tuberosity above the internal condyle is larger than in the cave bear. He says that in the brown and grizzly bears the femur He also states that in the cave bear the lesser trochanter projects a little beyond the inner margin, while in the grizzly and brown bears it is thrown wholly on the posterior surface of the bone. 1 «Brit. Foss. Mamm..,’ p. 97. 24 PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. SSS == SS Fia. 6.—(1) Front view of right tibia, from Sandford (‘'aunton Mus.). (2) Postero-external view of right tibia, from Ilford, Essex (Brit. Mus.). (3) Patella, from Banwell (Taunton Mus.). All are drawn i natural size. The patella is attributed to U. speleus, the tibiew to U. horribilis. (7) TABLE OF ee Mink Sun EsEN TE Or DOSER OF POE OD Lime. | | eribili U. horribitis, | U. horribitis, | WU horribilis, | 7 aretos | Sandford | Sandford of St aS ee gail eNoselGa. 0a |Taunton Mus.)./(Taunton Mus.).| uM eons (Brit. Mus.), | | Mus.). | 1 | Femur. | | | ; | 3 Vel Maxcimnm lone tlie. sce n-peceecstenmernceteeces io Zror 40:2 7 46°01 | 2. 'l'ransverse diameter at condyles aaj a) 11-7 2 73 8:3 3. Antero-posterior diameter of head ........ 56 “ae 45 4°85 4, Vertical or antero-posterior diameter of _ Shai atemiddle) iy. ...n 40 43 28 2°95 | 5. ‘Transverse or right ‘to left diameter 6 | | | | ee: atnrid do: essen disscqnsseeneaemuedanenertie 5:0 | 52 | 3°4 485 | 6. Transverse diameter at proximal end | measured across head and great trochanter 13°45 | 98 ae | 1 Left. 2 Right. 3 Figured. URSUS. TABLE OF COMPARATIVE MEASUREMENTS—continued. U. horribilis, | U, horribilis, User ox Foatbiss eee aoe (tee 1. U. arctos, Sandford | Sandford Prat Taps ee need No. 218a eee ees) Taunton Mus.). (Brit, Mus.), Mus.). (Brit. Mus.), TrBta. | Ie Nera ribhan ITY sgoasoanooas bee eoageaceeasoobeane 36°5 3152 34°25 } 28°92 33° 2. 'Transverse or right to left ‘diameter at | PLORUM AEN iremenct rec ss este c acs veidosecauriarsciawesies 11°35 9°85 | 8:9 79 8:25 3. Vertical or antero-posterior diameter at | proximal end measured from notch between | articulating surface for femur and top of | GNeSG) c.wi.25 SnoDeeeDe| 13 ae 8:3 6°55 695 4. Transverse diameter at distal end ......... 81 Pu 5:95 645 67 5. Vertical diameter at distal end measured | across elevation between articular faces for CACHE WIM a aaristte asec, scemee ane mcsookee aulsanieaiien 51 4°25 2°95 6. Transverse diameter at narrowest part of | SIPOIRH Sade Ane ee ean aD hh aoe Rae 40 | 35 3:0 2°45 2°65 1 Fioured 2 Right. U.horribilis, | U.horridilis, | SR | U. aretos, | Sandford’ | Sandford’ /NO; S94 (R. Col.) No. gi8a (Brit. (Taunton Mus.) |(Taunton Mus.). | oy aoe Mus.). | ‘ a in | | FrBuna. | il, Wibhaniyroon IGEN, “c5555 cagpeonopBeonod baadenOEdar 27-2 es | 2625 | 30°45 2. Transverse diameter at distal end ........... 27 2°85? PEF 6 3. Vertical diameter at distal end ............... 34 38 1°45 26 4. Transverse diameter at proximal end ....., 175 e7/ 5. Vertical diameter at proximal end ......... | 2°5 2°05 | CALCANEUM. | 1, Length.. Sea 11:25 14 | 83 a 2. Maximum . transvers se diameter Be ae ae 715 75 57 5°55 ASTRAGALUS. | | Rig hitvoplekodiamMeLenwre.wetcscscesceses ses seee-ees| 8:8 nue 53 46 | | | MeTATARSALS. | Length of 1st metatarsal ! 6:45 7-2 ie 2nd ¥ 25 | 8:65 co 3rd 5 | bs 73 9°05 - 4th ON eee Hes eee a | rf | 83 10°25 f 5th bre bos coumaceccnoeaedads oe | 8'8 10°5 | | | | ee 1 All measured along plantar surface. IV. COMPARISON OF THE The subject of the mutual relations of the Pleistocene bears 1 ? A large bone lacking proximal end. CAVE, BROWN, AND GRIZZLY BEARS. is one of very great difficulty, and very varying opinions have been expressed as to the number of species. Most paleontologists have recognised three species, horribilis (= ferox, = ferow fossilis, = priscus), and U. aretos. viz., U. spelexus, U. Owen, Busk, Boyd A 26 PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. Dawkins (previous to 1877), Lydekker (when writing in 1885), Woodward and Sherborn, adopt the above three-fold division of the Pleistocene bears. With very few exceptions paleontologists have considered U/. speleus to be dis- tinct from the rest, but as early as 1844 de Blainville expressed doubts on this head, considering that the differences between the fossil bears were merely racial. Adams too, in 1880 and also in 1881, suggested that the bones attributed to U7. speleus might be only those of larger individuals of the same species as UU. ferow, and that all the British fossil bears might be regarded as races of one species. ComPARISON OF THE CAvE Brar wits Bears or tHE arctos Tyrer. The following characters have been quoted by various paleontologists, princi- pally Owen,!' Busk,® and Lydekker,® as distinguishing the cave bear from those of the arctos type: (a) Distinguashing Characters drawn from the Teeth. Cave Bear. Bears of arctos Type. (1) The three anterior premolars of both The three anterior premolars, espe- jaws are generally lost very early, all cially pm. 1 and pm. 3 of both traces of their alyeoli commonly dis- jaws are far more persistent. appearing. The complete loss of the three anterior premolars is undoubtedly almost or quite universal in the large cave bear skulls, but is not universal in the case of smaller individuals attributed to the cave bear. Thus Gaudry and Boule* have shown that in the small race from Gargas pm. 3 is not always lost, and Owen® mentions a jaw from Torquay which retains pm. 1. Newton too attributes to U. speleus a small jaw from the Forest Bed in spite of the retention of pm. 1. Cave Bear. Bears of the arctos Type. (2) M. 2. has amore or less oblong form, the M. 2 is more constricted behind, and sides being nearly parallel, and the hind ~ the erinding surface of the un- end not much narrower than the middle, worn tooth is more compressed and never or hardly ever pointed. The from side to side than in U. erindinge surface when unworn 1s com- spelxus. Of the three outer cusps paratively flat. On the outer border the two anterior are more nearly are three cusps of which the hindmost equal in size than in U/. speleus is very low and soon worn off (Busk). (Busk). ! «Brit. Foss. Mamm. and Birds,’ p. 86, et seq. 2 «Trans. Zool. Soe.,’ x, 1877, p. 60. 5 «Paleeont. Indica,’ ser. 10, vol. ii, p. 210; and ‘ Proc. Zool. Soc.,’ 1897, pp. 412—426. ! «Matériaux pour histoire des temps quaternaires,’ p. 109. ° «Brit. Foss. Mamm. and Birds,’ p. 91. 6 “Vert. of Forest Bed” (‘Mem. Geol. Surv.’), p. 5. 5 ~ l NJ URSUS. I cannot detect any constant differences between m, 2 in the two cases, though in some instances there is a tendency for the crown of the tooth to show less posterior contraction in the cave bear than in the others. Cave Bear. - (3) In pm. 4 besides the principal cone Bears of arctos Type. Pm. 4 has either only the principal there are usually on the inner side two cusp or at most a very small and always one smaller cusp, of which internal tubercle corresponding’ to the hinder of those met with in U. speleus (Busk). one is anterior in position to the prin- cipal cusp (Busk). Hensel! and Owen make similar statements, and Owen also mentions a ridge extending along the outer and back part of the base of the crown as characteristic. Lydekker* says pm. 4 is relatively short, the inner tubercles are very large and the first is placed more on the inner side than in U. aretos. It is undoubtedly the fact that there is a greater development of accessory tubercles in the case of the tooth in the cave bear than in bears of the actos type, and this tooth probably affords better characters for the separation of the cave bear than any other part of the skeleton. An examination of a large series of skulls, recent and fossil, of bears of the arctos type, shows that although very often pm. 4 is without any internal cusps or possesses only one small one, and though they never show the development that occurs in U. spelxus, yet that in some cases two or even three may be present. Further information with regard to the develop- ment of these cusps 1s given in the table on p. 31; cf. also Pl. VI, fig. 6. Cave Bear. Bears of arctos Type. (4) M. 5 is broader in proportion to its M. 3 is subtriangular and narrower length than in bears ef the arctos type. The outer surface is divided into two distinct but low cusps by a deep sulcus. The grinding surface is minutely tuber- culated (Busk) (cf. Pl. VI, fig. 5a). behind than in U. spelevus. In typical examples there 1s no sulcus on the outer border. The grinding surface is coarsely ridged,not tuber- culated (Busk) (cf. Pl. VI, fig. 5 0). Great stress is laid especially by Busk on the structure of this tooth. It is certainly somewhat broader in proportion to its length in the cave bear than in bears of the arctos type. While no example of m. 3 from a bear of the aclos type ! *Sitzb. Naturf. Freunde Berlin,’ 1876, p. 49. > “Proce. Zool. Soe.,’ 1897, pp. 412—426. 28 PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. was met with showing the peculiar uniform tuberculation of some of the cave bear specimens, some of the small mandibles attributed to this species have the surface of m. 3 wholly or partially ridged as in bears of the arctos type. (5) Boyd Dawkins! states that the canine is on the whole more massive in the cave bear than in the grizzly, especially as regards the root. ‘ It is also generally but not always absolutely larger in the crown, as Prof. Busk has remarked in his description of the teeth from the Brixham Cave.” (b) Distinguishing Characters drawn from Parts other than the Teeth. (1) The relatively enormous size of the cave bear.—The size of the cave bear’s skull, though as a rule much greater than that of the fossil representatives of the brown and grizzly bears, is not so much greater than that of the huge grizzlies of Alaska and brown bears of Kamtchatka. Also,as pointed out by Owen, a mandible from the Forest Bed which he figures,” and which on account of the complete absence of the anterior premolars he attributes to U. speleus, is a good deal smaller than a second mandible from Manea fen, which, owing to the large alveoli for pm. 1, 3, he regards as belonging to U. arctos. (2) The relatively great length os the interspace between c. and pm. + in the cave bear.—This certainly is subject to a very large amount of variation, as the table of measurements on p. 11 shows (cf. also Pl. V). Busk says it is a feature distin- guishing the cave from the brown bear but not from the grizzly. Owen quotes it as also distinguishing the cave bear from the grizzly. (3) The relative narrowness of the posterior narial opening in the cave bear— This, again, is a feature showing much variability (see the measurements on p. 11). (4) The arched character of the frontal region in the cave bears skull—tIn many of the huge skulls from French, German, and Belgian caves this is very marked, the skull rising into two considerable bosses at the Junction of the frontals and nasals owing to the enlargement of the frontal sinuses. In some of the smaller — cave bear skulls, on the other hand, it is scarcely more noticeable than in those of . the brown and grizzly bears. It is probably a character which increased with age and became specially marked in the old males. Owen refers to de Blainville’s suggestion, that the development of the frontal sinuses depended on the cave bear’s breathing a fresher, dryer, and more invigorating atmosphere than its present-day allies. (5) The rapid approach of the temporal crests so as to form an obtuse angle posteriorly. ! «Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ xxxi, 1875, p. 251. 2 «Brit. Foss. Mamm. and Birds,’ p. 106. URSUS. 29 (6) Uhe convex character of the lower jaw (Owen and Falconer).—Neither of the characters 5 or 6 seems to be constant. (7) The relative shortness of the limb bones, especially of the tibia in the cave bear (Gaudry and Boule).—This appears to be a constant character, (8) The relative weakness of the hind limbs (Gaudry and soule).—Gaudry and Boule’s suggestion in this connection has been referred to on p. 22. (9) The velative narrowness of the femur in proportion to its length, the small size of the tuberosity above the internal condyle, and the projection of the lesser tro- chanter «a little beyond the inner margin tn the eave bear (Owen). CoMPARISON OF THE VARIOUS BERARS OF THE arctos 'TyPE. With regard to the distinction between the brown and grizzly bears, there is by no means such a consensus of opinion as there is concerning the distinction of the cave bear. Not only de Blainville (1844), but Middendorff (1851), Miller (1872), Busk (1873), Boyd Dawkins (1877), Lydekker (1884 and 1885), and Brown (1894), doubt whether the brown and grizzly bears can be separated from one another. The points of difference, whether valid or otherwise, have been noted as follows, and are mainly due to Owen and Busk.! U. arctos. 1. m. 2. The unworn crown is much compressed ; there are only two cusps on the outer border of the tooth, of which the anterior is con- siderably the larger, and the posterior has in most cases a small portion in front con- off so as to form an stricted accessory tubercle between the two cusps (Busk). 2. pm. 4 tends to be relatively long. « 3. There is a relatively narrow space between c. and pm. 4. 4, The inner posterior cusp or tubercle of pm. 4 is very small or absent, and if present there is no bifid posterior talon projecting from it (Busk). U. horribilis. The unworn crown is less compressed, and there are occasionally three outer cusps ; the anterior two are more nearly equal in size than U. arctos, and the third is always small and often wanting. There is no accessory tubercle cut off from the anterior border of the posterior cusp (Busk). pm. 4 tends to be relatively shorter, and there is more of a shelf-like projection of the cingulum at the antero-internal corner (Brown).? There is a relatively wide space between c. and pm. 4. The inner posterior cusp of pm. 4 is better deve- loped than in U. arctos, and the posterior talon is commonly bitid or marked by two longi- tudinal ridges running back from it to the end of the tooth (Busk). 1 «Trans. Zool. Soc.,’ x, 1877, p. 60. * «Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.,’ 1894, p. 119. 30 PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. 5. The crown of m. 8 is usually more angular The crown of m. 3 is usually less angular behind behind than in U. horribilis. There is usually no sinus or constriction on the outer border. The grinding surface presents a few coarse folds, but is never tuberculated in the slightest degree (Busk). than in U. arctos. In teeth of the typical triangular form there is no sulcus on the outer border. When the tooth is more elongated it presents a shallow sinus dividing the outer border. The grinding surface is coarsely ridged, rarely tuberculated (Busk). er) . The jugal arcade is more circular (Busk and Adams). The jugal arcade is more elliptical (Busk and Adams). 7. The posterior narial openings are wide (Busk and Adams). The posterior narial openings are of medium width (Busk and Adams). 8. The angular crotchet is less thick and incurved than in U. horribilis (Busk). The coronoid process is rather less broad and high (Owen). The angular crotchet is thicker and more incurved than in U. arctos (Busk). cess is rather broader and higher (Owen). The coronoid pro- 9. The claws are less (Merriam). long and = straight The claws are longer and straighter (Merriam). The constancy and importance of the above supposed distinctions may now be considered. (1) The differences to which Busk refers are very slight, and so far as my own observation goes, quite inconstant and unreliable. (2) The skulls of U. horribilis in the Zoological Department of the British Museum do not show any marked projection of the cmgulum at the antero-internal corner of pm. 4, or that the tooth tends to be shorter than in U. aretos. (3) Busk considered that the relative length of the iterspace between c. and pm. 4, on which Owen laid stress, was not constant. This is also shown by the measurements in the table on p. 11. (4) Nearly all paleeontologists have laid stress on the structure of pm. 4, this being specially the case with Busk. Lydekker considered that Busk attached undue importance to the structure of the talon. Brown, too, remarks that two skulls of U. horvibilis in the British Museum do not possess the longitudinal ridges con- sidered by Busk to be characteristic of pm. 4 in this animal, while on the other hand a skull of the Isabelline bear, a variety of U. arctos, possesses them. (6) The elliptical character of the jugal arcade is variable. In the case of two erizzly bear skulls in the College of Surgeons’ Museum, in No. 856, the jugal arcade is more elliptical than in the brown bear skull No. 836, while in the grizzly bear skull No. 854 it is not more elliptical. The skull from Ballymahon in the British Museum, attributed by Adams to the grizzly bear, has the Jugal arcade not more elliptical than the brown bear skull No. 218e in the British Museum. 7) It is generally the fact that the posterior narial opening is wider in the g J i g URSUS. 31 brown than in the grizzly bear, but this difference does not always hold, and skulls sometimes show a remarkable amount of variation in this respect. Dr. H. Woodward! quotes Dupont as stating that skulls of brown and grizzly bears may be distinguished by the fact that U. arctos has only the last small upper premolar (i.e. pm. 3), while the grizzly has also pm. 1. Whether this were a true distinction could only be determined by reference to recent skulls, and in these it emphatically does not hold. The following table shows the distri- bution of the small premolar teeth in a number of bears’ skulls, recent and fossil, and it will be seen that all the recent skulls of the brown bear referred to, show pm. I in addition to pm. 3; in one case also pm. 2 is present. (8) TABLE SHOWING DkVELOPMENT OF SMALL PREMOLARS AND OF CUSPS ON PM. 4 IN BEARS oF THE arctos 'T'yPn. | pm. 1. pm. 2. | pm. 3. pm. 1. pm. 2. pm. 3. SESeE eS | ; pm. 4. CRANIUM AND MANDIBLE. | U. arctos, Kamtchatka, No. 91.12.18.13 (Brit. | + | + + + Bec ae No cusps. Mus.) | | U. arctos, Jesso, No. 96.4.27.1 (Brit. Mus.)......| + ~ + + Oneside| —... 1, 2, 3. | U. arctos var. piscator, N.W. Asia, No. 93.9.10.1 + | — dL + er ee 2 (small). (Brit. Mus.) | U. arctos, No, 61.4.1.3 (Brit. Mus.) ............... Alv. one oer Aly. Aly. 5a Son No cusps. | side | U. horribilis, No. 78.6.18.1 (Brit. Mus.) ......... + ee a peer x - ee 2 | U. horribilis, No. 58.6.18.10 (Brit. Mus.) ......... + ... |Oneside + ane si No cusps. U. horribilis var. horriwus, No. 67.2.23.3 | + ee we ft + + No cusps. (Brit. Mus.) | | U. horribilis, Mueeendorf (Brit. Mus.) ......... + eH + + set ae No cusps. U. horribilis,' Ballynamore (Brit. Mus.) ......... Alv. Alv. Alv. U. horribilis, Clonburne (Brit. Mus.) ............ Alv. | ae Alv. | U. horribilis, Ballymahon (Leeds, cast Brit.| Alv. | | Alv. Mus.) | U. arctos,' Bourn, Lincoln (Mus. Pract. Geol.) + | ae | + Alv. ae ‘a oe U. arctos,' Burwell fen (Sedgwick Mus.)......... linger | + ap TAB 56 Alv. rt. | No cusps. side side | U. arctos,' Manea fen (Sedgwick Mus.) ......... Aly. | + + : | U. arctos' (labelled U. spelwus), Crayford,| Alv. Alv. | + | No. M.5041 (Brit. Mus.) | MANDIBLE. U. arctos, Manea fen (Fig. Owen, p. 106, fig. | aes | ie Bs Aly. doe Alv. 1 35a), No. M.231 (Brit. Mus.) U. arctos, St. David’s (Brit. Mus.) ............... Rey elt gd ee SBE a Be No cusps. U. arctos, Gower, No. 859 (Coll. Surgeons Mus.) ts sree CANS Socre A se a 2 (small). | U. horribilis, Grays, No. 22030 (Brit. Mus.) ...| ... | ... |... ce “ats Ss U. horribilis, Deborah Den, No. 40949 (Brit. | * ae Alv. Tooth Mus.) wanting. | | NOTE.—The position of the small cusps to which the figures 1, 2, 3 in the last column of the above table refer, is indicated in Fig. 6 on Pl. VI. In the other columns a + indicates that the tooth is present; if the tooth has been lost, but its socket is present, “ Alv.” is written. ' Ficured. 1 «Geol. Mag.,’ viii, 1871, p. 197. 32 PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. Personally I am in agreement with the majority of zoologists referred to above, in being unable to find vahd and constant characters enabling one to distinguish between the skeletal parts of the various bears of the arctos type. This conclusion has been stated by A. E. Brown! in the following forcible manner : ** A critical survey of the cranial and dental characters shows little that is constant except variation, and absolutely forces the conclusion that there is not one [character] sufficiently stable and uniform to be of specific value. The Huropean bear and grizzly run into one another so regularly that, except in extreme cases, there is no possibility of distinction apart from geographical considerations.” The differences separating the cave bear from the others are certainly greater than those between the different bears of the arctos type, but, unless perhaps in the case of pm. 4, it is doubtful whether they are sufficiently marked and constant to afford specific distinctions. Certainly all the species of Pleistocene bears are closely allied and tend to run into one another, and it is perhaps not a matter of much practical importance whether they are grouped as one, two, or three species. On the whole it has seemed most satisfactory to recognise the specific distinction of U. speleus, while grouping all the other Pleistocene bears as U. arctos. Ve BIBLIOGRAPEN? 1672. J. Paterson Hayn, « Ephém. Curieux de la Nature,’ dec. i, an. iii, obs. CXxXAIx, p. 220: 1673. H. Vollgnad, ibid., an. iv, obs. clxx, p. 226. 1732. F. K. Briickmann, ‘ Bresl. Saml.,’ p. 628, and ‘ Epist. Itin.,’ p. 32. 1774. J. F. sper, ‘ Ausfiihrliche Nachricht—Zoolithen’ (Bayreuth). 1784. J. F. Esper, ‘ Ecrits par la Soc. Nat. de Berlin,’ v. 1794. J. Hunter, “ Observations on Fossil Bones presented to the Royal Society,” ‘Phil. Trans.,’ lxxxiv, p. 407. 1794. J. C. Rosenmiiller, ‘De Oss. Foss.,’ p. 18 (Leipzig). 1794. J. C. Rosenmiiller, ‘ Beitr. Gesch. Foss. Knochen,’ p. 44 (Weimar, a German reprint of the above). = 1803. J. F. Blumenbach, ‘Spec. Archewologiz Telluris,’ ii, p. 12 (Gottingen). 1804. J.C. Rosenmiiller, ‘ Abbild..u. Beschreib. der Foss. Knochen des Héhlen- biiren’ (Weimar). 99 1806. G. Cuvier, “Sur les ossemens du genre de Tours,” ‘Annales du Museum,’ Vil, p. oO: 1810. G. A. Goldfuss, ‘ Verhandl. k. Leopold-Karol. Acad. der Naturforscher,’ x (2), p. 260. Buckland, ‘“* Account of an Assemblage of Fossils—Kirkdale Cave,” 4 1822. W. “Phil, Trans., icxilo.hvlk 1 «Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.,’ 1894, p. 119. URSUS. 33 W. Buckland, ‘ Reliquiz Diluviane,’ p. 35. W. Clift and J. Whidbey, ‘‘ On some Fossil Bones—Oreston,” ‘ Phil. Trans.,’ exill, p. 88. G. Cuvier, ‘ Recherches sur les Ossemens fossiles,’ ed. 3, iv, p. 340. J. B. Croizet and A. C. G. Jobert, ‘ Recherches sur les Ossemens fossiles du Dépt. du Puy-de-Déme,’ p. 828. M. de Serres, “‘ Recherches sur les Ossemens fossiles du midi de la France,” ‘Bull. Univ. des Sci. Nat.,’ no. 19, xii, p. 161. . P. C. Schmerling, ‘ Recherches sur les Ossemens fossiles—Cavernes de Liege.’ 1842. R. Owen, “ Report on British Fossil Mammalia,” ‘ Rep. Brit. Assoc.,’ p. 62. 1844. H. M. D. de Blainville, ‘ Ostéographie,’ u, K. 1846. R. Owen, ‘ A History of British Fossil Mammals and Birds,’ pp. 77-108. 1849. R. Ball, ‘ Proc. Roy. Irish Acad.,’ iv, p. 416. 1851. A. Massalongo, ‘ Osteologia degli Ossi Fossili del Veronese’ (Verona). 1851. J. A. Wagner, “Charact. der in Hohlen um Muggendorf .. . Siugthier- arten,” ‘ Abhandl. k. bayr. Akad. Wiss.,’ vi, 1. abth., p. 193. 1851. A. 'T. v. Middendorff, ‘“‘ Untersuchungen iiber Schideln des gemeinen Land- . H. Falconer, “On the Ossiferous Caves ... of Gower, baren als krit. Beleuchtung der Streitfrage u. d. Arten fossiler Héhlen- biiren,” ‘ Verhandl. Mineral. Gesell. St. Petersburg.’ . A. Carte, “Description of Fossil Bones discovered . . . at Shandon,” ‘Journ. Roy. Dublin Soe.,’ 1, p. 352. Je) 15 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ xvi, p. 487. . W. Boyd Dawkins, “On a Hyzna Den at Wookey Hole, near Wells,” ibid., xvii, p. 115. . A. Carte, ‘‘ On the Former Existence of the Polar. Bear in Ireland,” ‘ Journ. Geol. Soc. Dublin,’ x, p. 114. . H. Denny, ‘ Proc. Yorks. Geol. and Polyt. Soc.,’ iv, p. 338. . J. E. Gray, ‘ Catal. Carniv. Pachyderm. and Edentate Mamm. in Brit. Mus.,’ Ds zi 7. . G. Busk, “ On Certain Points in the Dentition of Fossil Bears, and on the 99 Relation of U. priscus to U. ferow”’ (abstract), ‘Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ Xxill, p. 342. . J. A. Allen, “ Catal. of Mammals of Massachusetts,” ‘Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,’ i, p. 184. . H. Woodward, “ Visit to Royal Museum of Natural History, Brussels,” ‘Geol. Mag.,’ viii, p. 197. . A. Miller, ‘Drei in der Provinz Preussen ausgegrabene Birenschidel ’ (Konigsberg). . G. Busk, “ Report on the Exploration of Brixham Cave—Animal Remains,” ‘Phil. Trans.,’ clxin, p. 499. i) 1880. 1880. 1881. 1882. 1884. 1885. 1887. 1889. 1890. 1892. PLEISTOCENE MAMMALIA. . W. Boyd Dawkins, “On the Mammalia found at Windy Knoll,” ‘ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ xxxi, p. 250. W. Boyd Dawkins, “ On the Mammalia and Traces of Man found in the Robin Hood Cave,” ibid., xxxu, p. 248. 76. R. Hensel, ‘‘ Ueber die Unterschiede zwischen Ursus speleus u. U. arctos,” ‘Sitzb. Naturf. Freunde, Berlin,’ p. 48. . J. A. Allen, “ Geographical Variation among North American Mammals,” ‘Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. of Territ.,’ 11, 4, p. 334. . W. Boyd Dawkins, ‘On the Mammal-Fauna of the Caves of Cresswell Crags,” ‘ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ xxxiui, p. 598. . G. Busk, ‘On the Ancient or Quaternary Fauna of Gibraltar,” ‘ Trans. Zool. Soc.,’ x (2), p. 60. . R. Johnson, “ An Approximate List of the Extinct Mammalia of Norfolk,” ‘Trans. Norf. Nat. Soc.,’ nu, p. 290. . A. L. Adams, “ Observations on Remains of Mammals found in a Fossil State in Ireland,” ‘Journ. Roy. Geol. Soc. Ireland,’ iv, p. 246. . A. L. Adams, “ Report on History of Irish Fossil Mammals,” ‘ Proc. Roy. Irish Acad.,’ 2nd ser., in, p. 94. . A. L. Adams, “ Report on the Exploration of the Shandon Cave,” ‘ Trans. Roy. Irish Acad.,’ xxvi (Sci.). A. L. Adams, “ On Recent and Extinct Irish Mammals,” ‘ Sci. Proc. Roy. Dublin Soc.,’ u, p. 49. HK. T. Newton, “ Notes on Vertebrata of Pre-glacial Forest Bed of E. of England,” ‘Geol. Mag.,’ dec. ii, vol. vii, p. 153. A. L. Adams, ‘f Report on Animal Remains of Bone Cave of Ballynamintra, co. Waterford,” ‘ Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc.’ (2) 1, p. 201. EK. Tl’. Newton, “ Vertebrata of Forest Bed Series of Norfolk,” ‘Mem. Geol. SULV.,. Pao: R. Lydekker, “ Post-tertiary and Tertiary Vertebrata, Siwalik and Narbada Carnivora,” ‘ Palzont. Indica,’ ser. 10, vol. 11, p. 202. R. Lydekker, ‘Catal. of Fossil Mammalia in the British Museum,’ pt. 1, Pe lifon A. Gaudry, “Le petit Ursus speleus de Gargas,” ‘Comptes Rendus,’ civ, p-. 740. K. Schiff, “‘ Ueber den Schiidel von Ursus arctos,” ‘ Arch. f. Naturgeschichte, p. 244. A. Smith Woodward and C. Davies Sherborn, ‘ A Catalogue of British Fossil Vertebrata,’ p. 388 (London). A. Gaudry and M. Boule, ‘ Matériaux pour Vhistoire des temps quater- naires, fasc. iv, p. 105. 1893. 1894. 1896. 1897. 1905. 1906. A. A. C. URSUS. 35 Smith Woodward, “The Har Dalam Cavern, Malta. . . . Report on the Organic Remains,” ‘ Proc. Roy. Soc.,’ vol. liv, p, 278. HK. Brown, “On the True Characters and Relationships of Ursus cinna- momeus,’ ‘ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.,’ xlvi, p. 119. H. Merriam, “ Preliminary Synopsis of the American Bears,” ‘ Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington,’ x, p. 65. . Lydekker, ‘The Blue Bear of Thibet, with Notes on the Members of the Ursus arctus Group,” ‘ Proc. Zool. Soc.,’ p. 412. . F. Scharff, “ Exploration of the Caves of Kesh, co. Sigo (Mammals except Man),” ‘Trans. Roy. Irish Acad.,’ xxxii, B, pt. 4, p. 201. . F. Scharff, “ Exploration of the Caves of co. Clare (Animal Remains except Birds),” ibid., xxxiii, B, pt. 1, p. 43. PATE ae Pueisroceny Buars (U. spelexus). Cranium and Mandible. Fic. . 1. Lateral view of a skull from Banwell (one quarter natural size). 2. Dorsal view of a cranium from Sandford (one third natural size). 3. Lateral Both specimens are in the Taunton Museum. a. Mastoid process of periotic. b. Post-orbital process of frontal. c. Jugal. d. HWxternal auditory meatus. ée. Nasal. PALZ ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 1906. Reynolds, Pleistocene Bears. URSUS SPELAUS. Cranium & mandible. d.Green de! lith Pink et imp PATE ae PiLeistocune Brars. Cranium and Mandible. (The cranium one third, the mandibles one half natural size.) Fic 1. Posterior view of cranium of U. spelwus from Banwell. 9 2. Palatal view of mandible from Banwell. 5. Left mandibular ramus from Sandford, seen from the outer side. All these specimens are preserved in the Taunton Museum. ‘he mandibles are attributed to U. spelxus. | a. Occipital condyle. b. Mastoid process of periotic. d. Condyle of mandible. e. Angle of mandible. Coronoid process. PALZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 1I90OG. Reynolds,Pleistocene Bears. URSUS SPELAUS. Cranium & mandible. o.Green del.1 PLATE III. Pretsrocene Bears (U. arctos). Cramun. (One third natural size.) Fic. 1. Dorsal 2. Lateral + view. 3. Ventral a. Post-orbital process of frontal. b. Occipital condyle. c. Post-orbital process of jugal. d. Mastoid process of periotic. e. Anterior palatine foramen. J. Post-glenoid process of squamosal. g. Post-glenoid foramen. h. Infra-orbital foramen. i. Lachrymal foramen. This specimen, which is preserved in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.), was found near Ballinamore, co. Leitrim. It is referred to as U. ferow fossilis by Busk, ‘ Phil. Trans.,’ clxin, p. 543 (1873), and Leith Adams, ‘Trans. Roy. Irish Acad.,’ xxvi, p. 225 (1879). , PALZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 1906. Reynolds, Pleistocene Bears ad Ld alv. for pnu tr. A es} S[ay d.Green del. lith.et 1mp URSUS ARCTOS. Cranium PUAWE DY, Preistocene Baars (U. arctos). Jranium and Mandible. (Two fifths natural size.) Fa. 1. Dorsal view of the cranium. 2. The skull seen from the left side. 3. Ventral view of the cranium. This specimen was found in the peat of Burwell fen, and is preserved in the Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. Lettering as in Plate IIT, with the addition of— j. Condyloid foramen. k. End of sagittal crest. /, Foramen lacerum posterius. m. Carotid foramen. n. Hxternal auditory meatus. o. Hustachian canal. p. Posterior aperture of alisphenoid canal. q. Paroccipital process of exoccipital. r. Anele of mandible. PALA ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 1906. Reynolds, Pleistocene Bears ine) onl omy. aly for w.1 URSUS ARCTOS Cranium & mandible PEAR OV. PLEIsToceENE Bears (U. aretos). Mandible and Portions of Cranium. (Fig. 3 one half, the others two thirds natural size.) Hach figure shows the palatal aspect. Fig. 1. Part of cranium from Crayford (No. M. 5041). Only the teeth of the right side and the neighbouring portion of the palate are figured. In the British Museum this specimen is labelled U. speleus, but as all the upper premolars are represented, it seems better to attribute it to U. arectos. 2. Part of the right maxilla and premaxilla from Manea Fen (No. 40405). 3. Mandible from Burwell Fen. 4, Anterior part of cranium from Manea Fen. +, Or . Anterior part of cranium from Bourn, Lincolnshire. The Manea Fen cranium (fig. 4) and the Burwell Fen mandible (fig. 3) are preserved in the Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. The Bourn cranium (fig. 5) is in the Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street. The other specimens are in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.), South Kensington. a. Mandibular condyle. b. Coronoid process. PALA ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY.1906G. Reynolds, Pleistocene Bears aly for pm. 2 URSWS ARGH OS: Mandible & portions of crania PLATE Wa PLEISTOCENE Brars. Permanent Dentition. (Natural size.) Fra. 1. Left upper teeth seen from the inner side U. arctos, Torbryan Caves 2. Left lower teeth seen from the inner side y ‘ Torquay (Mus. of Pract. 3. Left upper teeth seen from the outer side are, ( Geol., Jermyn St.). 4. Left lower teeth seen from the outer side 5. Grinding surface of left m. 3 of U. speleus, Kent’s Cavern, Torquay (Brit. Mus.). a. Grinding surface of left m. 3 of U. avctos, Vorbryan, Torquay (Brit. Mus.). 6a. Left pm. 4.0. speleus, mandible No. M. 5995, Cromer Forest Bed (Brit. Mus.). 6b. Left pm. 4 U. feror (horribilis), mandible No. 22029, Grays, Essex (Brit. Mus.). 6c. Right pm. 4 U. speleus, mandible from Bacton (Brit. Mus.). 6d. Right pm. 4 U. arctos, a recent skull, No. 96.4.27.1, from Jesso, Japan (Brit. Mus.). All the teeth in fig. 6 are seen from the inner side. a. Anterior cone. bh. Posterior cone. c. Inner cusp or lobe. d. Anterior external cusp. e. Outer tubercle. In fig. 6, 1 = anterior of the small cusps referred to in the last column of 3) ——— S 2 == middie ; the table on p. 31. ) == posterior upon)" A mv coh teh donb PLATE XXVIII. (The cost of this plate was defrayed by the Carnegie Trust for the Universities of Scotland.) Fic. 1. Right anterior ventro-lateral plate of Bothriolepis obesa, deficient at posterior margin. From Jedburgh, in the Powrie Collection, Royal Scottish Museum. 2. Left anterior ventro-lateral plate, somewhat deficient in front of the articular fossa for the pectoral appendage; b. p. brachial process. Rule Water, Jedburgh, in the Collection of the Geological Survey of Scotland. 3. Imperfect left ventro-lateral plate, seen from below. From Rule Water, Jedburgh, also in the Collection of the Geological Survey of Scotland. 4, The same specimen seen from the outer side. 5. Right posterior dorso-lateral plate, seen from the outer side, but owing to flaking off of the surface the sculpture is nearly completely lost. From the neighbourhood of Jedburgh, in the Royal Scottish Museum. All these figures are two thirds natural size. 5 AXVITT. PLATE Fig. 4, J.Green del. et lith. PLATE XXIX. (The cost of this plate was defrayed by the Carnegie Trust for the Universities of Scotland.) Fie. 1. Bothriolepis leptochetrus, premedian plate. Heads of Ayr, in the Hugh Miller Collection. 9 2. Fragment of the articular extremity of a pectoral appendage, outer side, showing the two articular plates meeting over the proximal end of the external marginal. Same locality and collection. 3. Right anterior ventro-lateral plate, external surface. Attached to it is the proximal portion of the corresponding pectoral appendage, but split open, so as to show the internal surface of its dorsal elements. 4. Portion of rock showing an articular plate of the pectoral appendage and an 8 I PI 8 imperfect posterior median dorsal. The latter is lying so that its posterior extremity points upwards. Same locality and collection. 5. Terminal segment of a pectoral appendage. All the figures on this plate are of the natural size, and the originals are the property of the Royal Scottish Museum. PLATE exc IK Bor ery 2) 4. } ~ ie +R pene veete — ‘ = PLATE XXX. (The cost of this plate has been defrayed by the Carnegie Trust for the Fig. Te Universities of Scotland.) Bothriolepis hydrophila, portion of a slab which was given by the late Rev. Dr. Anderson of Newburgh to the Highland and Agricultural Society, and is now in the Royal Scottish Museum. On the right side is an entire specimen, seen from the ventral aspect; on the left is a sharp impression of the dorsal surface of another, but wanting the ‘ arms.” From Dura Den, near Cupar, in Fifeshire. . Bothriolepis hydrophila. Nearly perfect specimen of the dorsal surface of the head and carapace. From the same locality, and also belonging to the Royal Scottish Museum. . Anterior median dorsal plate of a small Bothriolepis, from Clashbennie, in Perthshire, and which seems in all probability to be referable to B. hydrophila. Roughly figured by Fleming in 1831 (see page 126). Fleming Collection, Royal Scottish Museum. . Bothriolepis macrocephala. One of Sir Philip Egerton’s types, and already figured by him (see page 128). Egerton Collection, British Museum (Natural History). From Farlow, Shropshire. . The same species—body, with pectoral appendages, seen from the ventral aspect. Farlow, Shropshire. Weaver-Jones Collection, British Museum (Natural History). . The same species, ventral aspect. This is the second of the type specimens already figured by Sir Philip Egerton (see page 129). From Farlow. In the British Museum (Natural History). All the figures on this plate are of the natural size. J.Green del. et hth. Paget Seay Sh gs Se PLATE XXX PLATE XXXI. ‘he cost of this plate has been defrayed by the Carnegie Trust for the Universities of Scotland.) Ita. 1. Bothriolepis cristata, removed from the matrix, dorsal view. For explanation of lettermg see restored outline of B. Canadensis on p. 112. Rosebrae Quarry, Hlgim, im the Elgin Museum. ie ~ 2. The same specimen replaced in the matrix and seen from the right side, the impression of the median crest being seen at C. 3. Impression of the ventral surface of the same specimen, showing the pectoral appendages, which, however, are imperfect. A. Fragment of an impression of the dorsal aspect of Bothriolepis cristata, showing the deep narrow slit left by the median dorsal crest. From Rosebrae, in the Royal Scottish Museum, to which it was presented by William Taylor, Ksq., Lhanbryde. All the figures on this plate are of the natural size. J.Green del. et lith Bale & Dan ar Palsxontographical Society, 1906. A MONOGRAPH JF THE CRETACKOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA ENGLAND. HENRY WOODS, M.A. PALMOZOOLOGY, CAMBRIDGE VOL iE SPARE TIM: PINNIDA ASTARTIDA, CARDITIDA, CRASSATELLITIDA. AND CYPRINIDAL. Paces 97—132; PuatEes XJII—XIX. LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE PALMONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 1906. PRINTED BY ADLARD AND SON, LONDON AND DORKING. PINNA. 97 ? 1888. Pinna Roprnaupina, P. Choffat. Stratigr. et Paléont. d’Angola (Mém. Soe. phys. et Vhist. nat. de Genéve, vol. xxx, No. 2), p. 86, pl. v, figs. 4, 5. ? 1903. — — C. Burckhardt. Jura u. Kreidef. d. Cordillere (Pale- ontographica, vol. 1), p. 79, pl. xv, figs. 6, 7. ? 1905. — ef. Rosrnauprina, LH, Harbort. Fauna d. Schaumburg-Lippe’schen Kreidemulde (Abhandl. d. k. preus- sisch, geol. Landesanst., N.F., Heft 45), p. 47, pl. v, fig. 5; pl. vii, figs. 2, 3. Description.—Shell straight, much elongated; pyramidal, shehtly compressed ; margins nearly straight; section sub-quadrangular. Hach valve is divided into two parts, which meet at an angle. The dorsal part is smaller and more flattened than the ventral part, and is ornamented with from 6 to 8 or more ribs, which are narrow, strong, and nearly equi-distant. The ribs are separated by broad, shallow, rounded depressions; both depressions and ribs are crossed by very fine, somewhat irregular, concentric ridges, which sometimes eive a shghtly serrated appearance to the ribs. The ventral part of each valve is moderately convex, and its dorsal portion is ornamented with from 5 to 7 radial ribs similar to those on the dorsal part of the valve, but decreasing in size ventrally; the last one or two of these ribs sometimes become irregular and discontinuous. These radial ribs and their interspaces are crossed by fine concentric ridges. The ventral portion of the ventral part of the valve is ornamented with strong growth- ridges or folds, which curve rapidly in the direction of the umbo, and form an acute angle where they meet the ribs. Measurements : Q) (2) Length ae 94 mm. Height : 49 i Allee: (1) Perna-bed, Atherfield. (2) Crioceras-bed, Whale Chine. Affinities—The figure of P. gracilis, Phillips,’ is not sufficiently good to enable one to form a satisfactory idea of the character of the species, and the type cannot now be found. But other specimens from Speeton, although very imperfectly preserved, are sufficient to suggest that P. gracilis is probably identical with P. Robinaldina. It is suggested by Pictet and Campiche that P. tetragona, Sowerby,” from the 1 «Geol. Yorks.’ (1829), p. 122, pl. u, fig. 22. 2 «Min. Conch.,’ vol. iv (1821), p. 9, pl. ccexiii, fig. 1; Morris, ‘Cat. Brit. Foss.,’ ed. 2 (1854), p. 180; P. subtetragona, @’Orbigny, ‘Prodr. de Pal.,’ vol. ii (1850), p. 165; Pictet and Campiche, ‘Terr, Crét. Ste. Croix’ (1867), p. 537; non P. tetragona, Brocchi, 1814. 98 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. Upper Greensand of Devizes, is probably identical with P. Robinaldina. The specimens from Devizes agree with those found at Blackdown in having the folds on the ventral part of the valve rather more strongly marked than in P, Robinaldina from the Lower Greensand. In other respects the Upper Greensand form does not appear to differ from P. Robinaldina, and may be regarded as a variety of it, P. Robinaldina var. tetragona, Sowerby. P. Reynesi, Hébert and Munier-Chalmas,' is similar to P. Robinaldina, but apparently differs in that the ribs on the ventral part of the shell are all smaller than those on the dorsal part, and do not diminish gradually in size. P. cretacea (Schlotheim)’ is closely related to P. Robinaldina, but appears to be distinguished (1) by the ribs covering a larger proportion of the ventral part of the shell and being of nearly uniform size, (2) by the growth-lines on the ventral part being more nearly straight, (5) by the shell bemg usually more elongate. Remarks.—The specimens of Pinna found in the Gault of Folkestone and Black Ven have usually been named P. tetragona. Their mode of preservation is more or less unsatisfactory, owing to crushing and to the absence of some of the outer layers of the shell, but after a close comparison with examples of P. Robinaldina from the Lower Greensand I am unable to see any reason for regarding the former as specifically distinct from the latter. Pictet and Campiche thought that the examples from Blackdown were referable to P. Robinaldina, differmg only in having the folds on the ventral part of the shell rather more strongly marked. The specimens from the Lower Greensand of the Isle of Wight agree well with the figures given by Pictet and Renevier and by Pictet and Campiche. The number of ribs varies considerably, and in young specimens the apical angle is smaller than in older examples. A specimen from the Upper Greensand of Ventnor, which has been referred ® to P. Reynesi, Hébert and Munier-Chalmas, is probably a crushed example of P. Robinaldina. L'ype.—The type of P. rugosa came from the Hils-conglomerate of Osterwald. The type of P. tetragona, Sowerby, came from the Upper Greensand of Devizes and is now in the British Museum. Distribution.—Perna-bed, Crackers, and Fitton’s Beds 16 and 38, of Atherfield. Ferruginous Sands of Shanklin. Atherfield Beds of Redhill, Reigate. Sandgate Beds of Parham Park. Lower Greensand of Brickhill. ?Speeton Clay (zone of Belemiites brunsvicensis) of Speeton. Gault of Folkestone and Black Ven. 1 «Ann. Sciences géol.,’ vol. vi (1875), p. 118, pl. v, fig. 10. * Geinitz, ‘Das Elbthalgeb.’ (Palaeontographica, vol. xx, pt. 2, 1873), p. 54, pl. xiv, figs. 2, 3. * Jukes-Browne, ‘Cret. Rocks of Britain,’ vol. i (1900), p. 470. PINWA, 99 Upper Greensand (zone of Schlanbachia rostrata) of Blackdown, Devizes, and Ventnor.! Pinna, sp. Plate XIII, figs. 2, 3. Some specimens of Pinna found in the Gault of Folkestone differ from P. Robinaldina in having smaller and more numerous ribs, which are crossed at regular intervals by narrow concentric ridges. Pinna treeuLata, Htheridge, 1881. 1881. Pinna recuLata, R. Etheridge, in Penning and Jukes-Browne’s Geol. Cam- bridge (Mem. Geol. Survey), p. 142, pl. i, fig. 2. Remarks.—This species is known only by the type and a few fragmentary specimens. The type shows the interior of a right valve. The ornamentation appears to be similar to the form from the Gault described above. On the dorsal half of the valve there are about 18 narrow ribs, which are crossed at regular intervals by concentric ridges, giving rise to a fimbriated appearance. About 8 similar ribs are found on the dorsal part of the ventral half of the valve, below which are strongly curved growth-ridges. Type.—In the Sedgewick Museum, Cambridge. Distribution.—Yotternhoe Stone (zone of Holaster subglobosus) of Burwell. Pinna becussata, Goldfuss, 1837. Plate XIII, figs. 4a-c, 5, 6. Plate XIV, fig. 1. 1833. Pinna sutcata, S. Woodward. Geol. Norfolk, p. 47, pl. v, fig. 23. 1837. — pxcussata, A. Goldfuss. Petref. Germ., vol. ii, p. 166, pl. cxxviii, figs. 1, 2. a= — compressa, Goldfuss. Ibid., p. 167, pl. cxxviii, fig. 4. P 1840. — PYRAMIDALIS, H. B. Geinitz. Char. d. Schicht. u. Petref. des sachs. Kreidegeb., pt. 2, p. 55, pl. x, fig. 1, — — comprEssa, Geinitz. Ibid, p. 55. 1841. — ¥eEnesTrRATA, I’. A. Romer. Die Verstein. d. nord-deutsch. Kreidegeb., p. 65, pl. vi, fig. 22. — — peEcussata, Rémer. Lbid., p. 65. 1846. — pyRamIpa.is, H. B. Geinitz. Grundr. d. Verstein., p. 451. ' T have not seen any specimen of Pinna? crassa, Fitton, ‘Trans. Geol. Soc.,’ ser. 2, vol. iv (1836), p. 130; Morris, ‘Cat. Brit. Foss.,’ p. 180. 100 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 1846. Pryna pecussata, A. H. Reuss. Die Verstein. der bohm. Kreideformat., pt. 2, p. 14, pl. xxxvii, figs. 1, 2. 1850. — — A. @Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 165. — — reEnNeEstrRATA, d’Orbigny. Ibid., p. 246. —- — ovecussata, J. de C. Sowerby, in F. Dizon. Geol, Sussex, p. 355 (p. 386, ed. 2), pl. xxviii, fig. 20. — — opinuviana, H. B. Geinitz. Das Quadersandst. oder Kreidegeb. in Deutschland, p. 166. = — FENESTRATA, Geinitz. Ibid., p. 166. 1854. — ovecussata, J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 180. — — suxeata, Morris. Ibid., p. 180. 1873. — ovecussata, H, B. Geinitz. Das Elbthalgeb. in Sachsen (Palonto- graphica, vol. xx), pt. 1, p. 211, pl. xlvii, figs. 4,5; pt. 1, p. 53, pl. xv, figs. 2,3; ple xyaoas 1877. — = A. Fritsch. Stud. im Gebiete der bohm. Kreideformat., ul. Weissenberg. u. Malnitz. Schicht., p. 120, fig. 86. 1883. — = Fritsch. bid., iii. Iserschicht., p. 104. 1888. — = G. Miller. Mollusk. d. untersen. v. Braunschweig (Jahrb. d. k. preussisch. geol. Landesanst. fiir 1887), p. 420. 1889. — — Fritsch. Stud. im Gebiete der bohm. Kreideformat., iv. Teplitz. Schicht., p. 79. ? 1890. -- — M. Blanckenhorn, Beitr. z. Geol. Syriens: Kreidesyst. in Mittel u. Nord-Syrien, p. 80. 1898. — —- Fritsch. Stud. im Gebiete der bohm. Kreideformat., v. Priesen. Schicht., p. 94. 1897. — a= — Ibid., vi. Chlomek. Schicht., p. 57. ? 1894. — of. pucussara, A. Hennig. Om Ahussandst. (Geol. Foren. i Stock- holm Forhandl., vol. xvi), p. 522. 1902. — overcussata, J. P. J. Ravn. Mollusk. i Danmarks Kridtaflej., i. Lamellibr., p. 104. Non 1846. — — HE. Forbes. Trans. Geol. Soc., ser. 2, vol. vii, p. 153 (= P. arata, Forbes). Description.—Shell_ moderately elongate, triangular, laterally compressed, section rhombic, but becoming lenticular in the later portion. Dorsal margin straight, ventral margin shehtly curved. Hach valve is divided into two nearly equal parts. The dorsal part is flattened and bears from 7 to 9 strong rounded ribs, separated by broad, shallow, rounded depressions. The distance between the ribs increases in passing from the apex to the posterior extremity. In well-preserved specimens linear ridges are seen crossing the ribs and interspaces at regular intervals. The dorsal portion of PINNA. 101 the ventral part of the valve bears from 5 to 7 ribs similar to those on the dorsal part and of nearly uniform size, with transverse linear ridges. On the ventral portion of the ventral part of the valve there are strong ridges or folds which form an acute angle with the last rib, and curve slightly towards the umbo. Measurements (approximate) : (1) (2) (3) Length 125 : 7 : 120 mm. Height ¢ 66 ; 69 . OS OF (1) Chalk Marl, Folkestone. (2) Chalk, Newtimber (Sussex). (3) Chalk, Trimingham. Remarks.—Most of the specimens of Pinna from the Chalk are very imperfectly preserved, and it is not unlikely that better material would show that more than one species could be distinguished. In the examples from Trimingham the ribs are rather broader and more rounded than in most of the specimens found at lower horizons. Affinities.—This species is less elongate than P. cretacea (Schlotheim),’ and has the ridges on the ventral part of the valves more distinctly curved than in that form. It has a larger apical angle than P. Robinaldina (see p. 96) ; also the shell is rather more compressed, and the ribs on the ventral part do not decrease regularly in size as they do in P. Robinaldina. P. sulcata, Woodward (Plate XIV, fig. 1), from the Norwich Chalk, as was suggested by J. de C. Sowerby, does not differ from P. decussata. Woodward’s name is prior to that of Goldfuss, but since the original figure was scarcely sufficient for the recognition of the species and was not accompanied by any description, I do not think it is desirable that the well-known name P, decussata should be displaced by P. sulcata. Most of the English specimens of P. decussata agree better with the figures given by Geinitz (1873) than with those of Goldfuss and Reuss. But the example figured by Dixon seems to be very similar to the types of Goldfuss. Types—From the Quadersandstone of Haltern (Westphalia) and Schandau (Saxony). The specimen figured by Dixon cannot be found. The type of P. sulcata is in the Norwich Museum. Distribution.—Chalk Marl of Ventnor and Folkestone. Terebratulina zone of Arn Hill near Warminster. Zone of Holaster planus of Balsham. Chalk of New- timber. Zone of Micraster cor-anguinum of Charlton and Gravesend. Upper Chalk (zone of M. cor-testudinarium or M. cor-anguinwm) of Swaffham, Norfolk. (?) Zone of Actinocamae quadratus of Hast Harnham near Salisbury. Zone of Pelenmnitella mucronata of Norwich. Chalk of Trimingham. 1 Geinitz, ‘Das Elbthalgeb.,’ pt. ii (1873), p. 54, pl. xiv, figs. 2, 3. 102 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. Family—ASTARTIDA, Gray. Genus—AstarrE, J. Sowerby, 1816. (‘ Min. Conch.,’ vol. ii, p. 85.) ASTARTE ELONGATA, d’Orbigny, 1844. Plate XIV, figs. 2a, b, 3. 1842. AsTARTE OBLONGATA, Deshayes in A. Leymerie. Mém. Soc. géol. de France, ser. 2, vol. v, pp. 5, 24, pl. vi, fig. 1 (non oblonga, Sowerby, 1826). 1844. — ELONGATA, A. d’Orbigny. Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét., vol. ii, p. 68, pl. eclxiul, figs. 8—11. 1850. = — d’Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ui, p. 77. 1855. — - G, Cotteau. Moll. Foss. de ’Yonne, p. 69. 1866. — — F. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Mater. Pal. Suisse, ser. 4), p. 310, pl. exxiv, figs. 8, 9. 1868. 2 == P. de Loriol. Valangien d’Arzier, p. 28, pl. ii, fig. 7. 1871. == — F. Stoliczka. Paleont. Indica, Cret. Fauna S. India, vol. ii, p. 285. 1900. — — A. Wollemann. Die Biv. u. Gastrop. d. deutsch. u. hol- land. Neocoms (Abhandl. d. k. preussisch. geol. Land., N. F., pt. 31), p. 102. Description.— Shell thick, elongate, rounded-oblong or oval, convex, compressed, very inequilateral. Postero-dorsal margin curving ventrally to join the obtuse and slightly curving posterior margim. Postero-ventral extremity rounded. Ven- tral margin nearly straight. Anterior margin rounded. Umbones small, with an indistinct keel passing from them towards the postero-ventral extremity. Lunule narrow. Ornamentation consists of strong concentric ribs, somewhat unequal in size, and separated by narrow grooves. Margins of valves crenulated. Length 21 mm.; height 22 mm. Affinities.—Astarte cingulata, Geinitz,' from the Cenomanian of Plauen, is probably identical with this species. A. elongata is easily distinguished from other Cretaceous species by its elongate form. " Remarks. —The only specimens seen are in the Museum of Practical Geology. 1 «Das Elbthalgeb. in Sachsen’ (Paleontographica, vol. xx, pt. i, 1873), p. 226, pl. 1, fig. 8. Non A, cingulata, Contejean, ‘ Kimmérid. de Montbéliard’ (1859), p. 267, pl. xi, figs. 5—7. ASTARTE. 103 One has the shell preserved, the others are internal casts showing deep muscular impressions. T'ypes.—Leymerie’s specimens came from the Lower Neocomian of Avalleur, Chenay, and Marolles (Aube). D’Orbigny records specimens from the Lower Neocomian of St. Sauveur (Yonne). Pictet and Campiche figure specimens from the Valanginian of Ste. Croix. Distribution.—Lower Greensand of Seend. ASTARTE suBAcUTA, @’Orbigny, 1850. Plate XIV, figs. 4—6. 1844. AsrarTE cARINATA, A. d’Orbigny. Pal. Frang. Terr. Crét., vol. i, p. 63, pl. celxu, figs. 1-3. (non A. carinata, Phillips, 1829.) 1847. — acuta, @Orbigny. Ibid., p. 759. (non A. acuta, Reuss, 1846.) 1850. — suBacuta, d’Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 77. 1866, — — F. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 4), p- 318. 1900 = — A. Wollemann. Die Biv. u. Gastrop. d. deutsch. u. hollind. Neocoms (Abhandl. d. k. preussisch. geol. Land., N. F., pt. 81), p. 99. Description.—Shell triangular, much compressed, length greater than height, shghtly inequilateral. Antero-dorsal margin long and concave. Postero-dorsal margin longer than the antero-dorsal, and either concave or nearly straight. Both of these margins form obtuse angles with the well-rounded margin of the ventral half of the shell. Umbones very acute, projecting, often nearly median and not curved. Lunule narrow, with a sharp edge. Escutcheon very narrow. Ornamentation consists of prominent concentric ribs separated by broad inter- spaces. The distance between the ribs increases in passing from the umbo ventrally. Margins of valves crenulated. Measurements : (1) (2) Length , 14 10 mm. Height : i : Oy es (1, 2) Perna-bed, East Shalford. Affinities.—A. subacuta is distinguished from the other Cretaceous species by its acute umbones and flattened valves. Remarks.—The only specimens which I have seen are in the Meyer Collection, Sedgwick Museum. 104. CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. T'ype.—From the Neocomian of Brienne (Aube). Distribution.—Perna-bed of East Shalford. Atherfield Beds of Sevenoaks. ASTARTE SINUATA, d’Orbigny, 1844. Plate XIV, figs. 7—9. 1844, AsrarTE stnvata, A. d’Orbigny. Pal. France. Terr. Crét., vol. ii, p. 69, pl. eclxiv, figs. 1—3. 1850. — — WOrbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 118. 1856. —- — F.J. Pictet and E. Renevier, Foss. Terr. Aptien (Mater. Pal. Suisse, ser. 1), p. 89, pl. x, fig. 3. 1866. — — FJ. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 4), p. 311. 1871. — = F. Stoliczka. Paleont. Indica, Cret. Fauna S8. India, vol. iii, pp. 251, 285. 1895. —- _ G. Maas. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. xlvii, p. 261. 1900. — — «Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix’ (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 4, 1866), p. 303, pl. exxiii, figs, 3, 4. 3 De Loriol, ‘Gault de Cosne’ (1882), p. 94, pl. xii, figs. 1-7. * «Album Paleont. de la Sarthe’ (1867), p. 12, pl. xv, fig. 12, pl. xvi, figs. 7, 8. 14: 106 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. Astarte, sp. nov., one is in the Sedgwick Museum (fig. 9), the other in Mr. J. F. Walker’s collection (fig. 9 6). Distribution.—Lower Greensand of Upware. ASTARIE SENECTA, sp. nov. [ex Bean MS.] Plate XIV, figs. 13-20. 1889. Asrarre sENEcTA [Bean MS.] G. W. Lamplugh. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xlv, p. 616. Description.—Shell subtriangular, or approaching subquadrangular, sometimes rounded, rather compressed, usually very inequilateral; height usually a little greater than length. Anterior margin rounded, ventral margin curving slightly and often forming a rounded angle with the posterior margin, which is shghtly curved and usually makes an obtuse angle with the postero-dorsal margin. Umbones small, curving forwards. Lunule ovate, deep, with a sharp border. Kscutcheon narrow, deep, with a sharp border. Ornamentation consists of strong concentric ribs, with sharp summits, separated by broad furrows, on both of which are numerous small ribs. The ribs bend sharply in passing on to the postero-dorsal part of the valve, and cut the postero- dorsal margin obliquely. Margins of valves strongly crenulated. Measurements : (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) Length » 2 22 21 19 13 26° 25° 9259) 235 235 eeZ een Height » als 20 19 07 Wl 24 22:57 22) 2a ee eee (1-5) Speeton Clay, Speeton. (6-11) Claxby Ironstone, Benniworth Haven. Affinities. deeper and larger lunule, more prominent umbones, less compressed valves, and Astarte veneris, Kichwald,' is similar to this species, but has a more slender ribs. Specimens of A. veneris from the ‘ Volgian’ of Moscow are in Mr. Lamplugh’s collection. Remarks.—Vhis species has been known to collectors for a long time, and has appeared in lists of fossils under the name Astarte senecta, Bean MS., but has not hitherto been described and figured. The specimens from the Claxby Ironstone are, as a rule, more rounded in outline than those from Speeton, and their ornamentation is not so well preserved on account of the difficulty of separating the shells from the hard matrix in which they are found. 1 D’Orbigny, in Murchison, de Verneuil, and de Keyserling, ‘ Géol. Russ. d’ Europe,’ vol. ii (1845), p. 456, pl. xxxviii, figs. 21, 22. ASTARTHE. 107 Distribution.—Zone of Belemnites lateralis: in the Speeton Clay of Speeton and the Claxby Ironstone of Benniworth Haven. Astarte, sp. Plate XIV, fig. 21. Description.—Shell oval, moderately convex, slightly mequilateral, leneth ereater than height. Antero-dorsal margin concave. Anterior margin rounded, passing gradually into the curved ventral margin. Postero-dorsal margin convex, forming a rounded angle with the posterior margin. Umbo pointed. Ornamentation consists of about 15 strong, rounded, concentric ribs separated by rounded furrows of greater breadth. Fine concentric ridges occur on both ribs and furrows. The ribs cut the postero-dorsal margin at a large angle; they are more widely separated on the dorsal than on the ventral half of the valve. Length 12°5 mm.; height, 11:2 mm. Remarks.—This species is known by a single right valve only. The ornamenta- tion is Somewhat similar to that of A. senecta, but the shell is more oval and less inequilateral, also the ribs are more numerous and form a larger angle with the postero-dorsal margin. Distribution.—Speeton Clay of Speeton. ASTARTE CANTABRIGIENSIS, Sp. nov. Plate XIV, figs. 22a, b, 23a, b, 24. 1883. AsTARTE suBDENTATA, W. Keeping. Foss., etc., Neoc. Upware and Brick- hill, p. 122, pl. vi, fig. 11 (non Romer). Description.—Shell subquadrate, longer than high, very inequilateral, moderately inflated, with the greatest convexity between the umbo and the postero-ventral angle. Postero-dorsal margin long, shghtly convex, forming an obtuse angle with the truncated posterior margin, and a blunt angle where it joins the slightly convex ventral margin. Anterior margin rounded. Lunule deep, ovate, distinctly limited. Escutcheon deep, with a sharp edge. Ornamentation consists of strong concentric ribs bearing finer ribs. Measurements : (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) Length 175 15 15 14. 14, 13°5 13 12 mm. Height 16 13-5 13 125" 12 12°5 dio Oro (1-8) Lower Greensand, Upware. 108 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. Affinities. —This species was identified by W. Keeping with A. subdentata, Rémer,' from the Neocomian of Brunswick. I have submitted photographs of the British fossil to Dr. A. Wollemann and he agrees with me in thinking that it is quite distinct from A. subdentata. Inthe latter the shell is smaller, the valves are much flatter and more elongate, and the umbones are more pointed and less anterior in position. The ornamentation, when well preserved, is somewhat similar to that of A. senecta, (see above), but the shell is more mequilateral, more nearly quadrate in outline, and the postero-dorsal part 1s more compressed. Remarks. The ornamentation is often imperfectly preserved, and in some cases it has almost entirely disappeared. The hinge has not been seen. Type.—The specimen figured by Keeping is in the Sedgwick Museum, Cam- bridge. Distribution.—Lower Greensand of Upware. ASTARTE CLAXBIENSIS, sp. nov. Plate XIV, figs. 25-28. Description.—Shell small, thick, oval, longer than high, inflated, shghtly inequi- lateral. Antero-dorsal margin concave, postero-dorsal shghtly convex. Anterior margin well rounded. Ventral and posterior margins forming a regular curve. Umbones prominent, close together, nearly median, curved greatly inwards and slightly forwards. Lunule large, ovate, with sharp edges. Escutcheon lanceolate, smooth, distinctly hmited. Ornamentation consists of strong, narrow, concentric ribs, separated by broad, deep furrows. Left valve with two stout cardinal teeth and a tooth at the margin of the lunule. Margins of valves coarsely crenulate. Measurements : (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Length 12 ‘ al 4 10 : o : 8 mm. Height Os) 10 9 5 8:25. make (1-3, 5) Claxby Ironstone, Benniworth Haven. (4) Spilsby Sandstone, Spilsby. A ffinities.—Astarte claxbiensis shows considerable resemblance to certain species found in the Jurassic rocks ; thus Astarte robusta, Lycett,’ from the Cornbrash, seems to differ only in having the valves more elongate and the umbonal parts narrower. ' «Versteim. norddeutsch. Kreidegeb.’ (1841), p. 71, pl. ix, fig. 9. Wollemann, ‘Die Bivalven u, Gasterop. d. deutsch. u. holliind. Neocoms’ (1900), p. 98, pl. v, fig. 2. ? «Suppl. Mon. Mollusca Great Ool.,’ ete. (1863), p. 74, pl. xxxv, fig. 6. ASTARTE. 109 A. cordata, Trautschold,' is another example of the same type. A. Sawvagei, de Loriol,’ from the Sequanian, is also similar to A. clawbiensis, but appears to be less elongate. Distribution—Spisby Sandstone (zone of Belemunites lateralis) of Spilsby. Claxby Ironstone (zone of B. lateralis) of Benniworth Haven. AsTarTE suscostata, d’Orbigny, 1850. Plate XIV, figs. 29-36. 1842. AstartE LATIcosta, Deshayes. In A. Leymerie, Mém. Soc. géol. de France, ser. 2, vol. v, p. 4, pl. iv, figs. 4, 5 (non A. laticosta, Deshayes, 1839). 1844. — sTRIaTo-cosTaTa, A. d’Orbigny. Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét., vol. i, p. 64, pl. cclxii, figs. 7-9 (non A. striato-costata, Romer, 1836). 1845. Venus (?) [strrato-costata |, H. Forbes. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. i, p. 241. 1850. AsrartTE suscostata, d’Orbigny. Prodr, de Pal., vol. ii, p. 77. 1854. — striaTo-costata, J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 187. 1855. — suscostata, G. Cotteau. Moll. Foss. de l’Yonne, p. 70. 1856, — Laticosta, fF’. J. Pictet and E. Renevier. Foss. Terr. Aptien (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 1), p. 88, plex, fg. 1865. — Leymeru, K. A. Zittel. Die; Bivalv. d. Gosaugeb. (Denkschr. d. k. Akad. Wien, Math.-nat. Classe, vol. xxiv), p. 156. 1865. — LATIcosta, H. Coquand. Mon. Aptien de l’Espagne, p. 126. 1866. — supcostata, F’. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 4), p. 307. ? 1868. — striaTo-costaTa, EH. Hichwald. Letheea Rossica, vol. 11, p. 624. ? 1868. — LatTicosta, Kichwald. Ibid., p. 628. P 1900. — Leymeri, G. Miiller. Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, vol. vii, p. 552, pl. xxii, figs. 4, 5. 1905. ~- suscosTaTa, H. Harbort. Die Fauna der Schaumberg-Lippe’schen Kreidemulde, p. 60, pl. iv, fig. 6. Description.—Shell small, usually rather convex, subquadrate or subtriangular, moderately or very inequilateral. Antero-dorsal margin concave. Anterior and ventral margins rounded. Postero-dorsal margin long, nearly straight, forming an 1 C. Rouillier, ‘ Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou,’ vol. xix, pt. 2 (1846), pl. p, fig. 15; pl. 8, fig. 1; vol. xxi, pt. 1 (1848), pp. 274, 275. Trautschold, Ibid., vol. xxxiii (1860), p. 347. 2 De Loriol and Pellat, ‘Mon. Paléont. et Géol. étages sup. Jurass. de Boulogne-sur-Mer’ (1874), p. 96, pl. xv, figs. 33, 34. 110 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. angle with the posterior margin, which is more or less truncated. Umbones inconspicuous. Lunule smooth, ovate, rather broad, with a sharp edge. Hscutcheon smooth, deep, long. Ornamentation consists of 7 to 9 sharp, prominent, concentric ribs, with steep dorsal and gentle ventral slopes. Interspaces broad. Between the ribs there are three or four very small concentric ribs and numerous fine radial striz. Measurements : (1) (2) (3) (4) Length : @ 6 ; eS) 5 mm. Height ; 5 : 5 ; Ard : AS ,, (1) Atherfield Beds, Sevenoaks. (2) Atherfield Beds, Peasmarsh. (8, 4) Perna-bed, East Shalford. Affinities.—This species resembles Astarte formosa (see p. 112) but is larger, less triangular in outline, with a larger apical angle and fewer ribs. A. similis, Goldfuss,' belongs to the same group, but is more rounded in outline, and has more numerous ribs than A. swbcostata. Forbes states that English examples of this species were identified by d’Orbigny as A. numismalis, d’Orbigny,’ but adds that they resemble much more nearly VOrbigny’s A. striato-costata. They differ from the figures of A. nwiismalis given by d’Orbigny in being less triangular, and in having the posterior end more truncated ; also the ribs are Jess numerous but more prominent, and form a larger angle with the postero-dorsal margin. English examples were also seen by Pictet and Renevier, and were identified by them with Astarte laticosta, Deshayes (= striato- costata and subcostata, VOrbigny). The specimen figured by d’Orbigny is more elongate than most of the English examples, but agrees in this respect with some found in the Atherfield Clay of Sevenoaks. The specimens figured by Leymerie are much larger than the English examples, and the ribs are more numerous and less prominent. Some of the differences seen in the figures of the authors quoted in the synonymy are probably due to the differences in the age of the specimens. In the young specimens the posterior end is more rounded, in old specimens it is more truncated. Remarks.—Specimens which occur in the Crackers of Atherfield (Plate XV, figs. 1, 2) differ shghtly from those described above, but probably constitute only a local variety ; the valves are not quite so convex, the ribs are rather more numerous and ' For figures and references see Holzapfel, ‘Die Mollusk. Aachen. Kreide’ (Palzontographica, vol. xxxv, 1889), p. 194, pl. xix, figs. 11—15. A. similis was referred to the genus Gouldia by Stoliczka : Holzapfel discusses this subject, and I am in agreement with his conclusions. 2 «Pal. Frang. Terr. Crét.,’ vol. iii (1844), p. 68, pl. celxii, figs. 4—6; Pictet and Campiche, ‘Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix’ (1866), p. 309, ASTARTE. il ia less prominent, and the posterior end of the shell is rather more pointed. This form resembles A. angulata, Guéranger.’ T'ypes.—The types of A. laticosta came from the Neocomian of Chaource and Jully (Aube). D’Orbigny’s specimens of A. striato-costata were obtained from the Neocomian of Marolles (Aube), Attancourt (Haute-Marne), and Saint-Sauveur (Yonne). The specimens described by Forbes are in the Museum of the Geological Society (No. 2181). Distribution.— Atherfield Beds of Peasmarsh and Sevenoaks. Perna-bed of East Shalford, and probably Atherfield. Recorded by Topley from the Atherfield Beds of Haslemere, and the Hythe Beds of Lympne. ASsTarTE, sp. Plate XV, figs. 3, 4. Some specimens from the Folkestone Beds of Folkestone are very similar to A. subcostata, d’Orbigny, but are larger, less elongate, and have a smaller apical angle. ASTARTE OMALIOIDES, sp. nov. [ex Gardner MS.]. Plate XV, figs. 5-7. Description.—Shell small, triangular or sub-quadrate, compressed, shghtly inequilateral, height and length nearly equal. Dorsal half of valves pointed. Antero-dorsal margin shghtly concave; postero-dorsal margin rather longer and nearly straight, the remaining margin forming a regular curve. Umbones pointed. Margins of valves finely crenulate. Ornamentation consists of a few (usually 6 or 7) prominent, sharp, concentric ribs, with steep dorsal slopes and more gentle ventral slopes. Interspaces very broad. The ribs become more distant from one another in passing from the umbo to the ventral margin. A few very faint concentric ribs are sometimes present also. Measurements : (1) (2) (3) Length 5:0 4°25 4-0 mm. Height : AY, 425 AO) ee (1—3) Gault, Folkestone. Affinities. —This species is closely allied to A. subcostata (see p. 109), but 1s relatively shorter and less convex, and has a smaller apical angle and rather fewer ribs. 1 * Album Paléont. de la Sarthe’ (1867), p. 13, pl. xvi, fig. 5. 112 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. Remarks.—Since the name Omalioides has been used in stratigraphical lists,’ it seems desirable to retain it, although its construction is not in accordance with the recommendations of the International Congress of Zoology. Distribution.—Gault (zones vu, x, and xi) of Folkestone. ASTARTE FoRMOSA, Sowerby, 1836. Plate XV, figs. 8-13. 1836. AsrarTEe rormosa, J. de C. Sowerby. Trans. Geol. Soc., ser. 2, vol. iv., pp. 239, 341, pl. xvi, fig. 16. 1842. — — FF. Réimer. De Astartarum Genere, p. 21. 1850. — — A. dOrbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 160. 1854. — — J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 186. 1871. — — F. Stoliczka. Paleont. Indica, Cret. Fauna 8. India, vol. il, p. 285 (? Gouldia). Non 1842. — — 4H. B. Geinitz. Char. d. Schicht. u. Petref. des sachs.- bohm. Kreidegeb., pt. 3, p. 76, pl. xxi, fig. 19 (see Geinitz, Elbthalgeb. i, p. 227). — 1844. — — A, @Orbigny. Pal. Frang. Terr. Crét., vol. iii, p. 65, pl. ceclxii, figs. 1O—12 (A. subformosa, d’Orb., 1850). Jescription.—Shell small, rather convex, sub-triangular, moderz inequilateral. Descript Shell small, ratl ,Sub-triangular, moderately inequilateral Antero-dorsal margin shehtly concave. Anterior and ventral margins forming a regular curve. Posterior margin less curved, often truncated, and forming an obtuse angle with the long and shghtly convex postero-dorsal margin. Umbones pointed. Lunule large, ovate, depressed, smooth, with a sharp border. Hscutcheon long, lanceolate, depressed, smooth, with a sharp border. Margins of valves smooth. rnamentation consists of strong concentric ribs with sharp summits, separatec O tation consists of strong concent bs with sl ts, ted by broad concave interspaces. The ribs end abruptly at the margins of the lunule y y 8 and escutcheon. On the ribs and interspaces fine concentric ridges may be seen. Measurements : (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Length » O10 «7 AZo 2 Ato: 7 BAO fo125 a0 em: Height » Ad: . AsO 2) AON fe foro wtac0 2° 99 (1—6) Blackdown. Affinities. —A. formosa is smaller and has more numerous ribs than A. subformosa, 1 Price, ‘The Gault’ (1879), p. 58; Jukes-Browne, ‘ Cret. Rocks of Britain,’ vol. i (1900), p. 465. ASTARTE. 113 VOrbigny.' A. acuta, Reuss,” is another alhed form, but possesses fewer ribs than A. formosa. See also A. subcostata (p. 109). Type.—From Blackdown, in the Bristol Museum. Distribution.—Upper Greensand (zone of Schlanbachia rostrata) of Blackdown and Haldon. Asrarte tmpouita, Sowerby, 1856. Plate XV, fig. 14. 18386. AstrarTE Impourta, J. de C. Sowerby. Trans. Geol. Soc., ser. 2, vol. iv, pp. 289, 341, pl. xvi, fig. 18. 1854. — — J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 187. The only example of this which I have seen is the type specimen from the Greensand of Blackdown.’ Both valves are present, but the parts near the umbo and lunule are missing. ‘The specimen is in the Bristol Museum. Sub-genus—Hrivuyia, W. M. Gabb, 1864. (‘Geol. Surv. California, Paleont.,’ vol. i, p. 180. Stolicezka, ‘ Paleont. Indica, Cret. Fauna, §. India,’ vol. iii, 1870, p. 156.) AstartEe (EripHyia) opovata, Sowerby, 1822. Plate XV, figs. 15-18. Plate XVI, figs. 1-3. 1822. Asrarte opovata, J. de C. Sowerby. Min. Conch., vol. iv, p. 73, pl. cecliti. 1842. — -— F. Rimer. De Astartarum Genere, p. 22. 1845. -— -- E. Forbes. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 1, p. 241. 1850. Corrs opovata, A. d’Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. 11, p. 78. 1852. Asrarre Brunner, I. J. Pictet and W. Roux. Moll. Foss. Grés verts de Gentve, p. 435, pl. xxxii, fig. 3. — a auraittis, Pictet and Roux. Ibid., p. 436, pl. xxxiii, fig. 1. 1854. = opovaTa, J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 187. 1857. a — F. J. Pictetand E. Renevier. Foss. Terr. Aptien (Mater. Pal. Suisse, ser. 1), p. 86, pl. xi, fig. 1. 1 «Prodr. de Pal.,’ vol. ii (1850), p. 77. > «Die Verstein. der bohm. Kreideformat.,’ pt. 2 (1846), p. 3, pl. xxxiii, fig. 17; pl. xxxvui, fig. 14; Notling, ‘Die Fauna d. baltisch. Cenoman.’ (Paleont. Abhandl., vol. ii, 1885), p. 28, pl. v, fie. 1. According to Notling, A. plawensis, Geinitz, is a synonym of A. acuta. ° Astarte multistriata was also described by J. de C. Sowerby from Blackdown, but I have not seen any example of it. See ‘Trans. Geol. Soc.,’ ser. 2, vol. iv, pp. 240, 341, pl. xvi, fig. 17; Morris, ‘Cat. Brit. Foss.,’ ed. 2 (1854), p. 187. 15 114. CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. ? 1865. Asrarre opovata, H. Coquand. Mon. Aptien de l’Espagne, p. 122, pl. xui, figs. 3, 4. 1866. — — F. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Mater. Pal. Suisse, ser. 4), p. 312. 1871. = = (Erypuyta), FP. Stoliczka. Paleont. Indica, Cret. Fauna, 8. India, vol. i, p. 285. 1892. — — O. Behrendsen. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. xliv, p. 22. Description.—Shell large, oval, transverse, moderately inflated, very imequi- lateral. Anterior margin rounded, concave in front of the umbo. Behind the umbo the dorsal margin has a gentle and regular curve. Posterior margin rounded or sub-truncate. Umbones prominent, curving forward. Lunule deep. Escutcheon narrow, deep. Ornamentation consists of numerous, strong, close, somewhat irregular concentric ribs, on which fine, concentric, linear ribs occur. Measurements: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Length . AO x0 TE 08) OR eee elem Height . 562 Jo .- 00°.) [09 Oar moOkers (1-4) Perna-bed, Atherfield. (5,6) Perna-bed, Sandown. Affinities.—Astarte Beaumonti, Leymerie,' and A. transversa, Leymerie,? are closely allied to A. obovata, and were regarded by Forbes as merely varieties of the latter. Pictet and Renevier (1857) were inclined to regard the differences as not of specific importance. Pictet and Campiche (1866), however, kept the three forms distinct, but were uncertain whether they should be regarded as species or varieties. They state that in A. Beawmonti the margin is smooth, whilst in A. obovata and A. transverse it is crenulated. In the first two forms the posterior margin is more rounded, but in the last it is more truncate. It is very doubtful whether the crenulation of the margin is a feature of specific importance in Asturte; indeed, one writer’ thinks that it is a characteristic of sex. Whether the other differences are of specific value can be determined only by the comparison of a number of examples of A. Beawmonti and A. transversa with specimens of A. obovata. 1 «Mem. Soc. géol. de France,’ vol. v (1842), pp. 4, 24, pl. iv. fig. 1. D’Orbigny, ‘Terr. Crét.,’ vol. ii (1844), p. 60, pl. cclx. Pictet and Campiche, ‘Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix’ (1866), p. 300, pl. exxiv, fig. 1. Wollemann, ‘ Biv. u. Gastrop. d. deutsch. u. holland. Neocoms’ (1900), p. 95. 2 Op. cit. (1842), pp. 4, 24, pl. v, fig. 5. D’Orbigny, op. cit., p.61, pl. celxi. Pictet and Campiche, op. cit., p. 301, pl. exxiv, fig. 2. De Loriol, ‘Anim. Invert. Foss. Mt. Saltve’ (1861), p. 68 pl. vii, fig. 9. 3 A. Ostrooumoff, ‘Zool. Anzeiger,’ vol. xxiii (1900), p. 499. > ASTARTE. 115 The shallow pallial sinus shown in internal casts, and the characters of the hinge seem to warrant the reference of this species to the sub-genus Hriphyla. Remarks.—Some of the specimens found in the Isle of Wight have the posterior end rounded, but in the larger number it is more or less distinctly truncated. The former approach A. Beauwmonti; the latter resemble A. transversa. I have not seen any examples from the Isle of Wight which show the internal margin of the valve sufficiently clearly to determine whether it is crenulate or not, but im an internal cast from the Hythe Beds of Hythe (Museum of the Geological Society, No. 2187) the crenulation is distinct. The specimens of A. obovata show a fairly large amount of variation. In some the anterior part of the valve is quite short, as in Leymerie’s figure of A. trans- versa; in others it is much longer. The relative height and length, the amount of rounding or truncation of the posterior margin, and the coarseness of the ornamentation also vary. The specimens from the Hythe Beds of Hythe are very poorly preserved. Those from the Greensand of Blackdown and Haldon appear, so far as one can tell from the few perfect specimens available, to be rather shorter than most of the Lower Greensand examples. T'ypes.—The type cannot be found ; it came from the Perna-bed of Sandown. Distribution.—Lower Greensand (Perna-bed) of Atherfield and Sandown. Recorded by Topley from the Atherfield Beds of Peasemarsh and Shalford, and from the Hythe Beds of Hythe and Lympne. Upper Greensand (zone of Schlanbachia rostrata) of Blackdown and Haldon. Astarts (Hripoyta) Levis (Phillips), 1829. Plate XVI, figs. 5-7. Plate XVII, fig. 1. 1829. Crassina Lm&vis, J. Phillips. Geol. Yorks., p. 122, pl. ii, fig. 19 (? fig. 18). 1835. AsrartE La&vIs, Phillips. Ibid., ed. 2, pt. 1, p. 158 (ed. 3, 1879, p. 252). 1854. — — J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 187. Description.—Shell large, thick, convex, ovate, usually considerably inequilateral ; height and length nearly equal, or the height may be rather greater than the length or vice versd, Antero-dorsal margin rather long and slightly concave; postero- dorsal margin very long and moderately convex. Anterior and ventral margins well rounded. Posterior extremity rounded or sometimes subangular. Umbones large. Lunule large, ovate, deep, nearly smooth, with a sharp border. Escutcheon narrow, deep. 116 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. Ornamentation consists of numerous, rather strong, narrow, concentric ribs which are somewhat irregular. Hinge-plate broad, triangular. In the left valve two strong cardinal teeth and one lateral at the margin of the lunule. Teeth of right valve not seen. Margins of valves strongly crenulate. Measurements : (1) (2) (3) (4) Length 57 ; 5] 51 ; 44: mm. Height 59 56 47 3 OeEe. (1-4) Claxby Ironstone, Benniworth Haven. This species is allied to Astarte Semani, de Loriol,’ of which good Affinities. specimens are found in the Portland Sands of Swindon. In some cases the resem- blance is very close, but generally the umbones are more prominent, the antero- dorsal margin relatively longer, and the valves more convex in A. levis than in A, Semanni. A, Buchi, Romer,’ is apparently allied to A. levis, but is distinguished by the greater anterior curvature of its umbones. A. gigantea, Leymerie,* is less inequi- lateral and more elongate than A. levis. Remarks.—Most of the examples of this species have been obtained from the Claxby Ironstone. Only two have been seen from the Speeton Clay, one being in the Leckenby Collection (Sedgwick Museum), the other in Mr. Lamplugh’s Col- lection ; these appear to agree with the larger example of Astarte levis figured by Phillips (fig. 19). T'ypes.—The type, from the Speeton Clay, appears to be missing. Distribution.—Claxby Ironstone (zone of Belemnites lateralis) of Benniworth Haven. Speeton Clay of Speeton. Astarte (EripHyna) striata, Sowerby, 1826. Plate XVII, figs. 2-7. 1826. Asrarre srriava, J. de C. Sowerby. Min. Conch., vol. vi., p. 35, pl. dxx, see Lbs 1836. — concinna, J. de C. Sowerby. Trans. Geol. Soc., ser. 2, vol. iv, pp. 239, 341, pl. xvi, fig. 15. 1842. -- — F. Rimer. De Astartarum Genere, p. 21. 1 De Loriol and Pellat, ‘Portlandien de Boulogne-sur-mer’ (1866), p. 68, pl. vi, fig. 9. HE. G. Skeat and V. Madsen, ‘ Jur. Neoc. and Gault Boulders in Denmark’ (1898), p. 123, pl. ili, fig. 2. 2 «De Astartarum Genere’ (1842), p. 20, fig. 4. Pictet and Renevier, ‘ Foss. Terr. Aptien’ (1856), p. 85, pl. x, fig. 1. 3 For references see Pictet and Campiche, ‘ Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix’ (1866), p. 298. ASTARTE. 107 1850. Astarte striata, A. d’Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 160 (partim). -— -- concinna, d’Orbigny. Ibid., p. 160. 1854. — sTRIATA, J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 187. == = concinna, Morris. Ibid., p. 186. 1866. _ striata, F. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 4), p. 230. 1871. = — (Erypuita), F. Stoliczka. Palwont. Indica, Cret. Fauna S. India, vol. iii, p. 285. -- — CONCINNA (EripuHyta), Stoliczka. Ibid., p. 285. 21873. Eripuyza striata, H. B. Geinitz. Das Elbthalgeb. in Sachsen (Paleon- tographica, vol. xx, pt. 1), p. 228, pl. hy, figs. 1-3. Description.—Shell with rounded outline, sometimes nearly orbicular, usually only moderately inequilateral, moderately convex. Length usually a little greater than height, but occasionally less. The margin in front of the umbo is concave for a short distance ; behind the umbo it is convex; the anterior, the ventral, and posterior margins form a more or less regular curve. Umbones rather small, placed a little in front of the median line. Lunule small, deep, with a sharp edge. Escutcheon narrow. Ornamentation consists of numerous small concentric ribs, which are slightly irregular and are separated by linear grooves; at intervals somewhat deeper erooves may occur. Hinge-plate wide. Two cardinal teeth in each valve, and one lateral tooth next the lunule in the left valve. Adductor impressions deep, the anterior some- what elongated. Pallial sinus shallow, rounded. Margins of valves smooth. Measurements : (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) Mength =) 46" 2945 4 4455 42°... 9389 38%. 85 ; 28 mm: ieioht 450". 42). 4 AB. 34. a, (840.7 27S. 5; (1-8) Blackdown. Affinities. —This species is closely allied to A. (Hriphyla) lenticularis (Goldfuss),! but the outline of the valve is less regularly orbicular. Astarte Konincki, d Archiac,? from the Tourtia of Tournay, was regarded by d@Orbigny, Pictet and Campiche, Stoliczka, and Geinitz as a synonym of A. striata. I have not seen any example of the former, but it appears to differ from A. striata in having less prominent umbones, more inflated valves, a more regularly orbicular 1 «Petref. Germ.,’ vol. ii (1840), p. 228, pl. exlvi, fig. 16. Holzapfel, ‘Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch.,’ vol. xxxvi (1884), p. 458, pl. vi, figs. 1, 2, and ‘ Paleontographica,’ vol. xxxv (1889), p. 195, pl. xiv, figs. 5-7. 2 «Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ vol. i (1845), p. 242. 124, CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. Carpita TENUIUOSTA (Sowerby), 1836. Plate XVIII, figs. 7-14. 1836. 1838. 1842. 1844. 1846. 1850. 1854. 1855. 1866. 1871. Non 1842. — 1846. — 1873. — 1885. — 1889. — 1898. ?— 1900. VENERICARDIA TENUICOsTA. J. de C. Sowerby. Trans. Geol. Soc., ser. 2, vol. iv, pp. 114, 259, 356, pl. xi, figs 7 * CarpIuM TETRAGONUM, H. Michelin. Meém. Soe. géol. de France, vol. iii, p. 102, pl. xii, fig. 3. VENERICARDIA TENUICOSTA, A. Leymerie. Mem. Soc. géol. de France, ser. 2, vol. v, p. 25, pl. iii, fig. 9. Carpira TENuIcosta, A. d’Orbigny. Pal. Franc. Terr. Cret., vol. iii, p. 87, pl. eclxviii, figs. 1—5. VENERICARDIA TENUICosTA, A. Leymerie. Statist. géol. et min. de l’Aube, pl. v, fig. 7. CaRDITA — @Orbigny. Prodr. de Pal., vol. ii, p. 187. — — J. Morris. Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 191. = — G. Cotteau. Moll. Foss. de ’Yonne, p. 72. = == F. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Mat¢r. Pal. Suisse, ser. 4), p. 335, pl. cxxvi, figs. 6—9. — — F.. Stoliczka. Paleeont. Indica, Cret. Fauna S. India, vol. iii, p. 287. VENERICARDIA — H. B. Geinitz. Char. d. Schicht. u. Petref. des siichs.-béhm. Kreidegeb., pt. 3; p. £0, ple xx, fe. 9ace Geinitzi, dOrbigny). CarpiTa (VENERICARDIA) TENUICosTA, A. H. Reuss. Die Verstein. der bohm. Kreideformat., pt. 2, p. 4, pl. xxx, fig. 16 (C. corrugata, Reuss). Carpita TENuIcostA, H. B. Geinitz. Das Elbthalgeb. in Sachsen (Palzon- tographica, vol. xx, pt. 2), p. 60, pl. xvii, figs. 11—18. — (VENERICARDIA) TENUICosTA, I’. Nitling. Die Fauna d. baltisch. Cenoman. (Paleont. Abhandl., vol. ii), p. 29, pl. v, fig. 4. — tenuricosta, A. Fritsch. Stud. im Gebiete der bohm. Kreide- format., iv. Teplitz. Schicht., p. 78, fig. 62. — — Fritsch. Ibid y. Priesener Schicht., p. 91. = = A. Wollemann. Die Biv. u. Gastrop. d. deutsch. u. hollind. Neocoms (Abhandl. d. k. preussisch. geol. Land., N. F., pt. 31), p. 94, pl. iv, fig. 9. CARDITA. 125 Description.—Shell more or less sub-quadrate, rounded, moderately convex, with the postero-dorsal portion compressed; length greater than height ; moderately inequilateral. Postero-dorsal margin only slightly curved; posterior margin more or less truncated, passing by a regular curve into the ventral margin, which is only slightly convex and nearly parallel with the postero-dorsal margin. Anterior margin rounded. Antero-dorsal margin concave. Umbones curved anteriorly. Lunule ovate, nearly smooth. Escutcheon lanceolate, with a sharp edge. Ornamentation consists of 47 to 57 rounded radial ribs, which are separated by furrows of greater breadth than themselves; near the postero-dorsal margin these ribs are rather closer together than elsewhere. In some cases the postero- dorsal .part of the valve is divided into two parts by two ribs, which are more prominent than the others. At regular intervals concentric lamelle occur and form marked projections where they cross the ribs. Near the umbo these lamella are more widely separated, and near the margin, especially in large specimens, they are closer together than elsewhere. Sometimes faintly marked concentric ridges may be seen on the ribs between the lamella. Margins of valves crenulate. Measurements : (1) (2) (8) (4) (5) (6) @) (8) @) ~— oy (G1) (@2) Sas) Length. 380 27 25 24 24 235 23 23 22 22 20 16 15 15 mm. Height. 265 23 22 22 20 21 PN 20 oe 7 Acoma (1—14) Gault, Folkestone. Affinities —This species has more numerous ribs and is less inflated than O. neocomiensis, d’Orbigny and CO. Dupiniana, @Orbigny.! It possesses about the same number of ribs as C. Constanti, d@Orbigny,”? but is less elongate and less inflated. C. rotwndata, Pictet and Roux,® differs from CO. tenuicosta in being more inflated, and can be regarded as only an individual variation. Some examples found at Folkestone, which in other respects agree with C. tenuicosta, are as much inflated as the type of O. rotundata. C. clathvata, Buvignier,* is a small form, but has the concentric lamine more widely separated than in even the young of C. tenuicosta. C. argonnensis, Buvignier,’ is more compressed and has more slender ribs than C. tennicosta. C. cenomanensis, dOrbigny,® is distinguished from C. tenmeosta by its broader ribs and more closely placed concentric lamelle. C. tenwicosta has narrower ribs and broader furrows than the forms from the Chalk ! For references to figures of these species see p. 123, footnotes 1, 2. * «Pal. Frang. Terr. Creét.,’ vol. iii (1844), p. 89, pl. cclxix, figs. 1—5; Pictet and Campiche, ‘ Foss Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix’ (‘ Matdér. Pal. Suisse,’ ser. 4, 1866), p. 337, pl. exxvi, fig. 10. 5 ‘Moll. Foss. Grés verts de Gentve’ (1852), p. 443, pl. xxxiii, fig. 6. 4 ‘Statist. géol., etc., de la Meuse,’ Atlas (1852), p. 19, pl. xv, figs. 16, 17. 5 Thid., p. 19, pl. xxxii, figs. 1—8. 6 D’Orbigny, op. cit., p. 94, pl. celxxxiii bis., figs. 1—4. 126 CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. of Saxony and Bohemia which have been referred to that species by Geinitz and by Reuss. C. tenuwicosta of Reuss is the type of CO. (Venericardia) bohemica, Griepenkerl.' Remarks.—Numerous specimens of C. tenuicosta from Folkestone have been examined, and they are found to show a considerable amount of variation in con- vexity and in relative height and length. Type.—The type came from the Gault of Folkestone, but cannot now be found. Distribution.— Gault (zones 1, V, vil, vill, ix, xi) of Folkestone. Recorded by Jukes-Browne from the Cambridge Greensand, and by Barrois from the Upper Greensand (zone of Schlanbachia rostrata) of the Isle of Wight. Carpira Corratpina, @’ Orbigny, 1844. Plate XVITI, figs. 15, 16. 1844, Carpira Corraupina, A. d’Orbigny. Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét., vol. ii, p. 91, pl. cclxix, figs. 6—8. 1871. ser. 1D. p- WB pl. viii, figs. 1—2. ! For references see p. 130, footnote 3. 132 CRETACEHOUS LAMELLIBRANCHIA. 1865. Cyprina Saussurt, I’. J. Pictet and G. Campiche. Foss. Terr. Crét. Ste. Croix (Matér. Pal. Suisse, ser. 4), p. 220. — H. Coquand. Mon. Aptien de l’Espagne, p. 113. Description.—Shell usually of small or moderate size, sub-triangular, rounded, often cyreniferm, convex, more or less considerably inequilateral. Lanular margin of moderate length, concave. Anterior margin regularly rounded, passing gradu- ally mto the convex ventral margin. Posterior margin short, often more or less rounded, sometimes truncate, forming an angle with the ventral margin, and not sharply limited from the long postero-dorsal margin. Umbones prominent, broad. Carina rounded, sometimes rather indistinct. | Postero-dorsal) area narrow. Lunular region deep, indistinctly limited. Escutcheon elongate, bounded by an inconspicuous carina. Hinge not seen. Ornamentation consists of growth-lmes and numerous minute radial ribs. Measurements : CD) (@) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) Length . 52 49 40 885 38 33 26 25°90 24 mm. Height. 405-40, oh 33) ol) 2772 2 ore ho ae Thickness 34 31 27 96 20 16 Vie (1, 2) Perna-bed, Atherfield. (8—9) Crackers, Atherfield. Affinities —This species is related to C. cuncata (see p. 134), but the outline of the shell is less distinctly triangular, the sides are less flattened, the ventral margin is more convex, the umbones are broader and not so igh, the lunular margin is not so long, and the carina is less distinct. Remarks.—The relative height and length of the shell, and consequently the outline, vary considerably. Much larger and more globose specimens (Plate XIX, fig. 15) in which the carina is indistinct, are associated with the normal forms of C. Saussuri, but are less abundant. At first sight, especially when the shell is not quite perfect, these appear to be distinct from C. Saussuri, but after comparing a number of speci- mens I am led to the conclusion that they are only old individuals which have attained a large size. Examples of C. Saussurt from Atherfield were identified by Pictet and Campiche, but, hitherto, no record of the species appears to have been made by any Knelish writer. l'ype.—F rom the Aptian of the Perte-du-Rhone. Distribution—Lower Greensand (Perna-bed and Crackers) of Atherfield. Atherfield Beds of Haslemere and Redhill. PLATE ae GERVILLIA (continued). Fras. 1—5. G. Forbesiana, VOrb. Gault, Folkestone. (P. 85.) 1. Sedgwick Museum. Left valve, x 3. 2. British Museum, No. L 4918. Left valve. 3. Sedgwick Museum. Right valve. 4., - Left valve. 5. 13 + Hinge of right valve, x 15. Genus—Perna, Drugiere. 6—9. P. Rauliniana, @Orb. Gault, Folkestone. (P. 92.) 6. Sedgwick Museum. Left valve. de a _ a, right valve; 6, anterior view. 8. Museum of Practical Geology, No. 1605. Left valve. 9 4 = A No. 12638. Left valve. 10. P.sp. Gault, Folkestone. Sedgwick Museum. Left valve. (P. 94.) Genius—PINNA, Innneus. 11-15. P. Robinaldina, @Orb. Lower Greensand. (P. 96.) 11. Isle of Wight. Bristol Museum. Right valve. 12. Crioceras Beds, Atherfield. British Museum, No. 48626. Portion of dorsal half of left valve. x 3. 13. Perna-bed, Atherfield. Sedgwick Museum. Ventral part of left valve. 14. Crackers, Atherfield. Museum of the Geological Society, No. 2100. Right valve. 15. Perna-bed, Atherfield. Sedgwick Museum. Left valve. PALZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1906. Viol Ree TA Brock, del A TL ATE XI] BEAR, Xun Pinna (continued). Fias. 1. P. Robinaldina, VOrb. Lower Greensand, Isle of Wight. Museum of Practical Geology, No. 12636. Ventral part of right valve. (P. 96.) 2,3. P.sp. Gault, Folkestone. 2. Sedgwick Museum; left valve. 3. Museum of Practical Geology, No. 12641; portion of dorsal part of left valve, <6.) (E299) 4-6. P. decussatu, Goldf. Chalk. (P. 99.) 4. Newtimber (Sussex). Brighton Museum. a, right valve; b, dorsal view of both valves ; c, dorsal part of right valve, x 3. 5. Holaster planus zone, Balsham. Sedgwick Museum. Left valve. 6. Trimingham. Norwich Museum. Part of right valve. PALZ ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, i906 W PLATE ea TABrock, del PLATE XIV. Pinna (continued). FIGS. decussata, Goldf. Right valve. Norwich. Norwich Museum. sulcata, Woodw. Zone of Belemnitella mucronata, This specimen is the type of P. (P. 101.) (renus—ASTARTH, Sowerby. t ewe a — . elongata, @Orb. Lower Greensand. Seend. Museum of Practical Geology, Nos. 138176, 13181. (P. 102.) 2a, right valve; 2b, dorsal view. 3. Internal cast of right valve. subacuta, @Orb. Lower Greensand (Peria-bed), Hast Shalford. Sedgwick Museum. (P. 103.) 4, Right valve. 5. Internal mould of right valve, x 15. 6. Portion of left valve. . stiuata, VOrb. Lower Greensand (Crackers), Atherfield. Museum. (P. 104.) 7. Left valve, x 13. 8. Part of left valve. 9a, right valve ; b, dorsal view, x 14. 10-12. A. upwarensis, Woods. Lower Greensand, Upware. (P. 105.) 10. Sedgwick Museum. Specimen figured by W. Keeping. a, right valve; }, anterior view ; ¢, portion near the middle of the valve, x 3. 11. Sedgwick Museum. a, left valve ; b, dorsal view. 12. Mr. J. F. Walker’s Collection. Hinge of right valve, x 1}. . senecta, Woods. 13-16. Speeton Clay, Speeton. stone, Benniworth A—6. A. Sedgewick 13-20. oe 17-20. Claxby Lron- Haven. Sedgwick Museum, except fig. 16— York Museum. (P. 106.) 13. Left valve. 14. Right valve. 15 a, left valve; b, dorsal view. 16-18. Left valves. 19, 20. Interiors of left and right valves. 21. A. sp. Speeton Clay, Speeton. b; median part; <5: 12.1073) cantabrigiensis, Woods. Lower Greensand, Upware. Museum. (P. 107.) 22 a, right valve; b, dorsal view. 23 a, right valve; b, anterior view. 24. Left valve. 25-28. oo 1865. Cybele dentata, Kjerulf, Veiviser, p. 6. 1 Reed, ‘Geol. Mag,’ [4], vol. viii (1901), p. 107; ibid. [5], vol. i (1904), p. 387, pl. xii, fig. 5. CYBELE BELLATULA. 12: Or 1881. Cybele bellatula, Schmidt, Rev. Ostbalt. Silur. Trilob., pt. i, p. 208, pl. xiii, figs. 9—13; pl. xv, figs. 1—5. 1882. Cybele bellatula, Brégger, Die Silur. Et. 2 und 3, p. 186, pl. vi, figs. 2, 2a, 2b. 1888. Cybele bellatula, Wigand, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesell., vol. xl, p. 88, pl. x, fig. 15. 1901. Cybele bellatula, Lindstrom, K. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. xxxiv, No. 8, p. 52, pl. iv, fig. 2. Remarks.—Certain head-shields from Dow Hill bear a close resemblance to C. bellatula (Dalman), and are undoubtedly distinct from other British species. The olabella in these Girvan specimens is oval, broadest across the middle, with three pairs of lateral lobes marked off by deep furrows, of which the two posterior furrows are straight, almost horizontal, reach more than one third across the elabella and deepen at their mer ends. The anterior furrows are oblique and cut into the anterior end of the glabella, defining between them a triangular frontal lobe. The axial furrows are deep. The occipital rig is prominent, rounded, and widest in the middle. The fixed cheeks are nearly twice as wide as the glabella, have a convex surface, and towards the genal angle are bent downwards and backwards. The eye-stalks are at the level of the anterior lateral lobes of the glabella, and are stout and prominent, rising up almost vertically from the cheek. They are distant from the glabella about half its width, and are connected with it by a faint ridge. The cheeks are finely pitted, but the glabella seems to be feebly granulated. The neck-segment 1s narrow and smooth, but widens towards the genal angles. Linnarsson, ‘ Vestergotl. Camb. Silur. Aflagr.’ (1869), p. 62, pl. i, figs. 11—13. CYBELE VERRUCOSA. 129 pair of pits is the smallest and the basal the largest. There is also a strong, broad occipital furrow furnished lhkewise with a similar pair of deep lateral pits, situated in the same longitudinal line as those on the glabella. The axial furrows are shallow and wide, and do not diverge suddenly in front as they do in C. verrucosa, but resemble in their course those of C. aspera, ending also similarly in a pair of large, deep, terminal pits. The cheeks are somewhat wider than in C. verrucosa, and the whole head-shield seems more transversely extended. The tubercles on the glabella are large, prominent, few in number, and tend to be arranged in pairs (as in C. aspera), and have some smaller tubercles interspersed. The anterior border, which Linnarsson figures in O. aspera as armed with marginal spiniform tubercles, 1s not preserved in our specimen. A complete description of this Girvan form is not possible owing to the poorness of the available material, but it seems to me to bear more resemblance to C. aspera than to C. verrucosa, though possibly it may be found to be specifically distinct from both. Dimensions.— I i (From Ardmillan). (From Dow Hill, slightly compressed). Length of head-shield —. 9-0 mm. ; : — $ of glabella : : Os wee, : 3 6°50 mim. Width of F at base ; Gn0n) ae : : SO a ag OE * in front : — 3 : MS) » of cheeks at base . : = 8:00, Collections.—Mrs. Gray (I, II) ; Museum of Practical Geology (IIT). Horizons and Localities—Balclatchie Group (Llandeilo): Ardmillan ; Dow Hill. 4, Cybele verrucosa, Dalman ?. 1822. ‘Chaperon d’un Trilobite,’ Brongniart, Hist. Nat. Crust. Foss., p. 145, pl. iv, fig. 11. 1826. Calymene ? verrucosa, Dalman, K. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., p. 285. 1828. Calymene ? verrucosa, Dalman, Palead., p. 76. 1828. Calymene ? verrucosa, Dalman, Arsberiatt. Zool. Arbet., p. 134, note }. 1829. Calymene ? verrucosa, Férussac, Bull. Sci. Nat., vol. xix, p. 128. 1845. Trilobites (Calymene) verrucosa, Lovén, Ofv. K. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Forhandl’, no. 3, p. 52, pl. 1, figs. 5 a—ce. 1845. Cybele verrucosa, Lovén, loc. cit., no. 4, p. 111. Remarks.—The one head-shield of a Cybele from Craighead which may be attributed to this species closely resembles Lovén’s figure and description, but the larger tubercles on the glabella tend to range in four or five pairs down the centre. The state of preservation renders the specific identification doubtful ; and the reason i 130 TRILOBITES. OF GIRVAN. for the omission of the synonymy of the species since Lovén’s paper was published is, because I have grave doubts which of the many types of Cybele commonly re- ferred to it by subsequent authors and figured under this name can be considered as truly specifically identical. At any rate there are no other specimens from Girvan which can be probably attributed to it. Dimensions.— Length of glabella : ; E 6:0 mm. Width of of in front ; . , ya oes 8 ‘ at base ‘ : orO)- i Collection.—Museum of Practical Geology. Horizon and Locality.—Stinchar Limestone Group (Llandeilo) : Craighead. 5. Cybele, sp. ind. (a). Plate XVII, fig. 5. 1879. Cheirwrus? sp. ind. b, Nicholson and Etheridze, Mon. Silur. Foss. Girvan, fase. ii, p. 203, pl. xiv, fig. 12. Remarks.—The specimen from Balclatchie which Nicholson and Etheridge figured and described as the head-shield of ‘ Chetrurus ? sp. ind. b,’ shows the essential characters of a Cybele; but to what described species it should be referred is uncertain, and it is probably new. The figure does not represent the fixed cheeks accurately, for they are much flatter, and the anterior edge is hidden by the matrix ; the irregular lines on the surface are cracks due to slight crushing, but there is present a natural close pitting, while a straight, rounded, ocular ridge may be observed to run rather obliquely backwards from the first lateral furrow of the glabella to the eye, bearing two large remote tubercles upon it. A similar tubercle hes in the middle of the cheek behind the ocular ridge. The pre-glabellar triangular prominence on the front border resembles that in C. loveni var. givanensis and appears to be an enlargement of that seen in C. bellatula. In the general characters of the glabella and cheeks this specimen is alhed to ©. coronata, Nieszk., and to C. ver, Schmidt,' as well as to C. lellatula, Dalman. Collection.—Mrs. Gray (f. M.). Horizon and Locality.—Balclatchie Group (Llandeilo) : Balclatchie. 6. Cybele, sp. ind. (l).. Plate XVII, figs. 6—8. Remarks.—The Llandeilo beds at Dow Hill have furnished a number of more or less imperfect bead-shields and pygidia, which from point of size should appa- rently be associated together, and are not referable to any described species. In 1 Schmidt, ‘Rev. Ostbalt. Silur. Trilob.,’ pt. ii, pp. 209 and 213, pl. xii, figs. 21—27. CYBELE. 13] this form the head-shield is nearly three times as wide as long, and of a broad, semicircular shape. The glabella is short, convex, subcylindrical, expanding a little in front, about three quarters as wide as long, slightly swollen in front, and possessing three pairs of nodular lateral lobes, of which the anterior pair is the largest and the basal the smallest. The frontal lobe appears to be transversely rhomboidal, and has a pair of conspicuous tubercles in the middle. There is also a single tubercle midway between the anterior pair of lateral lobes. A strong occipital furrow marks off a convex neck-ring, furnished with a median tubercle. The axial furrows are deep. The fixed cheeks are very wide, being from two to three times the width of the glabella, and are gently convex, and bent down and backwards towards the genal angles. ‘The neck-segment is narrow, but widens towards the genal angles, and is marked off from the cheeks by a strong furrow. The genal angles are rounded. The posterior branch of the facial suture appears to run nearly parallel with the hinder border of the head. The eyes are small, elevated, and situated at the level of the anterior lateral lobes of the glabella, lying at a distance from the glabella of more than half its width. axis : DEO e. : Hae. Length ,, pygidium (without spines) 3:0. ,, — Width ,, : Oo es -— Remarks.—There has been much uncertainty and confusion about this species, which was founded by Wyville Thomson primarily on some pleuree attached to an imperfect pygidium, and was called Acidaspis wuica. These pleure have a median groove, in which hes a row of pits, as Salter correctly represented in his figure, remarking in the description of the species that this was a character found in the genus Hecoptocheile. Nicholson and Etheridge figured a number of specimens under the name Staurocephalus ? unicus (M., fase. I, 1878, p. 118, pl. viii, figs. 9-16), but only a few of them can be retained in this species (/.e. figs. 10, 11, non figs. 9, 12-16). The best figured specimen from Girvan (M., pl. vin, fig. 10) is much more nearly perfect than the figure given by these authors indicates. In this speci- men the base of the glabella is preserved, and it shows one pair of very oblique basal furrows incompletely marking off triangular basal lobes. The glabella appears to be of an oval shape. The eye is situated on the pitted cheek at the level of this basal furrow and not far from the axial furrow. The genal angles are provided with short spines, and the occipital segment is rounded and ornamented with a few tubercles. The glabella is ornamented with somewhat sparse small tubercles. The pygidium shows a pair of enormously-developed first pleure, grooved near their base; the second pair of pleurz are very short, broad, triangular, expanded, and abruptly truncated posteriorly, and meeting in the middle line behind the pointed axis. The twelve thoracic rings are not very well shown in this specimen, but fortunately another specimen of an individual, complete on one side, except 1 This is the specimen figured by Nicholson and Etheridge (op. cit., pl. viii, fig. 10). CHEIRURUS UNICUS. 145 the posterior part of the pygidium, and several detached, nearly perfect head-shields and pygidia of identical characters, are known from the same locality, Balclatchie, and provide us with the means of giving the above complete description of the species. The head-shields figured by Nicholson and Htheridge (M., fase. I, 1878, p. 100, pl. vii, figs. 5, 6) as belonging to Chetrurus gelasinosus ? are found to belong to OC. (Nieszk.) wnicus. A few remarks are necessary as to the generic position of this species. The characters of the head-shield, the oval glabella without a stalk, and the longitudinally furrowed simple pleurze of the thorax, are amply sufficient to separate it from Staurocephalus, and to suggest its location in Mecoptocheile or Nieszkowskia. The relations of these subgenera or genera have been discussed by me’ elsewhere. The view more recently expressed by Raymond? that Nieszkowskia is a senile expression of Pseudospherevochus does not commend itself to me. ‘The characters of the pygidium decide that this Girvan species should be placed in Nieszkowskia. The pecuhar oblique basal pair of glabellar furrows are an additional point in favour of this reference, and the resemblance to the species of this subgenus described from the Ordovician Stage C of the Baltic provinces is very striking.’ The pygidial characters are closely similar; the hugely developed first pair of pleurz, the much reduced non-furrowed second pair, the axis of two complete rings, with the pointed triangular piece behind marked by an incomplete furrow near its anterior end, are features clearly seen in N. variolaris, Linnarsson.* With regard to British forms and the confusion connected with this species, Wyville Thomson’s description of his original type specimen is correct so far as it goes. Other specimens collected and similarly named by him which I have examined, make it clear that Salter’s figured examples of the pleuree and pygidium also belong to the same species, and the figures correctly indicate their characters. But the head-shield attributed by Salter (op. cit., pl. vu, fig. 22) to this species does not belong to it, as the complete individuals from Girvan prove. Nicholson and Etheridge (op. cit.) have likewise confused two species under this name; their description of Ch. (N.) wiieus is therefore faulty, and only some of their figures are of specimens really attributable to it (M, pl. vin, figs. 10, 11, non figs. 9, 12—16). Furthermore, the pygidium attached to the pleurz figured by Salter (op. cit.), and to the complete individual figured by Nicholson and Etheridge (M, fig. 10), agrees with the imperfect one from Penwhapple Glen, called by the MS. name Stanvo- cephalus maclareni by these authors and figured by them (M, pl. vin, fig. 11). But, on the other hand, the specimens of head-shields labelled S. maclareni, MS., by Wyville Thomson and presented by him to the Museum of Practical Geology, 1 Reed, ‘Geol. Mag.’ [4], vol. iii (1896), p. 162. * Raymond, ‘Ann. Carnegie Mus.,’ vol. iii, no. 2 (1905), p. 374. > Schmidt, ‘ Rev. Ostbalt. Silur. Trilob.,’ pt. i, pp. 179—188, pl. ix, figs. 1—16 ; pl. xi, figs. 25—28. * Linnarsson, ‘ Vestergotl. Camb. Silur. Aflagr,’ p. 60, pl. i, fig. 6. WS) 146 TRILOBITES OF GIRVAN. where I have examined them, agree with that figured by Salter erroneously (op. cit., pl. vu, fig. 22) as the head-shield of St. wnicus. It is not certain whether Wyville Thomson considered the head-shields or the pygidium as the type of his MS. species, St. maclarent. As he apparently confused two distinct species under this name by associating a detached pygidium of one (Ch. wricus) with the detached head-shield of another (Spherocoryphe thomsoni, sp. noy.), it seems better to let the MS. name St. maclareni drop. Fortunately, his type of Ch. wnicus is clear and sufficient for identification and comparison. Collections—Mrs. Gray (f. M.); Museum of Practical Geology ; Woodwardian [Sedgwick] Museum; Hunterian Museum. Horizons and Localities.—Balclatchie Group (Llandeilo): Balclatchie; Pen- whapple Glen. ? Balclatchie Conglomerate. 5. Cheirurus (Spherocoryphe) thomsoni, sp.nov. Plate XVIII, fig. 17; Plate XIX, fies. 1—7. 1865. Stawrocephalus ? unicus, Salter (e. p.), Mon. Brit. Trilob., p. 86, pl. vii, fig. 22 (non figs. 238, 24). ' 1876. Deiphon forbesii, Armstrong and Young, Cat. West Scot. Foss., p. 16. , Staurocephalus unicus, Armstrong and Young, ibid., p. 16. 1877. Staurocephalus ? wnicus, Woodward (e. p.), Cat. Brit. Foss. Crust., p. 59. 1878. Staurocephalus maclareni, Etheridge (e. p.), Cat. Camb. Silur. Foss. Mus. Pract. Geol., p. 39. — Staurocephalus ? unicus, Nicholson and Etheridge (e. p.), Mon. Silur. Foss. Girvan., fase. i, p- 118, pl. vin, figs. 9, 12—16 (non figs. 10, 11); and p. 120, woodcuts 6 4, B. 1899. Stauwrocephalus unicus (e. p.), Mem. Geol. Surv., Silur. Rocks Brit., vol. i, Scotland, pp. 509, 674, 689. Specific Characters ——Head-shield transverse, broadly semicircular, with prominent glabella, consisting of large, swollen, subglobular anterior portion over- hanging front margin, and about one third the width of the head-shield, sup- ported by short, narrow neck, much depressed, with one pair of small lateral nodular lobes. Surface of glabella finely tuberculate. Axial furrows deep. Fixed cheeks triangular, convex, but much lower than globular portion of glabella; surface pitted. Narrow, smooth, lateral border to fixed cheek, with lateral edge furnished with two short obtuse spmes. Occipital segment narrow, smooth. Genal angles furnished with strong curved spines, reaching back to about third thoracic pleure. Facial sutures acutely bent, the branches meeting at the eye at an angle of about 60°. Eyes small, prominent, placed far forward, but behind middle of globular portion of glabella. Free cheeks very small, triangular, placed on the front margin of the head-shield. Thorax of ten segments; axis cylindrical, convex, about half as wide as pleural portions. Pleurze gently curved downwards and backwards; mner portion straight, semicylindrical, feebly convex, but suddenly raised at fulerum into a CHEIRURUS THOMSONIT. 147 nodular swelling and constricted transversely just beyond. Fulcrum situated at rather less than half the length of pleura. Extra-fulcral portion of pleura depressed, semicylindrical, curved backwards, and ending in free point. Facets for articulation present on inner portion of pleura. The last body-rmg appears to be fused with the front of the pygidium in adult individuals, and to have its pleure rather broader and shorter. Surface of thorax granulated. Pygidium short, broad; central portion consisting of a wide, ill-defined, conical axis, composed of three prominent rings and a small posterior piece. Axial furrows nearly obsolete. One pair of huge pleuree, with broad bases embracing the whole side of the axis, and forming the lateral lobes, produced backward into broad, divergent spines more than twice the length of the pygidium. The base of these pleurz extends along the whole lateral border of the pygidium, the posterior border between them being simply rounded and arched backward gently. There is no second pair of pleure. A faint median longitudinal groove is seen on the basal portion of the pair of pleure, and the more distal portion is weakly angulated longitudinally. On both sides of the axis, in the axial furrows, are situated three pairs of deep pits, corresponding with and at the ends of the imtersegmental furrows across the axis. Surface of pygidium (including spines) finely granulated. Remarks.—The head-shield of this species was figured by Salter (op. cit., pl. vu, fig. 22) as belonging to Staurocephalus wiicus, Wyv. Thomson, but two crushed -head-shields from Piedmont Glen presented by Wyville Thomson to the Museum of Practical Geology as examples of his MS. species Staurocephalus maclarent are apparently identical. The pygidium, however, in the same collection, labelled also by Wyville Thomson as belonging to the same species, has been shown above not to belong to these head-shields, but to be really attributable to Ch. (Nieszi.) unicus, sens. str. It is doubtful, therefore, on which specimen he founded his MS. species. The head-shields figured by Nicholson and Etheridge (M., fase. I, 1878, pl. vii, figs. 9, 12-16, non. figs. 10, 11) as Stawrocephalus wnicus are almost identical with that figured by Salter. These authors also examined Wyville Thomson’s specimens mentioned above, and state that the two head-shields from Piedmont Glen fully bear out Salter’s view of the identity of S. wnicus with S. maclarent. It appears, therefore, desirable, in the presence of all this confusion, to give a new name (Sph. thomsoii) to these head-shields, especially as we have now found also the thorax and pygidium attached to the head in complete individuals. The specimen of a pygidium from Shalloch Mill, figured in a wood- cut by Nicholson and Etheridge (M, p. 120, woodcuts 6 A, B) as “ Staurocephalus P unicus, possibly a variety of it, or a new species,” is also referable to this species. There is a fairly distinct variety of this species from the Balclatchie Group, the head-shield of which was figured by Nicholson and Etheridge, as above stated. In this the globular portion of the glabella scarcely overhangs the front margin, but is pressed back, so as almost to conceal the basal nodules (which are much 148 TRILOBITES OF GIRVAN. reduced) and the neck. In other respects these head-shields do not offer any marked or constant points of difference from the Drummuck examples, and the pygidia are indistinguishable. The shape and relations of the glabella resemble Spherocoryphe hubneri, Schmidt,! but this species has no lateral spines on the margin of the cheeks. S. granulatus, Angelin,? which also bears much resem- blance, has only one lateral spine instead of two. The Balclatchie specimens are generally of smaller size than the others, but whether they are a distinct variety or species is doubtful, owing to the absence of satisfactory material. The type form comes from Thraive Glen and the Starfish Bed, and is closely allied to Spherocoryphe dentata, Ang., S. granulata, Ang., and S. cranium, Nieszk. The characters of the head-shield of Spherocoryphe separate it from the genus Staurocephalus, sens. str., and those of its pleuree from Nieszkowshkia. The extra- ordinary development of the first and only pair of pygidial pleurz recalls the condition of Deiphow forbesi, in which the lateral lobes of the pygidium have likewise disappeared. Collections—Mrs. Gray (f. M.); Museum of Practical Geology; Hdinburgh Museum; Woodwardian [Sedgwick] Museum. Horizons and Localities—Type form. Drummuck Group (U. Bala): Thraive Glen; Drummuck; (and Starfish Bed). Whitehouse Group (M. Bala): Shalloch Mill. Variety. Balclatchie Group (Llandeilo): Balclatchie; Dow Hill. 6. Cheirurus (Youngia) trispinosus, Young, 1868. Plate XIX, figs. 8—12. 1868. Cheirurus trispinosus, Young, Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, vol. i, p. 169, pl. i, figs. 4, 6b. 1876. Cheirurus trispinosus, Armstrong and Young, Cat. West. Scot. Foss., p. 15. 1878. Cheirurus trispinosus, Etheridge, jun., Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb., vol. iv, p. 173. = Cheirurus trispinosus, Nicholson and Htheridge, Mon. Silur. Foss. Girvan., fase. i, p. 105, pl. vii, figs. 1O—17. 1885. Youngia trispinosa, Lindstrom, Forteckn. Gotl. Silur. Crust. (Ofv. K. Vet. Akad. Forhandl., no. 6), p. 49. 1898. Youngia trispinosa, Reed, Geol. Mag. [4], vol. v, p. 212. 1899. Cheirurus trispinosus, Mem. Geol. Surv., Silur. Rocks Brit., vol. 1, Scotland, pp. 672, 688. Specific Characters.—Head-shield probably semicircular in shape, with long spines to genal angles. Glabella subcircular, strongly convex, truncated posteriorly by occipital furrow, shghtly overhanging in front, nearly three fifths the total width of the head-shield (without the spies), and as broad as long. Three pairs of lateral furrows present; anterior pair short, shallow, conspicuous, and far forward; middle pair well marked, curved back, oblique, extending over about one third the width of the glabella on each side; posterior or basal pair deeper 1 Schmidt, ‘Rev. Ostbalt. Silur. Trilob.,’ pt. i, p. 168, pl. viii, figs. 11, 12. * Angelin, ‘ Pal. Scand.,’ p. 76, pl. xxxix, fig. 4; and Schmidt, op. cit., p. 169, pl. viii, figs. 17-19. CHEIRURUS. 149 than the others, curving strongly backwards and becoming weaker before uniting with occipital furrow, so as to mark off transversely oval basal lobes, each more than one third the basal width of the glabella. Occipital furrow well marked, nearly straight, separating off prominent occipital segment, which is rounded and produced behind medianly into a strong, curved, nuchal spine. Axial furrows deep. Fixed cheeks small, short, narrow, less than one third the width of the glabella, bent down on each side, with broad rounded border defined by strong marginal furrow, and with genal angles furnished with long, rounded, divergent, tapering spines, curved downwards like the nuchal spine. Facial sutures cutting outer margin of head-shield at level of basal furrows of glabella and at right angles to axial furrows. Anterior wing of fixed cheeks very narrow and flattened. Free cheeks subtriangular; eye small, prominent, conical; border broad rounded. Surface of head-shield and spines ornamented with coarse tubercles, intermixed with smaller ones irregularly distributed. Hxtremities of spmes longitudinally striated. Axis of thorax broad, convex. First axial rig furnished with pair of small lateral processes on anterior margin. Surface of ring divided into smooth, pos- terior, semilunar portion (for enrolment), and raised anterior portion furnished along its posterior edge with single row of small tubercles. Remainder of thorax and pygidium unknown. Remarks.—The name Youngia was proposed by Lindstrém (op. cit., p. 50) in 1885 as a generic designation for this and two allied species. Unfortunately, our knowledge of it is scanty, the material being imperfect or fragmentary. Nicholson and Htheridge (op. cit., p. 105) do not give a very satisfactory account of the specific characters, but I have now been able to add a description of the free cheek and of a thoracic ring, as well as to supplement that of the glabella and fixed cheek. Though this genus has so far only been found im the Silurian in Scotland and Gotland, yet in the Urals Tschernyschew' has described a species (Y. wralica) from the Lower Devonian. Collections.—Mrs. Gray; Museum of Practical Geology ; Hunterian Museum, Glasgow. Horizon and Locality —Penkill Group (Tarannon) : Penkill. y | 7. Cheirurus, subgen. et sp. ind. (a). Plate XIX, fig. 13. From Dow Hill there are two small hypostomes in Mrs. Gray’s collection which may belong either to Ch. (Nieszk.) wuicus or to Ch. (Sphxro.) thomsoni, var. They possess a convex elliptical body, separated by a deep groove from a narrow rounded border embracing the sides and posterior end, nearly rectangular at ‘ Tschernyschew, ‘Mém. Com. Géol. St. Petersb.,’ vol. iv, no. 3 (1893), pl. i, fig. 5. 150 TRILOBITES OF GIRVAN. the posterior lateral angles, and deeply notched on each side anteriorly. A very narrow band also runs round the front end of the body, but no lateral wings are preserved. Collection —Mrs. Gray. Horizon and Locality.—Balclatchie Group (Llandeilo): Dow Hill. 8. Cheirurus, subgen. et sp. ind. (>). Plate XIX, fig. 14. A slightly different type of Cheirurid hypostome occurs at Balclatchie, and is represented in Mrs. Gray’s collection. Its true specific reference is doubtful. The body is subconical and convex, bluntly pointed behind, with a pair of oblique lateral furrows close to the posterior end and nearly meeting in the middle. A small median tubercle is situated on the granulated surface of the body. A narrow band surrounds the anterior end, but a swollen rounded border runs round the sides and posterior end; the border is deeply notched on each side at the front, and is separated sharply from the body. Collection.—Mrs. Gray. Horizon and Locality.—Balclatchie Group (Llandeilo) : Balclatchie. Genus DEIPHON, Barrande. 1. Deiphon forbesi, Barrande, 1850. 1850. Deiphon forbesi, Barrande, Haidinger’s Berichte, p. 6. 1852. Deiphon forbesi, Barrande, Syst. Silur. Bohéme, vol. i, p. 814, pl. xxxix, figs. 50, 55. 1854. Deiphon globifrons, Angelin, Pal. Scand., p. 66, pl. xxxiv, fig. 7. —- Deiphon forbesi, Morris, Cat. Brit. Foss., 2nd ed., p. 106. 1859. Deiphon forbesi, Murchison, Siluria, 2nd ed., pp. 262, 539. 1865. Deiphon forbesi, Woodward and Salter, Chart Foss. Crust., p. 13. — Deiphon forbesi, Salter, Mon. Brit. Trilob., p. 88, pl. vii, figs. 1—12. 1877. Deiphon forbesi, Woodward, Cat. Brit. Foss. Crust., p. 147. 1885. Deiphon forbesi, Lindstrém, Fréteckn. Gotl. Silur. Crust. (Ofv. K. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Férhandl., no. 6), p. 51, pl. xiii, figs. 9, 10; pl. xv, figs. 18—20. 1899. Staurocephalus globiceps, Mem. Geol. Surv., Silur. Rocks Brit., vol. i, Scotland, pp. 532, 689 (non Deiphon forbesi, p. 688). This species 1s represented only by a portion of the head-shield and some imperfect thoracic segments from Mulloch Hill. Nicholson and Etheridge were right in denying its occurrence at Balclatchie (M, fase. i, 1878, p. 121). Collection.—Mrs. Gray. Horizon and Locality.—Mulloch Hill Group (lL. Llandovery): Mulloch Hill. SPHAREXOCHUS MIRUS. 15] Genus SPHZEREXOCHUS, Beyrich. 1. Spherexochus mirus, Beyrich, 1845. 1840. Calymene clavifrons, Hisinger, Leth. Suec., suppl. 1, pl. xxxvui, fig. 1. 1845. Spherexochus mirus, Beyrich, Ueber bohm. Trilob., p. 21. 1846. Spherexochus mirus, Barrande, Not. prélim., p. 48. — Spherevochus mirus, Beyrich, Untersuch. tb. Trilob., pt. 1, p. 5, pl. i, fig. 8. ? 1846. Spherexochus calvus, M‘Coy, Synops. Silur. Foss. Ireland, p. 44, pl. iv, fig. 10. 1847. Spherexochus mirus, Corda, Prodr. béhm. Trilob., p. 188, pl. vii, fig. 72. 1853. Spherexochus mirus, Barrande, Syst. Silur. Bohéme, vol. i, pl. xli, figs. 11, 18. — Spherexochus mirus, Salter, Mem. Geol. Surv., dec. vii, pl. ii, figs. 1—15. 1854. Spherexochus angustifrons, Angelin, Pal. Scand., pp. 36, 75, pl. xxii, fig. 8; pl. xxxviii, fig. 16. — Sphexrexochus mirus, Morris, Cat. Brit. Foss., 2nd ed., p. 115. 1857. Sphxrexochus mirus, Nieszkowski, Archiv Naturk. Liv.-Est.-Kurl., ser. i, vol. i, p. 596. 1858. Sphexrexochus mirus, Schmidt, ibid., p. 189. 1860. Spherexochus clavifrons, Hichwald, Leth. Ross., p. 1401. 1864. Spherexochus mirus, Salter, Mon. Brit. Trilob., p. 76, pl. vi, figs. 1—6. 1873. Spherexochus mirus, Salter, Cat. Camb. Silur. Foss. Woodw. Mus., p. 131. 1875. Spherexochus mirus, Baily, Char. Brit. Foss., p. 40, pl. xiii, figs. 10a, b. 1877. Spherexochus mirus, Woodward, Cat. Brit. Foss. Crust., p. 58. 1878. Spherexochus mirus, Nicholson and Etheridge, Mon. Silur. Foss. Girvan, fase. i, p. 107, pl. vii, fig. 20. 1881. Spherexochus angustifrons, Schmidt., Rev. Ostbalt. Silur. Trilob., pt. 1, p. 189, pl. ix, figs. 17a, b; pl. xvi, fig. 38. 1884. Spherexochus mirus, Tornquist, Undersdkn. Siljans. Trilobitf. (Sver. Geol. Undersikn., ser. C, no. 66), p. 20. 1885. Spherexochus mirus, Lindstrém, Forteckn. Gotl. Sil. Crust. (Ofv. K. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Forhandl., no. 6), p. 46. 1888. Spherexochus mirus, Wigand, Zeitschr. deutsch. Geol. Gesell., vol. xl, p. 87, pl. x, figs. WB3 a7, (a 1899. Spherexochus mirus, Mem. Geol. Surv., Silur. Rocks Brit., vol. i, Scotland. pp. 504, 510, 674, 689. Remarks.—It has been attempted to separate the Ordovician representatives of this species as distinct, and Schmidt (op. cit., p. 189) accordingly places them with Angelin’s species, S. angustifrons. The basal lobes are said to be separated by a space equal to only their own diameter, instead of by a space more than half as wide again, as in the Silurian examples. But this distinction seems to break down in the case of the Girvan specimens, for there are glabellas from Craighead with the basal lobes as widely distant as many Silurian examples. It does not therefore seem to be a sufficient character for a specific distinction, the range of variation being wide. It is, however, possible that in the pygidium we may find other 152 TRILOBITES OF GIRVAN. points of difference, as in the case of the Keisley specimens ;' but this remains to be proved. Collections—Mrs. Gray (f. M.); Edinburgh Museum. Horizons and Localities —Stinchar Limestone Group (Llandeilo): Craighead ; Minuntion; Auchensoul. Balelatchie Group (Llandeilo): Balclatchie (Con- vlomerate); Dow Hill? Genus STAUROCEPHALUS, Barrande. 1. Staurocephalus globiceps (Portlock), 184:3. 1843. Ceraurus globiceps, Portlock, Geol. Rep. Londond., p. 257, pl. 1, fig. 7. 1854. Stawrocephalus globiceps, Morris, Cat. Brit. Foss., ed. 2, p. 115. 1865. Staurocephalus globiceps, Salter, Mem. Geol. Surv., dec. xi, pl. v, fig. 6. 1865. Stawrocephalus globiceps, Salter, Mon. Brit. Trilob., p. 85, pl. vii, fig. 21 (? woodcut, fig. 18, p. 86). 1877. Stawrocephalus globiceps, Woodward, Cat. Brit. Foss. Crust., p. 59. 1878. Stawrocephalus globiceps, Nicholson & Etheridge, Mon. Silur. Foss. Girvan, fase. i, p. 117. 1899. Stauwrocephalus globiceps (e. p.), Mem. Geol. Surv., Silur. Rocks Brit., vol. i, Scotland, pp. 513, 674, 689. Remarks.—The specimen attributed to this species by Salter and figured by him (‘ Mon. Brit. Trilob.,’ p. 86, fig. 18) is in the Museum of Practical Geology, and came from Ardmillan. Nicholson and Etheridge (M, fasc. i, 1878, p. 117), ’ remark that this figure “ does more than justice to the specimen,” and such is indeed very much the case. I have grave doubts if it can be attributed to this species. It is in a poor state of preservation, and the glabella is completely destroyed and the pygidium is not preserved ; but there are suspicious indications of lateral spies on the margin of the head-shield, and the pleure are precisely similar to those of Sphero. thomson, with which species it should most probably be placed. The genal spines appear, however, to be rather stouter. On the other hand, there are fortunately now two good and nearly complete, though small, specimens of St. globiceps, collected recently by Mrs. Gray from the Starfish Bed, the identification of which cannot be disputed. They show all the typical characters of the head and thorax as described and figured by Salter, and the pygidium, so far as it is preserved, is likewise identical with the type. Collections.—Mrs. Gray ; Museum of Practical Geology. Horizons and Localities—Drummuck Group (U. Bala): Starfish Bed, Thraive Glen. ? Balelatchie Group (Llandeilo) : Ardmuillan. ' Reed, ‘Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ vol. li (1896), p. 423. PLIOMERA. 153 Genus PLIOMERA, Angelin. 1. Pliomera sp. Plate XIX, fig. 16. Descriplion.—Pygidium subquadrate, but widening a little posteriorly, truncate, strongly convex, and bent down at the sides. Axis conical, reaching about five sixths the length of the pygidium, gently convex ; composed of an anterior, rather rapidly tapering portion, consisting of five well-marked rings, and of a posterior, less rapidly tapering, non-annulated portion, of equal length, with pointed ex- tremity and with one median pit near front. Axial furrows well marked. Lateral lobes strongly bent down, consisting of five simple, regular, flattened, unfurrowed pleurz in close contact, corresponding with the axial rings, gently curved back- wards, and ending in bluntly rounded points which project on posterior margin of pygidium. Interpleural furrows sharp and deep. Pleural furrows absent. The last pair of pleurz bend inwards, meeting and running backwards in contact behind the axis, but separated from one another by a strong interpleural furrow. Remarks.—It does not appear that this genus has been hitherto detected in the Girvan area; but there are two specimens of pygidiafrom the Llandeilo of Auchen- soul, and another from Tramitchel, which undoubtedly belong to it. One of the Auchensoul specimens measures 8 mm., but the other only 3 mm. in length. This species differs from all other species of Pliomera (= Amphion auctt) * by possessing a long, posterior, non-ringed axial portion behind the fifth axial ring. In P. fischeri” this portion is much abbreviated, beg no longer than the preceding ring. But in the other characters of the pygidium the Girvan specimens show a close resemblance to this species, the general shape and contour of the pygidium being similar and the number of rings on the axis and of pleurz on the lateral lobes being identical, and possessing the same features. ‘The previously described British species of the genus, P. pseudo-articulatu (Portlock),® of which the pygidium is known, is quite distinct, the fifth pair of pleurz being fused completely with the non-ringed portion of the axis behind the fifth axial ring. Collection.—Mrs. Gray. Horizon and Localities—Stinchar Limestone Group (Llandeilo) : Auchensoul ; Tramitchel. ' Tt has recently been pointed out by Raymond (‘ Amer. Journ. Sci.’ [4], vol. xix, 1905, p. 377) that the generic name Amphion was applied by Hiitbner in 1816 to a genus of Lepidoptera, while Pander did not propose the name for a trilobite (A. frontiloba = A. fischeri, Hichw.) till 1830. Augelin’s name Pliomera (1854) for A. fischeri, Kichw., and others of this type, must therefore be adopted in place of the pre-oceupied name Amphion, Pander. ? Brogger, ‘ Die Silur. Htag. 2 uud 3,’ p. 185, pl. vi, fig. 3a; Schmidt, ‘Rev. Ostbalt. Silur. Trilob.,’ pt. i, p. 191, pl. xiii, fig. 8 a. § Salter, ‘Mon. Brit. Trilob.,’ p. 8), pl. vi, fig. 29. 20 154: TRILOBITES OF GIRVAN. Family PHacorwws. Genus PHACOPS, Emmrich. 1. Phacops (Pterygometopus) brongniarti, Portlock, 1845. Plate XIX, figs. 1877. 1878. 17,18: Phacops brongniarti, Portlock, Geol. Rep. Londond., p. 282, pl. u, fig. 8. Phacops murchisoni, Portlock, ibid, pl. u, fig. 9. Phacops dalmani, Portlock, ibid, pl. ii, fig. 7. Phacops brongniarti, Salter, Mem. Geol. Surv., dec. vii, art. 1, p. 10. Phacops (Acaste) brongniarti, Salter, Mon. Brit. Trilob, p. 34, pl. i, figs. 20—24 (2); pl. i, rs. 25, 26 ( 9 = Ph. dalman). Phacops brongniarti, Baily, Char. Brit. Foss., p. 41, pl. xiii, figs. 11, a, 8, ¢, Phacops brongniaiti, Armstrong and Young, Cat. West. Scot. Foss., p. 16. Phacops dalmannii, Armstrong and Young, ibid., p. 16. Phacops (Acaste) brongniarti, Woodward, Cat. Brit. Foss. Crust., p. 50. Phacops (Acaste) brongniarti, Nicholson and Etheridge (e. p.), Mon. Silur. Foss. Girvan, fase. i, p- 99, pl. vii, fig. 1 (non fig. 2). 1879. 1899; 1905. Phacops (Acaste) brongniarti, Nicholson and Etheridge, ibid., fase. ii, p. 201, pl. xiv, figs. 7, 8. Phacops brongniarti, Reed, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe., vol. lv, p. 749. Phacops brongniarti, Mem. Geol. Surv., Silur. Rocks Brit., vol. i, Scotland, pp. 490, 500, 505, ete. Phacops (Pterygometopus) brongniarti, Reed, Geol. Mag. [5], vol. i, p. 227. Remarks.—This weli-marked species is especially characteristic of the Balclatchie Group, but seems to occur also on a lower and on a higher horizon. Its characters have been too often described to need repetition here. It has been referred by me (loc. cit., 1905) to the genus or subgenus Pterygometopus. Collections.—Mrs. Gray ; Edinburgh Museum (f. M., pl. xiv, fig. 7); Museum of Practical Geology (f. M., pl. vu, fig. 1); Woodwardian [Sedgwick] Museum. Horizons and Localities.—? Stinchar Limestone Group (Llandeilo) : Minuntion. Balclatchie Group (Llandeilo) : Ardmillan Brae; Dow Hill; Balclatchie. ? Drum- muck Group (U. Bala): Drummuck; ? Starfish Bed, Thraive Glen. 2. Phacops (Phacopidella) elegans (Sars & Boeck), 1838. Plate XIX, figs. 19 am » PAR. ? 1833. Trilobites elliptifrons, Esmark, Mag. f. Naturvid., ser. 2, vol. i, p. 269, pl. vii, figs. 6, 7. 1838. 1851. Trilobites elegans, Sars and Boeck in Keilhaus’ Geea Norvegica, p. 139. Phacops stokesi, Salter, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe., vol. vii, p. 171, pl. ix, figs. 2a, 2 b. 1852. Phacops quadrilineata, Angelin, Pal. Scand., p. 12, pl. ix, fig. 5. 1857. Phacops stokesi, Nieszkowski, Archiv Naturk. Liv.-, Est.-, Kurl., ser. i, vol. i, p. 530. PHACOPS ELEGANS. 155 1858. Phacops stokesi, Schmidt, Archiv Naturk. Liv.-, Est.-, Kurl., ser. i, vol. ii, p. 184 1860. Phacops latifrons, Hichwald (e. p.), Leth. ross., p. 1428. 1864. Phacops stokesi, Salter (e. p.), Mon. Brit. Trilob., p. 21. 1865. Phacops elegans, Kjerulf, Veiviser, pp. 20, 21, fig. 31d. 1873. Phacops stokesi, Salter (e. p.), Cat. Camb. Silur. Foss. Woodw. Mus., p. 76. 1876. Phacops stokesi, Armstrong and Young, Cat. West. Scot. Foss., p. 16. 1877. Phacops stokesi, Woodward (e. p.), Cat. Brit. Foss. Crust., p. 56. 1878. Phacops stokesi, Nicholson and Etheridge, Mon. Silur. Foss. Girvan, fase. i, p. 98. — Phacops brongniarti, Nicholson and Etheridge (e. p.), ibid., pl. vii, fig. 2 (non fig. 1). 1881. Phacops elegans. Marr, Proc. Yorks. Geol. Polyt. Soc., vol. vii, p. 397. — Phacops elegans, Schmidt, Rev. Ostbalt. Silur. Trilob., pt. i, p. 72, pl. i, fig. 1; pl. x, figs. 10—12; pl. xi, fig. 17. ? 1884. Phacops elliptifrons, Tornquist, Undersdkn. Siljans. Trilobitf., p. 8, pl. i, figs. 1—3 (Sver. Geol. Undersékn., Ser. C, no. 66). 1887. Phacops elegans, Marr, Geol. Mag. [3], vol. iv, p. 35. 1888. Phacops stokesi, Wigand, Zeitschr. deutsch. Geol. Gesell., vol. xl, p. 40, pl. vi, fi 1888. Phacops elegans, Marr and Nicholson, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xliv, p. figs. 1—4. 1899. Phacops stokesi, Mem. Geol. Surv., Silur. Rocks Brit., vol. i, Scotland, pp. 529, 532, 536, ete. rel, 20, pl. xvi, ey 3 - ( Remarks.—Vhe specimens from Girvan which are usually attributed to P. stokesi, M. Edwards, are referable, so far as I have seen, to the closely allied species P. elegans. Wigand and others have, indeed, considered the latter specifi- eally inseparable from P. stokest; but Schmidt has pointed out the manner in which it differs, and Marr and Nicholson (/oc. cit.) have figured British specimens from the Stockdale Shales. In P. stokest the glabella expands more rapidly towards the front, and the eyes are relatively larger. The glabellar furrows appear to be similar in the two species, and there is no obyious difference in the thorax and pygidium. The Girvan examples have 7—8 segments on the axis of the pygidium, and four pairs of pleurz on the lateral lobes, but the fourth pair is generally very faint; the pleurz are furrowed towards their extremities. he axis is usually about three quarters the length of the pygidium. Ina specimen from Newlands in Mrs. Gray’s collection which perhaps is referable to this species, there are five pairs of pleure on the lateral lobes of the pygidium. The species belongs to the subgeneric group Phacopidella, which partly corresponds with the imperfectly defined subgenus for which the pre-occupied name Acaste is generally employed.! Collections—Mrs. Gray (f. M.); Museum of Practical Geology; Edinburgh Museum; Woodwardian [Sedgwick] Museum. Horizons and Localities—Mulloch Hill Group (L. Llandovery) : Mulloch Hall ; Craigens. Saugh Hill Group (M. Llandovery): Newlands; Woodland Point. Camregan Group (U. Llandovery): Bargany Pond Burn; Penwhapple Glen. Penkill Group (Tarannon): Penkill. 1 Reed, ‘Geol. Mag.’ [5], vol. ii, 1905, p. 225. 156 TRILOBITES OF GIRVAN. 3. Phacops (Phacopidella) downingiew (Murchison), 1859. 1822. Calymene macrophthalma, Brongniart, Hist. Nat. Crust. Foss., pl. i, fig. 4 (non fig. 5) 1836. Calymene macrophthalma, Buckland, Geol. and Min., pl. lxiv, fig. 5 (non fig. 4). 1839. Calymene downingix, Murchison, Silur. Syst., p. 655, pl. xiv, fig. 3. 1839. Asaphus subcaudatus and A. cawdori, Murchison, ibid., p. 655, pl. vii, figs. 9, 10. 1840. Calymene downingix, Milne Edwards, Crust., vol. ii, p. 324. 1843. Acaste downingix, Goldfuss, Neues Jahrb., p. 563. 1843. Phacops macrophthalma, Burmeister, Organ. Trilob , pp. 139, 140. 1845. Phacops downingix, Emmrich, Neues Jahrb., p. 40, pl. i, fig. 2 (translated in Taylor’s Scientific Memoirs, 1846, vol iv, pl. iv, fig. 2). 1848. Phacops downingix, Salter, Mem. Geol. Surv., vol. ii, pt. i, p. 336, pl. v, figs. 2—4. 1851. Phacops downingix, M‘Coy, Synops. Pal. Foss. Woodw. Mus., p. 160. 1853. Phacops downingix, Salter, Mem. Geol. Surv., dec. vii, pl. 1. 1854. Phacops downingizx, Morris, Cat. Brit. Foss., 2nd ed., p. 113. ? 1854. Phacops breviceps, Angelin, Pal. Scand., p. 12, pl. ix, fig. 4a. 1857. Phacops downingix, Nieszkowski, Archiv Naturk. Liv.-, Est.-, Kurl., ser. 1, vol. i, p. 531. 1859. Phacops downingixe, Murchison, Siluria, 2nd ed., pl. xviii, figs. 2—5. 1864. Phacops (Acaste) downingix, Salter, Mon. Brit. Trilob., p. 24, pl. ii, figs. 17—36. 1873. Phacops downingix, Salter, Cat. Camb. Silur. Foss. Woodw. Mus., p. 131. 2? 1874. Phacops dubius, Stemmhardt, Die preuss. Geschieb. gef. Trilob., p. 14, pl. i, fig. 7. 1875. Phacops downingix, Baily, Char. Brit. Foss., p. 68, pl. xxii, fig. 6. 2? 1876. Phacops downingix, Armstrong and Young, Cat. West. Scot. Foss., p. 16. 1876. Phacops downingix, Schmilt, Verh. Min. Gesell. 8. Petersb., n. s. vol. x, p. 15, pl. i, fig. 1. 1877. Phacops (Acaste) downingix, Woodward, Cat. Brit. Foss. Crust., p. 51. 1878. Phacops downingix, Nicholson and Etheridge, Mon. Silur. Foss. Girvan, fasc. i, p. 98. 1881. Phacops downingize, Schmidt, Rev. Ostbalt. Silur. Trilob., pt.i, p. 75, pl. i, fig. 2 ; pl. xi, fig. 18. 1885. Phacops downingix, Lindstrém, Forteckn. Gotl. Silur. Crust. (Ofv. K. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Forhandl., no. 6), p. 42. 1888. Phacops downingix, Wigand, Zeitschr. deutsch. Geol. Gesell., vol. xl, p. 41, pl. vi, figs. 2, 3. 1890. Phacops (Acaste) downingix, Pompecki, Die Trilobit. f. Ost. West-preuss. Diluv. Geschieb. p. 19, pl. 1, figs. 27, a—e. 1899. Phacops downingix (e. p.), Mem. Geol. Surv., Silur. Rocks Brit., vol. i, Scotland, pp. 529, 530, 689. ’ Remarks.—lt must still remain doubtful whether the true P. downingix occurs in the Girvan area. I have seen poor specimens from Woodland Point which may possibly be referable to it; but, as Nicholson and Etheridge remarked (M, fase. i, 1878, p. 98), the specimens usually attributed to it belong to P. stokesi (= P. elegans). The species is included by me in the subgenus Phacopidella.' Collections.—Mrs. Gray ; Museum of Practical Geology. Horizons and Localities—Saugh Hill Group (M. Llandovery): Woodland Point. ? Wenlock Series: Knockgardner, Straiton. | The opinion expressed by Drevermann (‘ Neues Jahrb. f. Miner.,’ 1906, vol. ii, Ref. p. 1389) that this subgeneric name is superfluous, seems based on a strange misapprehension of its phylogenetic significance, PHACOPS BISSETI. 157 4. Phacops (Chasmops) bisseti, sp. nov. Plate XX, figs. 1—3. Specific Characters.—Head-shield transversely semicircular, more than twice as broad as long, gently convex. Glabella scarcely raised above cheeks, triangular in shape, twice as wide at front end as at base; length considerably less than width at front end. Frontal lobe large, rather flattened in front, transverse, short, more than two and a half times as wide as long; lateral angles overhanging “ cat’s ear” lobes, and projecting laterally to facial sutures, and nearly overhanging the eyes; V-shaped mark, composed of coarse puncta, on frontal lobe. The “ cat’s ear” lobes extend rather more than half along the sides of the glabella, and their mner angle, where they unite with the central portion of the glabella, is about 70° and is marked by a rather prominent tubercle, while the posterior lateral angle made with the axial farrow is nearly 90°. First lateral furrows shghtly undulating, and making between them angle of 120°—130°; not meeting the shorter second lateral furrows. Central portion of glabella between inner angles of “ cat’s ear” lobes less than one third total width of glabella. ‘Second’’' lateral lobes represented by small prominent nodules near inner ends of second lateral furrows. “Third” lateral lobes represented by faint swellings on a transverse rounded band behind the ‘cat's ear” lobes. Neck-ring rounded, marked off by strong occipital furrow trom this transverse band, and about half as wide again as the latter. Axial furrows strong, diverging anteriorly from neck-ring at about 75°—80° as far as the first lateral furrows, in front of which they bend outwards round the overhanging angles of the frontal lobe. Surface of glabella finely granulated with numerous large coarse tubercles, scattered freely over it. Cheeks triangular, nearly as high as glabella, with the usual characters found in Chasmops. Lateral margins of head-shield strongly bent down; and free cheeks furnished with long, broad, flattened, genal spines, closely pressed against body, and extending back to at least the eighth thoracic segment. Surface of cheeks eranulated and rather coarsely pitted. Eye of moderate size, strongly curved, high, conical, with its base at the level of the second lateral furrow, and its front end about two thirds of the way up the “cat’s ear” lobes. EHye-lobe very prominent, and bent up along anterior and posterior edges. Visual surface of eye composed of about thirty vertical rows of lenses, with twelve to fourteen lenses in the hghest rows. Thorax of eleven segments, half as lone again as head-shield. Axis rather ! The author would prefer to call the lateral portions of the frontal lobe the first pair of lateral lobes and the “cat’s ear” lobes the second pair, making the so-called “second” lateral lobes really the third. But to avoid confusion the commonly accepted terminology is here employed, though he believes the homology implied is erroneous (see ‘Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe.,’ vol. lviii, 1902, p. 64). 158 TRILOBITES OF GIRVAN. less than one third the width of thorax at about the sixth ring, behind which it gently tapers to pygidium; gently convex ; each ring with low but distinct nodular swelling on axial furrows. Axial furrows strong and deep. Pleure curved gently backwards and downwards beyond the weak fulerum which is situated at about half their length. Strong oblique furrow along each pleura. Pygidium transversely parabolic, about one and a half times as broad as long. Axis conical, about one third the width of pygidium and reaching nearly its whole length, tapering gradually to a rounded extremity ; composed of twelve distinct rings followed by four narrow faint ones. Lateral lobes strongly bent down, especially near margin ; bearing one half pleura on front edge followed first by eleven pairs of regular pleura (each with very faint, central, impressed line), and then by four pairs of very weak narrow pleure and by one median unpaired one which runs nearly straight back behind axis. Posterior margin of pygidium between last four pairs of pleure strongly bent up and appearing from behind almost angulated in centre. Surface of thorax and pygidium finely granulated. Dimensions.— Leneth of head-shield . : 5 3 16°0 mm. Width , , f : ; ote” a. ,, of glabella at base ; i : SU) es 93 i trom d : ; 20) es Leneth 5 , ; [300 os »» Of frontal lobe of glabella . ; Stone. 35, sOkeve : ; ‘ ; ON ees » otf thorax : J : ; Does. Width ie : : 30°) ,, >» Of axis of thorax . : : : TE On Ss Length of pygidium .. 13:0) Width oe 25°0 ,, Length of axis of pygidium ; ; Lor Os. Width » ; ; : 90-55 Remarks and Affinities. —Vhe above description is drawn up from a remarkably perfect specimen of a complete individual which has been most kindly lent me for examination by Mr. James Bisset, F.G.S8., of Edinburgh. The specimen came from the Drummuck Beds of Lady Burn, and (with the exception of one head- shield recently discovered by Mrs. Gray) is the sole representative of the subgenus Chasmops which I have seen from Girvan. It measures nearly 60 mm. in total length, and appears to belong to a new species. This specimen cannot be referred to P. macroura, Sjégr., as interpreted by Salter,! because of (1) its differently shaped glabella with its greater anterior expansion; and (2) its shorter and more transverse pygidium with fewer segments. 1 Salter, ‘Mon. Brit. Trilob.,’ p. 37, pl. iv, figs. 18—23. PHACOPS BISSETI. 159 In P. macroura, Sjogr., Angelin' describes eighteen ribs to the pygidium, and in the English form Salter states there are sixteen. The glabella, moreover, is much more nearly square in P. macroura, and the frontal lobe is longer and less trans- versely expanded. Schmidt? considers it probable that Salter’s P. macroura really belongs to P. eichwaldi, Schmidt, but the latter is described as having only 12—15 seoments in the pygidium, which is also pointed and a little broader than long; the surface of the head-shield is, moreover, only finely granulated or quite smooth instead of tuberculated, and the frontal lobe of the glabella measures less in breadth than does the head-shield in length. P. eichwaldi therefore seems not only distinct from Salter’s P. macroura but also from the Girvan form. The general proportions of the head-shield of P. conicophthalimus (Boeck), and the size and shape of the glabellar lobes with the overhanging lateral angles of the frontal lobe, closely resemble the Girvan specimen, but the genal angles are only furnished with short spines, and the eyes are smaller. The pygidium attributed to this species by Salter (op. cit., pl. vi, fig. 25) is completely different. The species P. wesenbergensis, Schmidt,*from Stage K, has many points of similarity to the Girvan form, especially in the glabella and its lobes, and in their proportions. But the “cat’s ear”? lobes are rather smaller, the first lateral furrows are rather more oblique, the eye has only twenty-four rows of lenses with 10—11 lenses in the middle row, the genal spines are not vertical, the pygidium is relatively rather longer, and the axis appears to taper less rapidly. The form described by the author as P. mari? from the Coniston Limestone may also be compared, but the shape and proportions of the glabella and lobes are different. The head-shield in Mrs. Gray’s collection has lost the free cheeks, and belongs to a smaller and probably younger individual, which may account for the slight differences noticeable in it when compared with Mr. Bisset’s specimen. The glabella has a less transverse appearance, the axial furrows diverging only at 70°—75° instead of 75°—80°. The inner angle of the “cat’s ear” lobes of the elabella is nearly 90° instead of 70°, while the posterior angle is 70° instead of 90°. In all other respects there is complete agreement. The dimensions are as follows: length of head-sheld 11°5 mm.; length of glabella 9°5 mm.; basal width of elabella 5°0 mm.; frontal width of glabella 12°5 mm. There is a fragment of a pygidium, probably belonging to the same species as Mr. Bisset’s specimen, from the Starfish Bed in Mrs. Gray’s collection ; it shows 15—16 rings on the axis, the last 3 or 4 of which are indistinct, and 11—13 pleure on the lateral lobes. 1 Angelin, ‘Pal. Scand.,’ p. 9. * Schmidt, ‘ Rev. Ostbalt. Silur. Trilob.,’ pt. i, p. 117. Reed, ‘Geol. Mag.’ [5], vol. i (1904), p. 386, pl. xii, fig. 3. Schmidt, op. cit., p. 115, pl. iv, figs. 1O—12; pl. v, figs. 1—7; pl. x, fig. 20. £5.p Reed, ‘Geol. Mag.’ [4], vol. i (1894), p. 241, pl. vii, figs. 1—3. es on 160 TRILOBITES OF GIRVAN. On the whole the Girvan specimens appear to be specifically distinct from any hitherto described, and the name P. bisseti may be appropriately given to them. Collections.—Mr. Bisset (Hdinburgh) ; Mrs. Gray. Horizon and Locality—Drummuck Group (U. Bala): Lady Burn; Thraive Glen (Starfish Bed). SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES. Family TRINvCLEIDA. Genus TRINUCLEUS, Llwyd. Trinucleus, sp. ind. (0). 1903. Trinucleus, sp. ind. (b), Reed, supra, p. 14, pl. ii, figs. 8, 8a. Within a space measuring 40 X 50 mm. on one slab of rock from Whitehouse Bay, there are three well-preserved head-shields of the trilobite described as Trinucleus sp.ind. (b). The fringe is poorly exposed and shows only one concentric row of large pits in front, probably due to the radial fusion of the pits of the two rows previously described, since 2—3 rows are present at the genal angles. In the former description it was stated that the surface of the glabella is smooth, but this is not the case with these new specimens, which have the shell perfectly preserved, for a fine reticulation, which gives the appearance of a honeycombed, pitted surface, ornaments the swollen ovoid portion of the glabella. An isolated small, round, submedian tubercle is also present on this part. The neck of the glabella and the cheeks are, however, quite smooth and devoid of any reticulation or tubercles ; no ocular tubercles can be detected. The peculiar lobeless, subcylindrical neck is somewhat contracted at its base, and is only about one fourth the length of the whole glabella. The glabella does not overhang the fringe at all in front, but ends well inside it, sloping down to it rather more gradually than to the neck, the apex of the ovoid lobe beg post-median. The dimensions of the three head-shields are as follows: i ir Te Leneth 10°5 ; 11°5 77) ram. Width : 19°5 : 20°0 ; POO Collection.—Mrs. G ray. Horizon and Locality. —W hitehouse Group (M. Bala): Whitehouse Bay. AMPY X INCURVUS. 161 Genus AMPYX, Dalman. Ampyx incurvus, sp. nov. Plate XX, figs. 6—8. 1903. Aimpyx mammillatus, Sars (?), Reed, supra, p. 22, pl. in, fig. 13. Some better preserved specimens of the species referred to Aimpyx mammillatus (Sars) ? from the Balclatchie Group occur amongst the new material which Mrs. Gray has collected from Dow Hill and Ardmillan. From these head-shields it is found that the glabella is strongly elevated in front above the cheeks, sloping up to the frontal spine gradually from the neck, but very abruptly from the anterior margin of the shield, beyond which it shghtly projects. The pairs of lateral pits and oblique furrows on each side of the glabella generally unite, so as to enclose one pair of longitudinally oval areas, as in A. lastatus, Ruedemann.'! The varination of the glabella is more marked than was indicated in fig. 13, Pl. IL. The spine which is situated at the pointed anterior end and highest part of the glabella is not directed straight forwards, but curves gently upwards and then backwards, attainmg a length equal to more than twice that of the glabella. The lateral furrows or pits on the glabella are usually more strongly marked than indicated in the specimen previously figured. The curvature of the peculiar rostral spine, as well as the shape of the glabella and its oval lateral impressions, recalls A. (Lonchodomas) hastatus, Ruedemann, from the Trenton Conglomerate of Rysedorph Hill, N. Y., but the carmation in the latter is more marked and the lateral furrows on it are dissimilar, while the rostral spine in our form is rounded and not prismatic. The specific name incurvus is sug- gested, as it 1s undoubtedly distinct from A. manivillatus and other allied species. In one specimen there are six thoracic segments attached to the head-shield in position. ‘The axis is subcylindrical, tapering very slightly towards the pygidium, and it is four fifths the width of the pleural portions on each side. Hach axial ring is furnished with a pair of strong, well-defined, rounded lateral nodes. The horizontally extended pleurz possess the usual characters of the genus, but the furrow is distinctly diagonal near the axis and widens outwards towards the extremity of the pleura. 1 Ruedemann, ‘ Bull. 49, New York State Mus.’ (1901), p. 48, pl. iui, figs. 1—10, 30. 162 TRILOBITES OF GIRVAN. HKamily OuBnipe. tenus REMOPLEURIDES, Portlock. Remopleurides (Teratorhynchus) bicornis, Reed. 1903. Remopleurides (Teratorhynchus) bicornis, Reed, supra, p. 33, pl. v, figs. 6 The upper and major recurved spine in this species was not described as laterally erooved in the previous diagnosis of its characters. A good cast of the anterior portion of a head-shield from the typical locality, Dow Hill, is now available, which shows a lateral longitudinal median narrow groove running along each side of the spine from its base to nearly its tip. Family ASAPHID®. Genus ASAPHUS, Bronegmart. Asaphus (Isotelus) instabilis, Reed. Plate XX, fig. 4. 1903. Asaphus (Isotelus) instabilis, Reed, supra, p. 46, pl. vu, figs. 2—8. There is an excellent detached free cheek of A. instabilis from Dow Hill in the new material which Mrs. Gray has collected, and it shows the characteristic features better than the one figured previously (Pl. VII, fig. 6). The angle between the two branches of the facial suture, the distance of the eye from the posterior margin of the head-shield, the distance of the point of section of the margin by the posterior branch of the facial suture from the genal angle, the almost rectangular inclination of the lateral and posterior margins of the free cheek to each other at the genal angle, the shallow lateral marginal furrow, the absence of a broad neck-furrow, and the sharp, abruptly originating spine at the genal angle, are features which are well exhibited in the specimen before us. Genus CYCLOPYGE, Corda. Cyclopyge rediviva (Barrande) ?. 1904. Cyclopyge rediviva, Reed, supra, p. 52, pl. vill, figs. 2, 3 a, oO. There are some isolated and imperfect thoracic rings of a species of Oyclopyge from Whitehouse Bay which have been recently found by Mrs. Gray. They ILLAANUS BALCLATCHIENSIS. 163 possess a broad axis bearing on each ring a pair of circular gland-like pits resembling those found on the third ring of C. binodosa, Salter.! The pleura are short and imperfect. Probably these segments belong to C. rediviva, as they agree in point of size. Cyclopyge cf. gigantea (Barrande). Plate XX, fig. 5. One pygidium from Whitehouse Bay amongst Mrs. Gray’s recently collected material belongs undoubtedly to the genus Cyclopyge, but does not seem to be referable either to C. armata or C. rediviva. It has a transversely semicircular shape, and a well-marked, raised, rounded border ; the axis is conical, pointed, and well defined by the axial furrows, which extend with nearly uniform strength to its tip, and converge at an angle of about 45°; the axis is completely ringed to its tip by five or six annulations, of which the first three are strongly marked; the lateral lobes are very slightly convex and show faint traces of 3—4 pleuree, but these are very indistinct. The first lateral furrow is, however, strong. The pygidium figured by Barrande as belonging to a young individual of C. gigantea (Barr.)? has a somewhat similar long pointed conical axis, with traces of several rings upon it and of faint pleurz: on the lateral lobes. In C. prisca (Barr.)* the axis is too short and blunt, but has 3—4 rings well marked on it. Dimensions.— Length of pygidium : ; : 7-0 mm. Aoi axds : : oL0Y oe Width of pygidium : iy AO) ee » Of axis at front end : : ‘ 425 ,, Genus ILLZENUS, Dalian. Illenus balclatchiensis, Reed+. Plate XX, fig. 11. 1904. Illeenus balelatchiensis, Reed, supra, p. 56, pl. viii, figs. L2—16. There is now available one good hypostome from Balclatchie which may be probably attributed to the species I. balclatchiensis. It is transverse in shape, being nearly twice as wide as long. The anterior edge is nearly straight; the lateral wings form very broad, flattened, rounded lobes, slightly upturned behind ; 1 Salter, ‘Mem. Geol. Surv.,’ dec. xi, no. iv (1864), pl. iv, figs. 1—6. ~ Barrande, ‘Syst. Silur. Bohéme,’ suppl. vol. i, p. 60, pl. i, fig. 5. Pp TbidSspG3,.pliiv, tig. 2. 164 TRILOBITES OF GIRVAN. the body, which is weakly convex and not marked off from them anteriorly, is subcircular in shape, narrowing slightly behind, and the lateral wings extend along half its length; behind them is a border of moderate width, marked off on each side from the body by a strong, slightly oblique furrow; these furrows do not meet behind, and apparently are composed of the marginal and lateral furrows, as they bend inwards more strongly at their posterior ends ; behind them the body is not marked off from the border. The whole surface of the hypostome is orna- mented with fine, wavy lines concentric to the posterior and lateral margims and meeting the anterior margin at a more or less acute angle. The type of hypostome is that of I. chiron, Holm, I. esmarki, Schloth., ete.+ Dimensions.— Length ; ; 7 mm. Width at front end : ; Paes Illenus bowmani, Salter. Plate XX, fig. 10. 1904, Illznus bowmani, Reed, supra, p. 59. There is an interesting specimen of J. bowmani from the Starfish Bed which shows the whole individual both as a cast and a hollow mould, though neither is quite perfect. But the most important feature is the preservation of the hypo- stome in its natural attachment to the epistome, though it does not he in the normal plane, having been bent back underneath the latter. The epistome is broken laterally, but appears to have had the usual transverse fusiform shape without any marked posterior protuberance, and it is crossed by 12—14: strong, equidistant, scarcely curved, striz. The hypostome is subquadrate in shape, wider than long, and arched down on each side. The anterior margin is a flattened curve, but the lateral angles are rounded, the anterior wings being placed far back and nearly opposite the middle of the body. The body itself is subquadrate and moderately convex, and has a pair of rather large lateral pits a little behind its middle, and there is a faint shallow depression connecting them and curving round behind the body so as to mark off indistinctly a posterior border. The posterior end of the hypostome is broad and obtuse. A few fine, irregular, raised lines are visible on the ale, but the ornamentation is not preserved on the rest of the surface. Dimensions.— Length of hypostome : ; 11:0 mm. Width st across anterior alee : 19:07 3 5 behind alee : Orr Se. 1 Lindstrom, ‘K. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl.,’ vol. xxxiv, no. 8 (1901), p. 58, pl. iv, figs. 22—38 ILLANUS MEMORABILIS. 165 Illenus extensus, Reed. 1904. Illenus extensus, Reed, supra, p. 61, pl. ix, figs. 83—5. In the type specimen of I. extensus the anterior margin of the head-shield was broken and imperfect, and its true proportions and shape could not be accurately determined, but it appeared to be transversely semicircular. A small but complete individual is now available from the same horizon and locality (Starfish Bed, Thraive Glen); and though its surface is not so well preserved, the outline of the head is well exhibited, and it is seen to be parabolic and not semicircular, being somewhat pointed in front. The dimensions of this young individual, which, though so small, possesses the typical nine thoracic segments and all the other characteristic features of the species, are as follows: Length of head-shieid : 5°00 mm. Width ig : : NOSSO) = Se Length of thorax . : ; : BIO) yy Ae pygidium. ; ’ Brea) Width By , : ; LOL Illenus macallumi, Salter. 1904. Illenus macallumi, Reed, supra, p. 65. This species has now to be recorded from another locality in the Girvan district, as in Mrs. Gray’s new material there is a pygidium from Craigens (Mulloch Hill Group, Lower Llandovery). Illenus memorabilis, sp. nov. Plate XX, fig. 9. 1904. Illenus cf. oculosus, Reed (pars), supra, p. 71, pl. x, fig. 11 (non figs. 9, 10). Specific Characters.—Vhe head-shield is only shghtly convex from side to side and from back to front, and is not bent down anteriorly. The middle shield is subquadrate in form, the long anterior branches of the facial suture being sub- parallel, and the width of the head between them only slightly greater than the length. The eyes are rather large, and placed so far back as nearly to touch the posterior margin ; the eye-lobes are semicircular and project laterally, and the surface of the cheek between them and the axial furrows is decidedly swollen. The axial furrows present the most remarkable feature in the head-shield on account of their length and course ; they converge at first rather strongly in their 166 TRILOBITES OF GIRVAN. forward course for about one third the length of the head-shield, and then diverge from each other strongly, curving outwards and being contimued forwards to within a short distance of the anterior margim to end in small pits. In front of these pits the head-shield is marked with strong regular rugee and _ strive (terrace-lines), concentric to the anterior margin. The axial furrows are of equal strength along their whole course, and are well marked; but just behind their nearest approach in their posterior course there is an oval expansion of the furrows, forming a pair of special depressed areas a little in front of the eyes. Owing to the course of the axial furrows, the glabella has an hour-glass shape, its waist being only just half the width of its anterior end, while its base is about a third wider than its waist. The glabella has no independent convexity except behind its waist, where it is gently convex, and it is not defined at its anterior end. There is a small median tubercle close to the base of the glabella. The neck furrow is narrow and indistinct. Dimensions.— Length of head-shield : 14°50 min. Width * between eyes ; 19-502 Length of glabella . d ; ‘ JRA Ss Width rs at base : ; ‘ 900-5, se es waist , ; ; Son es - front end. ; : 12°00" =; Remarks.—Vhe above described nearly complete head-shield (without the free cheeks) from Dow Hill, shows some noticeable peculiarities which mark it off as ¢ distinct species. The posterior portion of a head-shield of the same species from Ardmillan was previously described by the author (op. cit. supra) as comparable with J. oculosus, Holm, but it must now be removed from this association, as it is certainly distinct from the other specimens referred to under that title. The species which has been described from the Trenton and Chazy Limestones as I. indeterninatus, Walcott, much resembles our species in the peculiar course of the axial furrows and long glabella, but it differs in the greater distance of the eyes from the posterior margin. J. ladogensis, Holm,” from the Ordovician (B 3) of the Baltic provinces, agrees likewise in the general development of the axial furrows, but the eyes are smaller and more forward in position, and the glabella is strongly swollen and rises much higher than the cheeks. The inflation of the fixed cheeks between the glabella and the eye-lobe and the position of the latter recall 1. chudleighensis, Holm,® but im other respects the head-shield is quite different. ' Raymond, ‘Ann. Carnegie Museum,’ vol. iii, no. 2 (1905), p. 347, pl. 13, figs. 1, 2. 2 Holm, ‘Rev. Ostbalt. Silur. Trilob.’ (‘Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pctersb.,’ vol. xxx, no. 8, 1886), p. 113, pl. iii, figs. 5a—e. 3 Ibid., p. 101, pl. iii, figs. 1, 3, 4. LICHAS GRAYI. 167 Family Prowtipm. Genus CYPHASPIS, Burmeister. Cyphaspis megalops (M‘Coy). 1904. Cyphaspis megalops, Reed, supra, p. 82. The only specimen of this species from the Girvan area which had previously come under my notice was the one in the Sedgwick Museum from the Mulloch Hill Group of Mulloch Quarry as mentioned on p. 82. But in the recent material collected by Mrs. Gray a nearly complete individual showing the head, thorax, and pygidium has been recognised from the Starfish Bed (Drummuck Group), Thraive Glen, which is a new horizon and locality for this species in the Girvan area. Only the free cheeks in this specimen are missing, and it exhibits all the typical characters. It has been found in the Sholeshook Limestone and Slade Beds of the Haverfordwest district.! Genus MENOCEPHALUS, Owen. Menocephalus? (Tornquistia) cf. nicholsoni, Reed. 1904. Menocephalus (Tornquistia) cf. nicholsoni, Reed, supra, p. 86, pl. xii, figs. 3—7. This species has only been previously identified from the Balclatchie Beds, but I have detected one indubitable (though somewhat flattened) head-shield showine the usual characters in the Middle Bala of Whitehouse Bay. The true @eneric position and affinities of this species are as obscure as ever. Family Lichapipm. Genus LICHAS, Dalman. Lichas (Platylichas) grayi, IIetcher, var. ind. Plate XX, fig. 12. One well-preserved head-shield without the free cheeks deserves notice, as. it differs from typical examples of L. grayi, var. scoticus (supra, p. 100), by possessing ! Reed, ‘ Geol. Mag.’ [5], vol. ii (1905), jos lsh 168 TRILOBITES OF GIRVAN. a longer and narrower central lobe to the glabella and more elongate bicomposite lobes. There is also a faint trace of the posterior part of the axial furrows as in L. bulbiceps, and the occipital lobes are subquadrate as in that species. The whole head-shield measures 12°25 mm. in length, of which the glabella occupies 10°5 mm.; the width of the latter at its anterior end is 8°75 mm., and at its base 9 mm. between the posterior ends of the axial furrows on the outside of the occipital lobes. The bicomposite lobes, which do not converge strongly posteriorly, measure 5°75 mm. long by 3 mm. wide. The width of the base of the central lobe between the inner angles of the occipital lobes 1s 4°5 mm. We can hardly separate this form from L. grat or its variety scoticus, but it offers certain interesting deviations from the typical proportions of the Wenlock examples of the former, and they point in an opposite direction to those exhibited in the variety scoticus. Collection.—Mrs. Gray. Horizon and Locality.—Mulloch Hill Group (L. Llandovery) : Mulloch Hill. List OF SPECIES: Family AGNosTID». Family OLENIDS. Agnostus agnostiformis (M‘Coy). Triarthrus becki, Green ? 3 girvanensis, Sp. Nov. Apatokephalus, sp. " perrugatus, Barr. Remopleurides barrandet, Eth. and Nich. . tardus, Barr. > (Teratorhynchus) bicornis, sp. nov. Fanuily HARPEDIDE. - colbii, Portl. Harpes flanagani, Portl. + 3 correctus, Sp. NOV. » 8p. ind. (a) to (e). 55 dorsospinifer, Portl. 4p longicostatus, Portl. Family TRINUCLEIDE. A salteri, Reed, var. nov., Trinucleus bucklandi, Barr. girvanensis. . ? macconochiei, Eth. and Nich. ro ef. nanus (Herz. v. Leucht.) subradiatus, sp. Noy. 3 cf. platyceps, M‘Coy. sp. ind. (a) to (q). Shumardia scotica, sp. nov. Ampyx depressus (Ang.) ? Salteria primeva, Wyy. Thom. » drummuckensis, sp. nov. Telephus fractus, Bary. rae hornet, Eth. and Nich. » tncurvus, sp. Nov. Family ASAPHID. » macallumi, Salt. Asaphus (Isotelus) gigas, De Kay ? mammillatus, var. austini, Portl. ? 55 a instabilis, sp. nov. cf. foveolatus, Ang. ae sp. ind. , ef. scanicus (Ang.) Stygina latifrons (Portl.) Dionide lapworthi, Eth. and Nich. Cyclopyge armata (Barr.). richardsoni, sp. nov. - rediviva (Barr.). LIST Family AsapHipm—continued. Cyclopyge, cf. gigantea (Barr.). Bohemilla, sp. Tllenus aemulus, Salt. 5 Ss var. » balelatchiensis, sp. nov. » barriensis (Murch.). ms bowmani, Salt. ? a4 - var. longicapitatus, Reed. np davisi, Salt. ? ~ extensus, Sp. NOV. » latus, M‘Coy. F macallumi, Salt. » memorabilis, sp. Nov. ae murchisoni, Salt. ? ‘5 nexilis, Salt. » portlocki, Salt. A shallochensis, sp. nov. a thomsoni, Salt. cs cf. oculosus, Holm. < ef. perovalis, Murch. Spsands ((@)- Family Prontip”. Proetus girvanensis, Eth. and Nich. es latifrons (M‘Coy). » procerus, Eth. and Nich. , pseudolatifrons, sp. nov. o stokesi (Murch.). ef. obconicus, Lindstr. a Sp. ind. Cyphaspis megalops (M‘Coy). Arethusina konincki, Barr. ? Phillipsinella parabola (Barr.). Menocephalus ? (Tornquistia) cf. nicholson, Reed. Family BRrontE1p2. Bronteus andersoni, Eth. and Nich. 99 craigensis, Sp. NOV. gray, sp. Nov. 1 sp. ind. (a) and (6). Bronteopsis ardmillanensis, sp. nov. = scotica, Salt. Family Licuapip2. Lichas (Corydocephalus) anglicus (Beyr.). geikiei, Eth. and Nich. scutalis, Salt. ” ” OF SPECIES. 169 Family Lichapvip»—continued. Lichas (Corydocephalus) cf. wesenbergensis, Schm. , (Platylichas) grayi, Fletch., var. nov., scoticus. var. ind. lavatus, M‘Coy. » (Metopolichas) bulbiceps, Phill. var. ” ” ” ” aff. marginatus, Lindstr. », (Amphilichas) hibernicus (Portl.). ” ” Sp. 5, (Conolichas) cf. equiloba, Steinh. oe Spe ind. (@)- Lichapyge ? problematica, sp. nov. Family ActDasPip. Acidaspis barrandei, Fletch. and Salt. Bs callipareos, Wyv. Thom. Bs coronata, Salt. deflexa, Lake. is graye, Eth. jun. J hystrix, Wyv. Thom. _ lalage, Wyv. Thom. 3 dalecarlica, Térnq. ? Family EXcRinuRip&. Encrinurus punctatus (Briinn.), var. calcareus. var. arenaceus. A mullisegmentatus, Port. Cybele cf. aspera, Linnars. 5, bellatula (Dalm.) ? , loveni, Linnars., var. nov. girvanensis. » verrucosa, Dalm. ? 5 Sp. ind. (a) and (6). Dindymene cordai, Eth. and Nich. Family CALYMENID2. Calymene blumenbachi, Brongn. var. Nov. 9 99 drummuckensis. 3: cambrensis, Salt. a planimarginata, sp. Nov. % sp. ind. (a) and (bd). Family CHEIRURIDE. Cheirurus bimucronatus (Murch.). 5 gelasinosus (Portl.). 99 170 TRILOBITES OF GIRVAN. Fumily CuEtruripa—continued. Family Curtruripz—continued. Cheirurus gelasinosus (Portl.) var. ? Spherexochus mirus, Beyr. 55 (Cyrtometopus) octolobatus Staurocephalus globiceps (Portl.). (M‘Coy). Pliomera, sp. 55 (Nieszkowskia) unicus (Wyv. Thom.). Family Puacoripm. 5 (Sphxrocoryphe) thomsoni, Phacops (Pterygometopus) brongniarti, Portl. Sp. Nov. » (Phacopidella) downingizx (Murch.) ? 55 ( Youngia) trispinosus, Young. A 36 elegans (Sars and _ sp. (a) and (0). Boeck). Deiphon forbesi, Barr. » (Chasmops) bisseti, sp. nov. STRATIGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. ORDOVICIAN. STiIncHAR LIMESTONE GROUP. ‘amily Harpepip®. Harpes flanagani, Portl.? ; Harpes, sp. ind. (c). Family Trrnucteipa. Trinucleus, sp. ind. (g.) ; Ampyz cf. foveolatus, Ang. Family Otentps. Remopleurides cf. nanus, H. v. Leucht. Family Asaruips. Asaphus, sp. ind. ; I/lenus davisi, Salt.? ; I. latus, M‘Coy ; I. murchisoni, Salt. ? ; I. portlocki, Salt. ; I. cf. perovalis, Murch.; Z., sp. ind. (a). Family Bronterpx. Bronteus craigensis, sp. nov.; B. grayi, sp. nov.; B., sp. ind. (a) and (6) ; ? Bronteopsis scotica, Salt. Family Licuapipm. Lichas (Amphilichas) hibernicus, Portl. Family Encrinurip&. LEncrinurus punctatus (Briinn.), var. arenaceus, Salt.; ¢ Cybele bellatula, Dalm.?; C. verrucosa, Dalm. ? Family CauyMENIDR. Calymene cambrensis, Salt. Family Currruripm. Cheirurus gelasinosus, Portl.; Spherexochus mirus, Beyr.; Pliomera, sp. Family Puacopipm. ? Phacops (Pterygometopus) brongniarti, Portl. BALcLATCHIE GROUP. Family Aanostipm. Agnostus girvanensis, sp. nov. Family Harerpipme. Harpes flanagani, Portl. ?. Family Trrxnuciutpm. Trinucleus? macconochiei, Eth. and Nich. ; 7’. subradiatus, sp. nov. ; Ampyx hornei, Eth. and Nich.; A. macallumi, Salt; A. incurvus, sp. nov.; A. mammil- latus, var. austini, Portl. Family Ouentom. Triarthrus becki, Green ? ; Apatokephalus, sp.; Remopleurides barrandei, Eth. and Nich. ; RB. (Teratorhynchus) bicornis, sp. nov.; BR. correctus, sp. nov. ; Lt. dorso- spinifer, Portl.; R. longicostatus, Portl.; R. salteri, Reed, var. nov., girvanensis ; Salteria primeva, Wyv. Thom. Fumily Asapuipm. Asaphus (Isotelus) gigas, DeKay ?; A. (1.) instabilis, sp. nov; Illenus balclatch- iensis, Sp. nov.; ? I. latus, M‘Coy; I. cf. oculosus, Holm. ; I. memorabilis, sp. nov. Family Prouripm. Arethusina konincki, Barr.’ ; Menocephulus (Tornquislia) cf. wicholsoni, Reed. STRATIGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. ial Family Bronrerwm. Bronteopsis ardmillanensis, sp. nov. ; B. scotica, Salt. Family Licnapipm. Lichas (Corydocephalus) cf. wesenbergensis, Schm.; L. (Platylichas) laxatus, M‘Coy ; L. (Amphilichas) hibernicus, Portl; L. (Amphilichas), sp.; L., sp. ind. (a). Family Actpaspip®. Acidaspis grayx, Eth. junr.; A. hystriz, Wyv. Thom.; A. lalage, Wyv. Thom. Family Encrinvrip™. Encrinurus punctatus (Briinn.), var. arenaceus, Salt. ; Cybele cf. aspera, Linn. ; C. bellatula, Dalm.?; C., sp. ind. (a) and (b) ; Dindymene ? sp. ind. Family CatymMEentpm. Calymene cambrensis, Salt.; C., sp. ind. (a) and (b). Family Cuntruripm. Cheirurus gelasinosus, Portl.; C. gelasinosus, var.? ; C. (Nieszkowskia) wnicus, Wyv. Thom. ; C. (Spherocoryphe) thomsoni, sp. nov ; C. sp. ind. (a) and (b) ; Spherexochus mirus, Beyr.; ? Stawrocephalus globiceps, Portl. Family Puacorip®. Phacops (Plterygometopus) brongniarti, Portl. WHITEHOUSE GROUP. Family Acnostip®. Agnostus perrugatus, Barr.; A. tardus, Barr. Family Harprpip®. Harpes, sp. ind. (a). Family Trrnucieiwm. Trinucleus, sp. ind. (a) to (f); Ampyx depressus (Ang.)?; A. cf. scanicus (Ang.); Dionide lapworthi, Eth. and Nich. ; D. richardsoni, sp. nov. Family Oventpm. Shumardia scotica, sp. nov.; Telephus fractus, Barr. Family Asapuiw®. Stygina latifrons (Portl.) ; Cyclopyge armata, Barr. ; C. rediviva, Barr. ; C. cf. gigantea, Barr. ; Bohemilla, sp.; Illenus shallochensis, sp. nov. Family Prortipm. Menocephalus ? (Tornquistia) ef. nicholsoni, Reed. Family Lichapipme. Lichapyge ? problematica, sp. nov. Family Actpaspip®. Acidaspis dalecarlica, Térnq.? Family Encrinurip®. Encrinurus multiseymentatus, Portl.; Dindymene cordai, Eth. and Nich. Family Cuerruripm. Cheirurus (Spherocoryphe) thomsoni, sp. nov. DrumMmuck Group. Family Acnostipm. Agnostus agnostiformis, M‘Coy. Family Trinuctemm. Trinucleus bucklandi, Barr. ; Ampyx drummuckensis, sp. nov.; Dionide richardsoni, sp. Dov. Family Oventpm. Remopleurides colbii, Portl. ? ; R. cf. platyceps, M‘Coy. Family Asapuipm. Illenus bowmani, Salt. ?; I. bowmani, var. longicapitatus, Reed; I. eztensus, sp. nov.; I. shallochensis, sp. nov. Family Prorntipm. Proelus girvanensis, Eth. and Nich. ; P. procerus, Eth. and Nich.; Phillipsinella parabola, Barr.; Cyphaspis megalops, M‘Coy. Family Licnapip®. Lichas (Corydocephalus) geikiei, Eth. and Nich.; L. (Metopolichas) bulbiceps, Phill. var.; L. (Platylichas) laxatus, M‘Coy; L. (Conolichas) ef. sequiloba, Steinh. Family Excrinuripm. Encrinurus multisegmentatus, Portl.; Cybele loveni, Linn., var. nov. girvanensis. Dindymene cordai, Eth. and Nich. Family CatyMentpm. Calymene blumenbachi, var. nov. drummuckensis. Family Cuerruripm. Cheirurus bimucronatus, Murch.; C. (Cyrtometopus) octolobatus, M‘Coy ; C. (Spheerocoryphe) thomsoni, sp. nov. ; Staurocephalus globiceps, Portl. Family Paacorip®. ? Phacops (Pterygometopus) brongniarti, Portl.; Phacops (Chasmops) bisseti, sp. nov. 172 TRILOBITES OF GIRVAN. SILURIAN. Mutiocu Hitt Group. Family Asapuips. Illenus macullumi, Salt. ; I. nevilis, Salt.; I. thomsoni, Salt. Family Prorripx. Proetus latifrons, M‘Coy ; P. stokesi, Murch.; P. cf. obconicus, Lindstr.; P., sp. ind. (a); Cyphaspis megalops, M‘Coy ? Family Licnapipm. Lichas (Corydocephalus) scutalis, Salt.; L. (Platylichas) grayi, Fletch., var. nov. scoticus; L grayi, var. ind. Family Actpaspipm. Acidaspis callipareos, Wyv. Thom.; A. coronata, Salt.; A. deflexa, Lake. Family Excrrnuripa. Encrinurus punctatus (Briinn.), var. arenaceus. Family CatymMentp&. Calymene blumenbachi, Brong. Family CuHerrurip&. Deiphon forbesi, Barr. Family Puacopipm. Phacops (Phacopidella) elegans (Sars and Boeck). SaucH Hitt Group. Family Asapuips. IIllenus emulus, Salt. var.; I. barriensis, Murch.; I. thomsoni, Salt.; I. nexilis, Salt. Family Prortipm. Proetus latifrons, M‘Coy; P. stokesi, Murch.; P. ef. obconicus, Lindstr. Family BrontEtipx%. Bronteus andersoni, Eth. and Nich. Family Licuapipy. Lichas (Corydocephalus) scutalis, Salt.; L. (Platylichas) grayi, Fletch., var. nov. scoticus; L. (Metopolichas) aff. marginatus, Lindstr. Family Actpaspipm. Acidaspis callipareos, Wyv. Thom.; A. coronata, Salt. Family ENcrinuripm. Encrinurus punctatus (Brinn.), var. calcareus and var. arenaceus. Family CatymMentpm™. Calymene blumenbachi, Brong. Family Cunrruripm. Cheirurus bimucronatus, Murch. Family Puacopipm. Phacops (Phacopidella) downingixw, Murch.?; P. (Phacopidella) elegans (Sars and Boeck). CAMREGAN GROUP. Family Harrrpipm. Harpes, sp. ind. (b). Family Asapuips. Illenus emulus, Salt. var.; I. barriensis, Murch.; I. thomsoni, Salt. Family Prorripm. Proetus pseudolatifrons, sp. nov.; P. stokesi, Murch. Family Bronteipm. Bronteus andersoni, Eth. and Nich. Family Licwapipm. Lichas (Platylichas) grayi, Fletch., var. nov., scoticus. Family ActDASPID®. Acidaspis coronata, Salt. Family EXcrinuripa. Encrinurus punctatus (Briimn.), var. calcareus. Family Curtruripe. Cheirurus bimucronatus, Murch. Family Puacorprpm. Phacops (Phacopidella) elegans (Sars and Boeck). PENKILL GROUP. Family Asapuipm., Illenus wmulus, Salt. and var.; I. barriensis, Murch.; ? I. nezilis, Salt.; I. thomsoni, Salt. Family Proe , amily PROETID®. Proctus stokesi, Murch. GENERAL REMARKS. 175 Family Bronterx%. Bronteus andersoni, Eth. and Nich. Family Actpaspip®. Acidaspis barrandei, Fletch. and Salt. Family ENcrinurip&. Encrinurus punctatus (Briimn.), var. calcareus. Family Catymrentp®. Calymene blumenbachi, Broug. Family CHEIRURID®. Cheirurus (Youngia) trispinosus, Young. Family Puacopip®. Phacops (Phacopidella) elegans (Sars and Boeck). BarGany GROUP. Family Excrinurip®. Encrinurus punctatus (Briinn.), var. caleareus. WENLOCK GROUP. Family Licnapipm. Lichas (Corydocephalus) anglicus, Beyr. Family Excrinvriv®. Encrinurus punctatus (Briinn.), var. caleareus. Family Puacorip®. ? Phacops (Phacopidella) downingiz, Murch. GENERAL REMARKS. The trilobitic fauna of the Lower Paleozoic beds of the Girvan area shows certain marked characteristics which call for notice. Firstly, there is the occurrence of certain peculiar genera or subgenera known at present from no other region. Such are Bronteopsis and Teratorhynchus. Secondly, some of the genera and sub- genera are not found elsewhere in the British Isles, though occurring in other parts of the world. The Bohemian genera T'elephus, Bohemilla, and Arethusina are meluded in this category, and the North European subgenera Nieszkowskia and Youngia. Thirdly, there are several generic constituents which, though not unknown from other Lower Paleozoic regions in the British Isles, are decidedly uncommon and rare; such are Apatokephalus, Dionide, NSalteria, Tornquistia, Dindymene, and Spherocoryphe. We may further note the unusual stratigraphical horizons at which certain of the genera occur. Thus Shwmardia and Triarthrus occur here higher than is typically the case, while Arethusina and Tornquistia are represented at an earlier stage than usual. The occurrence of some forms identical with foreign and not British species is hkewise remarkable (e.g. Agnostus perrugatus, Cyclopyge armata, etc.), while others are less allied to members of English Paleozoic faunas than to members of conti- nental faunas. It is thus seen that the Girvan trilobitic fauna is composed of sever al diverse elements. Local Species.—The large proportion of species peculiar to the locality first attracts our attention; even omitting doubtful or indeterminable species and 174 TRILOBITES OF GIRVAN. varieties, we can enumerate the following thirty-six species as peculiar to Girvan area out of a total of 110 determinable or comparable species : Agnostus girvanensis, Trinucleus subradiatus, Ampyx drummuckensis, » hornei, » macallumi, es INCUTVUS, Dionide lapworthi, is richardsoni, Remopleurides barrandei, re (Teratorhynchus) bicornis, * correctus, Shumardia scotica, Salteria primeva, Asaphus instabilis, Tllenus balclatchiensis, - extensus, = shallochensis, . macallumi, Tllzenus memorabilis, Proetus girvanensis, 5 _procerus, Bronteus andersoni, craigensis, gray, Bronteopsis ardmillanensis, - scotica, Lichas (Corydocephalus) geikiei, Acidaspis callipareos, s graye, a hystriz, i lalage, Dindymene cordai, Cheirurus (Nieszkowskia) unicus, 3 (Spherocoryphe) thomson, % ( Youngia) trispinosus, Phacops (Chasmops) bisseti. the If we were to include the forms which are at present too imperfectly known to be specifically designated, the number would be still larger. British Species.—The second principal element of the Girvan trilobitic fauna consists of the species occurring elsewhere in the British Isles, and it includes the following : Agnostus agnostiformis, Harpes flanagani, Trinucleus bucklandi, Remopleurides colbii, me dorsospinifer, A, longicostatus, + salteri, Asaphus gigas, Stygina latifrons, *Tlinewus emulus, at Ne barriensis, oP phe bowmani, ( davisi, “ latus, oe murchisoni, eae nexilis, Illenus portlocki, * ,, thomson, * Proetus latifrons, * ,, pseudolatifrons, hee stokesis *Cyphaspis megalops, Phillipsinella parabola, *Lichas anglicus, x ,, scutalis, *iCr me Gh aye, » bulbiceps, » hibernicus, * Acidaspis barrandei, * re coronata, * 53 deflexa, *Hnerinurus punctatus, Fe multisegmentatus, ? Cybele verrucosa, *Calymene blumenbachi, - cambrensis, planimarginata, Cheirurus bimucronatus, a gelasinosus, Pe octolobatus, *Deiphon forbesi, Spherexochus mirus, Staurocephalus qlobiceps, Phacops brongniarti, ¥? , «= downingize, * » elegans. (N.B.—The Silurian species are marked *.) Thus forty-six species (or omitting the six doubtful ones, only forty species) are common to the Scottish and other British areas. This is only a few GENERAL REMARKS. 17: Ot more than the definitely determined peculiar Girvan species. There have been described in the preceding memoir 135 distinct species and several varieties ; and even if we cut out those which cannot be identified or compared with described forms from any region, we still are left with less than one third of the whole number of species which are known from other localities in the British Isles. The local Girvan element has been shown to form nearly as large a proportion of the whole. Moreover, it cannot fail to be noticed that, considering the relative abundance of species in the Ordovician and Silurian beds, the majority of the typical British forms do not appear till Silurian times. Out of the total number of twenty-seven Silurian species recorded in the Girvan area there are nineteen British species, as the above list shows; while out of the total eighty-three determinable Ordovician species of Girvan there are only about twenty-five occurring elsewhere in the British Isles, and many of these are rare or occur typically only in Ireland. The proportion of the British element is therefore much larger in Silurian times than it was in Ordovician times, and seems to indicate a sudden inrush of species from the south at the beginning of the Llandovery period by the breaking down or removal of some intervening barrier. Foreigu Hlements.—The two elements of the trilobitic fauna which have been above mentioned are not the only ones which can be isolated. There is a distinct Bohemian element represented by the following species: Agnostus perrugatus, A. tardus, Telephus fractus, Cyclopyge armata, CO. rediviva, Bohemilla, sp., Arethusina koninckt. With the exception of the last-named species they are confined to one horizon—the Whitehouse Group. The Baltic or North European element is more widely distributed, ranging through the whole Ordovician, and is represented not so much by identical species as by allied species or by others belonging to some of its peculiar genera Mieszkowskia, Spherocoryphe, Youngia, etc. We may enumerate the following forms : Ampyx depressus ¢ Lichas (Conolichas) cf. aequiloba, » cf. foveolatus, Acidaspis dalecarlica, » ef. scanicus, Cybele cf. aspera, Apatokephalus sp. (also in 8. Ireland), », bellatula ? Remoplewrides cf. nanus, Cheirurus (Nieszkowskia) wnicus, TIllxnus cf. oculosus, i“ (Spherocoryphe) thomsoni, Proetus cf. obconicus, - ( Youngia) trispinosus. Lichas aff. marginatus, Individuality of the Fauna.—In spite of the various constituent elements of the trilobitic fauna, its individuality is strongly marked by the number of its peculiar species and the presence of two peculiar genera. ‘The individual character which it thus possesses is most conspicuous during Ordovician times, the local element 176 TRILOBITES OF GIRVAN. being almost absent on entering the Silurian period, when the general features of the common British fauna overspread the area. Geographical Distribution.—The recognition of more or less distinct zoo- geographical marine provinces in Europe in the distribution of trilobites durme Lower Paleozoic times is mainly due to Frech;! and though recent work has rendered some modification necessary in his lists of peculiar genera or subgenera supposed to be characteristic of the several provinces, yet the main principles may be regarded as well established. The existence, in fact, of four distinct provinces is supported by an ever-increasing amount of evidence. To what extent these geographical divisions hold good with respect to other zoological groups of organisms during the same period remains largely still uninvestigated. The British Isles belong, according to Frech’s scheme, to the North Atlantic marine province, the Baltic and Bohemian-Mediterranean provinces being distinct. The invasion of England by Baltic forms has been referred to by me on a former occasion,” but the genus Nieszkowskia has not been mentioned previously in this connection. The contingent from the Bohemian province in the Whitehouse Beds is of much interest (apart from Avethusina konincki ?, which occurs in the Balclatchie Beds) ; it appears and disappears with equal suddenness. The relation of the trilobitic fauna of the Pomeroy and Waterford areas to that of the Girvan district is deserving of notice. In the case of the Waterford area the presence of a Scandinavian element has been pointed out;* and there is a resemblance, though faint, in the Waterford and Girvan trilobites, as shown by the occurrence of the rare genus Apatokephalus (= Tramoria) and of allied or com- parable species, apart from widely distributed British species, such as Phacops brongivarti. The Drummuck Beds in the Girvan area contain several species identical with those of Keisley and Kildare (e.g. Lichas bulliceps, Remopleurides colbii, Phillipsinella parabola, etc.), but with the possible exception of the first mentioned, all these species occur elsewhere. The Scandinavian element at Keisley has been elsewhere referred to as especially strong, but it is less prominent at Drummuck. The characteristic species of this horizon of the Bala series have a remarkably wide horizontal distribution. But on the whole the communication between the different basins of deposition in Ordovician times in Hurope, and even in the British Isles, seems to have varied irregularly in degree and in duration. ‘The determining factors in the migrations, counter-migrations, and interchange of faunas were undoubtedly physical to a large extent, but we must not forget that biological influences, the importance of which it is at present impossible to estimate when dealing with fossil faunas, were probably also at work, and may ultimately help to explain the many puzzling 1 Frech, ‘Leth. Paleoz.,’ vol. ii (1897), pp. 88—95. Reed, ‘Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ vol. lii (1897), pp. 96 —100. > Reed, ‘ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ vol. lv (1899), pp. 768—770. t GENERAL REMARKS. 177 sudden appearances and disappearances of the foreign species in British areas and the seemingly sporadic distribution of certain types. Vertical Range of Genera.—Apart from the general characters of the whole assemblage of trilobites in the Girvan area we may notice certain peculiarities of stratigraphical distribution. Thus the restriction of the genus Bronteus to the Stinchar Limestone Group in the Ordovician is remarkable, and it is the earliest known occurrence of the genus in the British Isles. A species from the Upper Bala of Kildare, 2. andersoni from the Saugh Hill, Camregan, and Penkill Groups, and another from the Wenlock Limestone of Dudley, are the only other genus till we reach the Devonian, where its maximum development takes place. The allied genus Pronteopsis appears to be confined to representatives of the the Balclatchie Group, and is only known in the Girvan area. The large number and variety of species belonging to the genus I//wius is a feature on every stratigraphical horizon ; but, unlike Brontens and Bronteopsis, the Species are represented by abundant individuals in nearly every case. Remopleurides occupies a much more prominent position than is usual, and in the Balclatchie Group members of the species I. barrandet and Lf. salteri and of the peculiar Veratorhynchus bicornis are very numerous. Certain genera, or even families, are, on the other hand, much less developed than on corresponding horizons in England and Wales. Thus the genus Asaphus is only represented by two species, and these are confined to the two lowest groups of beds—the Stinchar Limestone and Balclatchie Groups; and_ the Phacopidee are rare in genera, species, and individuals; the genus Dalmanites, in fact, is totally wanting. The vertical distribution of the genera and species is illustrated in the following table, the occurrence of each species being indicated by a cross X. ‘This table thus indicates the relative development of the different genera on the successive stratigraphical horizons, and brings conspicuously forward some interesting facts with regard to vertical range and variable representation. The Ardwell Group, the Barren Flagstone Group, and the Drumyork Group are omitted from the list of formations as they have so far yielded no trilobites. It must be remem- bered that the dominant genera of trilobites, as expressed by the number of species in each stratigraphical division, do not necessarily correspond with the dominant species of trilobites as indicated by the abundance of individuals. Statistics are l and not available to determine the “frequency values” of the various species ; although without special collecting with this object m view we cannot give a true and connected account of the development, movements, and adjustments of the trilobites in the Girvan area through the Ordovician and Silurian periods, yet certain changes in the proportionate specific representation of the genera and in 1 Williams, ‘ Bull. 210, U.S. Geol. Surv.’ (1903), pp. 1O—41. LS 178 TRILOBITES OF GIRVAN. their temporary invasion or desertion of the basin of deposition may be gathered from an inspection of the following table. ' a ey a 2 5) q =e qd gan Genera eo 2 a. Se ors - Bo) os Be id es oie BB gs aa) S& / ge | ea) Ga jes as Bas ck a 5 28| 368 | #8 |85| aS |Porage Saeed eo on aa 2 a =a) au ow a 5/9 8 8 RAS AS Eo AS] AS | AS [SE] AS RS dm Agnostus : : : x x x x Harpes . : 3 : x x x x x Trinucleus . ‘ : x ex SSS OE Oe x Ampyz . : 5 : x Ok xX x Dionide ‘ ‘ ‘ x x x Triarthrus . : : x Apatokephalus. : x Remopleurides. x wBoES SS B85 x x — (Reratorhynchus) . x Shumardia . x Salteria : c x Telephus : . : x Asaphus é : c x xx Stygina : : x Cyclopyge . a é x x x Bohemilla 5 : x Illenus. 3 : les io bo ES EK OS eX x AEs SOIT BO RG BE MNES SS RG Re eT SSS Bee. Proetus. ; 0 SS SS ISS OS De Be || BS Se x x x Cyphaspis . : : x x Arethusina . c : x Phillipsinella F : x Menocephalus (Tornqui- stia) . : é : x Bronteus a |] bs SS Be x x x Bronteopsis . x var. eres var. == a var. == oe var. — brevicapitata — cam brensis -- clavifrons ... ~- downingiz — forcipata ... — macrophthalma — planimarginata == punctata ... - senaria _ speciosa -- subdiademata _ tuberculata -- variolaris ... — verrucosa ... _- sp. ind. | Calymenidee Ceratocephala — barrandei Ceraurus globiceps = octolobatus = williamsil ... Chasmops = bisseti Cheiruride Cheirurus = affinis = bimucronatus — clavifrons ... — exsul = eelasinosus PAGE eee, 90, 93 Sao) oe tot) 30591 58 58 58 65 133 137 28 as .. 124 11333}, sts. 137 allportiana ... 135 cambrensis ... 136 caractaci a 135 drummuckensis 135 136. 137 1386 151 156 102 156 137 120 135, 137 139 134 134 120 129 138 133 112 112 152 141 139 158 157 138 138 142 138 .. 142 139, 140 140, 141, 148 Cheirurus gladiator ... — insignis — octolobatus —_ speciosus .., — spinulosus... — thomson ... a trispmosus — unicus = sp. ind, Chirurus, see Cheirurus. Conolichas equiloba ... Conophrys _... fa Corydocephalus anglicus — geikiel — scutalis — wesenbergensis Cryptonymus bellatulus == parallelus = punctatus Ctenocephalus laticeps — tumidus Cybele... — aspera... — bellatula — brevicauda — coronata — dentata — kutorge -— loveni ... = — var. girvanensis — punctatus — rex — rugosa... — yerrucosa — winchelli — sp. ind. Cyclopyge — armata — binodosa —- gigantea — megacephala — prisca — rediviva Cyphaspis —- megalops ... — nicholsoni Cyrtometopus INDEX. PAGE 139, 140 139 141 159 140 146 148 142 29, 30, 39, 130, 149, 150 109 45 95 96 98 98 124. 124 120 28 25 124 ae 2 28 124, 130 131 130 124 131 126 126 120 oe oO fave elt26: 128, 129 126 Se oo 30 51, 53, 54, 162 45, 51 163 163 52 163 45, 52, 162 82, 167 2, 167 86 141 Deiphon — forbesi — globifrons Dikellocephalus —- magnificus ... — microphthalmus Dindymene —- cordai = frederici-augusti — hughesize = ornata Dionide — atra... — euglypta — formosa -—— lapworthi — richardsoni ... — sp. ind. Dysplanus emulus — bowmani ... — centrotus — thomsoni Eecoptocheile ... Ketilleenus perovalis ... Enerinuride ... Encrinurus an —_ multiplicatus — multisegmentatus — punctatus — seebachi ... — stokesil aC Entomolithes tuberculatus ... Entomolithus paradoxus Entomostracites punctatus ... _ tuberculatus Forbesia latifrons — stokesu Foreign elements General remarks Geographical distribution Harpedidee | Harpes — flanagani _— var. arenaceus var. caleareus 183 PAGE 150 ... 146, 148, 150 150 31 124. 120 134 120, 133 120 INDEX. 184. PAGE Harpes megalops 82 - parvulus 10 — vittatus 9 — wegelini 9 — _ sp. ind. 9, 10 Harpidella megalops... 82 Hemiarges wesenbergensis ... 98 Illenopsis thomsoni ... eo A) Tlenus 54, 163 — emulus 54, 55 -— americanus 64, 68 = arcturus 73 — balelatchiensis 56, 163 — barriensis maf ey 58 = bowmani 56, 59, 60, 164 = — var. longicapitatus a 60. — centrotus 59 -— chiron 164 — chudleighensis ae: 166 — crassicauda ... 60, 63, 64, 67 — GNP... 60 — esmarki ... 164 — extensus 61, 165 — indeterminatus 166 — ladogensis um» LOG == IJbAIR) oo 58, 63 — linnarssoni 58, 60, 70 — macallumi 65, 165 — memorabilis ... noo OS — murchisoni 65, 70 — nexilis 55, 66, 70 — ocularis 72, 165 — oculosus nae OO — ovatus 64, 73 — perovalis 72 — portlocki 67 — puer ... 73 — rosenbergii 65 — schmidti 62 — shallochensis... 68 _ tauricornis 62 — thomsoni 70 — wahlenbergianus poe = sp. ind. 70, 73 Individuality of the fauna 175 Isotelus arcuatus 48 | — gigas... 45 Tsotelus instabilis ovatus planus platycephalus platyrhachis powisil remigium sclerops stacyl stegops Lichadidee Lichapyge Lichas . List of cuspidata... primula problematica aculeatus equiloba affinis... ambigua anglicus avus barrandei bucklandi bulbiceps geikiei grayl ... — var. scoticus hibernicus holmi ... kildarensis levis ... laticeps laxatus margaritifer ... marginatus pumila rotundifrons ... scutalis segmentatus ... sexpunctatus... sexspinus verrucosus wesenbergensis — var, paulianus 99, 102, 106, 109, 110 sp. ind. species PAGE 46, 162 4.6 45 46 48 46 48 46 48 45 95, 167 110 111 1 ve NO 95, 167 102 109 106 98 95 106 100 95 100, 104 sac 288 995 64 100, 167 106 106 106 109 98 102 100 104 102 100 98 102 98 an 02 98, 104 97, 98 99 168 Local species ... By: Lonchodomas hastatus Menocephalus — minutus — nicholsoni Metalichas hibernicus Metopolichas bulbiceps — marginatus Nieszkowskia'... — unica ... _- variolaris Nileus barriensis — glomerinus == imme oo, Ba Nuttainia hibernica ... Odontopleura mutica Ogygia concentrica Olenidee Paradoxides arcuatus = beck = bimucronatus ... -- quadrimucronatus — triarthrus Paralichas kildarensis Peltura bucklandi Phacopide Phacopidella ... ~- downingive ~- elegans Phacops — bisseti — _ breviceps — brongniarti... — conicophthalmus — dalmani — downingie .., — dubius — eichwaldi — elegans — elliptifrons ... — latifrons — macrophthalma — macroura — marri INDEX. PAGE 173 161 86, 167 sare ager’ 86, 167 106 104 104 140, 145 142, 147 145 58 58 41 106 113 93, 95 28, 162 28 28 138 113 28 106 95 154 155 156 154 154 157 156 154 159 154 156 156 159 154 155 55 156 158 159 Phacops murchisoni ... — parabola — quadrilneata — stokesi — truncato-caudatus ... — variolaris — wesenbergensis Phaetonides ... — stokesi Phillipsia parabola Phillipsinella ... — parabola Platylichas grayi — laxatus ... Pliomera — fischeri — pseudo-articulata ... — | spring: Polytomurus euglyptus Proetide Proetus — acutus — girvanensis ... — kertelensis — latifrons — obeconicus — _ procerus — pseudo-latifrons — ramisuleatus — stokesi — sp.and. Pseudosphzrexochus Pterygometopus — brongniarti ... Raphiophorus depressus — scanicus Remopleurides = barrandei a bicornis — eolbu = correctus == dorsospinifer = jentzschi —- kolbu ax laterispinifer... — linguatus — longicapitatus 85 soo 01) 99, 167 102 153 153 153 153 26 ner ae 74, 167 82 74 ee A) 76, 78 81 i ‘ 78 75 i) 81 145 154: 154 ile . 24 31, 162 OL yor 33, 162 a iS 186 Remopleurides longicostatus — microphthalmus — nanus — obtusus — platyceps — portlocki — radians — salteri — — var. girvanensis — tuberculatus... — sp. ind. Robergia microphthalmus Salteria — primeeva Shumardia — miqueli == salopiensis = scotica Spherexochus a — angustifrons... — calvus = clavifrons — juvenis — mirus... Spherocoryphe cranium — dentata ~ eranulata =— hubneri — thomsoni Staurocephalus — elobiceps — maclareni unicus = sp. ind. Stratigraphical Distribution Stygina : latifrons Telephus INDEX. PAGE 39 | Telephus fractus sn 8 — wegelini ...33, 41 | Teratorhynchus 35 — bicornis ...85, 42 | Thaleops ovatus ... 933 | Tornquistia nicholsoni ...00, 83 | Triarthrus 40 — angelini 39 — becki weatsty Zul = jemtlandicus ... 31, 42 — pygmeus ... ...31, 33 | Trilobites elegans — elliptifrons 43 — triradiatus 43 == «verrucosa; ... 42, | Trilobus punctatus 43 — tuberculatus 43 | Trinodus agnostiformis 42 — tardus 151 | Trinucleide 151 | Trinucleus pe 151 — bucklandi 151 — concentricus 14] — favus 151 — Noydi 148 — macconochiei 148 — ornatus 148 — radiatus ... 148 —— reticulatus 146 — seticornis... oe s2 -—— subradiatus 150, 152 — wahlenbergi 142, 146 — sp. ind. ne Hi Vertical Range of Genera 70 Youngia a — trispinosa +50, 98 = uralica 44 | Zethus verrucosus 15 » 14, 15, 16, 175 169 177 149 148 149 124 Fia. 11. 12. 13. 13a. 13D. 14. PLATE ATV. Lichas (Corydocephalus) geikiei, Nicholson and Etheridge. Pygidium. x 5. Starfish Bed, Thraive Glen. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Lichas (Corydocephalus) cf. wesenbergensis, Schmidt. Pygidium. x 5. Dow Hill. Sedgwick Museum. Lichas (Corydocephalus) scutalis, Salter. Glabella. x 3. Newlands. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Pygidium. x 3. Same locality and Collection. Lichas (Platylichas) grayi, var. nov. scoticus. Head-shield. x 23. Mulloch Hill. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Front view of same specimen. xX 25. Ditto, another specimen. x 38. Same locality and Collection. Side view of same specimen. x 3. Hypostome. x 23. Rough Neuk, Mulloch Hill. Same Collection. Pygidium. x 2. Mulloch Hill. Museum of Practical Geology. Ditto. x 3. Craigens. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Imperfect head-shield, doubtfully referred to this species. x 13. Camregan Wood. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Lichas (Platylichas) laxatus, M‘Coy. Imperfect thorax and pygidium. x 1}. Thraive Glen. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Hypostome attached to same individual and in position. x 2. Imperfect individual, showing head and thorax. x 1}. Same locality and Collection. Eye of same specimen, side view. x 4. Portion of surface of same eye, showing lenses. x 20. Lichas (Metopolichas) bulbiceps, Phillips MS. Head-shield. x 3. Starfish Bed, Thraive Glen. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Lichas (Metopolichas) aff. marginatus, Lindstrom. Head-shield. x 13. Woodland Point. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Hypostome, probably belonging to this species. x 2. Same locality and Collection. Paar. 96. 98. 100. 102. 104. 104. PALAZZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1906. Reed,Girvan Trilobites. PLATE XIV; y- : 4 > G.M.Woodward delet lith. West, Newman imp ie EAs: an 10. ne 13. 14. Wee 18. POAT E. 2ave Pages. Lichas (Amphilichas) hibernicus (Portlock). 106. Glabella. x 14. Craighead. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Imperfect head-sbield. x 2. Balclatchie. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. (Figured by Nicholson and Etheridge, op. cit., fase. 1, pl. ix, fig. 10.) Hypostome. x 2. Same locality and Collection. Lichas (Amphilichas), sp. 109. Imperfect glabella. Nat. size. Dow Hill. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Portion of pleura. x 2. Same locality and Collection. Lichas (Conolichas) cf. equiloba, Steinhardt. 109. Imperfect head-shield. x 5. Starfish Bed, Thraive Glen. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Lichas, sp. ind. 110. Imperfect head-shield. x 5. Balclatchie (conglomerate). Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Lichapyge ? problematica, sp. nov. 110. Pygidium with three thoracic segments. x 7. Whitehouse Bay. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Ditto. x 7. Same locality and Collection. Ditto. x 7. Same locality and Collection. Acidaspis barrandei, Fletcher and Salter. 112. Imperfect head-shield. Nat. size. Penkill. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Acidaspis callipareos, Wyv. Thomson. m2) Imperfect head-shield. x 2. Woodland Point. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Outline restoration from figure given by Wyv. Thomson in ‘ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xiii, 1857, pl. vi, fig. 11. J Acidaspis coronata, Salter. 118. Pygidium. x 22. Woodland Point. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Acidaspis deflexa, Lake. Lg: Complete individual. x 3. Rough Neuk. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Acidaspis graye, R. Etheridge. 114. Nearly complete individual. x 3. Balclatchie. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. (Figured by Nicholson and Etheridge, op. cit., fasc. i, pl. viii, fig. 26.) Ditto. x 3. Showing pygidial spines. Same locality and Collection. Outline restoration of pleura, showing terminal spines. PALAZEONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, I906. EAE 2 Ve Reed, Girvan Trilobites. tare Be. % « West,Newman imp G.M.Woodward delet lith ACIDASPIS. i here Ase Gr, LICHAS, fot | fee Fia. lla. PLATE. XV Pacr. Acidaspis graye, R. Etheridge. 114. Pygidium. x 3. Balelatchie. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Head-shield. x 4. Same locality and Collection. (Figured by Nicholson and Etheridge, pl. viii, fig. 18, as A. lalage.) Acidaspis hystrix, Wyv. Thomson. 116. Incomplete individual. x 4. Balclatchie. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Pygidium. x 6. Same locality and Collection. Portion of thorax with pygidium attached. x 6. Same locality and Collection. Acidaspis lalage, Wyv. Thomson. ib le~e Head-shield. x 6. Balelatchie. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. (Figured by Nicholson and Etheridge, op. cit., fase. 1, pl. vii, fig. 21.) Acidaspis cf. dalecarlica, Toérnquist. 119. Pygidium. x 4. Shalloch Mill. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Encrinurus punctatus (Briinnich), var. arenaceus, Salter. 120. Pygidium. x 3. Minuntion. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Encrinurus multisegmentatus (Portlock). 122 Portion of head-shield and of thorax. x 2}. Starfish Bed, Thraive Glen. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Imperfect head-shield and thorax. x 2. Same locality and Collection. Nearly complete individual, partly enrolled. x 23. Same locality and Collection. Same specimen, showing margin of head-shield and position of hypostome. x 2b. Cybele cf. aspera, Linnarsson. 128. Head-shield. x 23. Ardmillan. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Ditto, showing genal angle. x 3. Dow Hill. Same Collection. Cybele bellatula (Dalman). 124. Head-shield. x 23. Dow Hill. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Portion of thorax with pygidium. x 2. Same locality and Collection. Four thoracic rmgs. x 2}. Same locality and Collection. Free cheek, probably belonging to this species. x 2). Same locality and Collection. PAL AEONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1906. Reed,Girvan Trilobites. Pi Ali Sava p e ae est. Newman i G.M.Woodward del.et lith. st, Newman Fra. ou 10. 12. 13. 16. PLATE 5Vair Paae. Cybele loveni, var. nov. girvanensis. 126. Head-shield with a few thoracic segments attached. x 13. Thraive Glen. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Same specimen, viewed from behind. x 13. Another specimen of complete enrolled individual. x 23. Same locality and Collection. Same specimen, showing posterior part of thorax and pygidium. x 23. Another specimen, showing genal spine and produced pleure of 6th thoracic segment. x 1}. Same locality and Collection. Pygidium of another individual. x 2. Same locality and Collection. Cybele, sp. ind. (a). 130. Head-shield. x 25. Balclatchie. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. (Figured by Nicholson and Etheridge, op. cit., fase. 11, p. 203, pl. xiv, fig. 12, as Cheirurus? sp. ind.) Cybele, sp. ind. (6). 180. Imperfect head-shield. x 3. Dow Hill. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Impression of another head-shield. x 3. Ardmillan. Same Collection. Pygidium, probably belonging to this species. x 5. Dow Hill. Same Collection. Dindymene cordai, Etheridge and Nicholson. 132. Complete individual. x 3. Thraive Glen. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Imperfect specimen, showing pygidium and thorax. x 3. Same locality and Collection. Imperfect head-shield, showing front margin. x 3. Same locality and Collection. Calymene blumenbachi, Brongniart. 133. Head-shield. 24. Mulloch Hill. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Head-shield of variety. x 23. Newlands. Same Collection. Calymene blumenbachi, var. nov. drummuckensis. 135. >? Hypostome. x 3. Thraive Glen. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Calymene planimarginata, sp. nov. 1s% Outline tracing from Salter’s figure of C. senaria (‘ Mon. Brit. 'Trilob.,’ pl. ix, fig. 8). Calymene cambrensis, Salter. 136. Outline tracing from Salter’s figure, op. cit., pl. ix, fig. 12. PALAEONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, I906. Reed,Girvan Trilobites. PAT SOs G.M.Woodward deLetlith. West, Newman imp CYBER ME. DINDYMENE, CALYMENE. Fia. moo BO “J PA evar Calymene blumenbachi, var. nov. drummuckensis. Head-shield. Nat. size. Thraive Glen (Starfish Bed). Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Complete individual. Nat. size. Same locality and Collection. Head-shield. x 13. Same locality and Collection. Pygidium. Nat. size. Same locality and Collection. Cheirurus gelasinosus (Portlock). Glabella. Nat. size. Craighead. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Some thoracic segments. Nat. size. Same locality and Collection. Cheirurus gelasinosus, var. °. Glabella. x 25. Balclatchie. Museum of Practical Geology. Cheirurus (Cyrtometopus) octolobatus (Moy). Part of thorax with pygidium attached. x 2. Thraive Glen. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Three anterior thoracic segments of same specimen. xX 2. Head-shield. x 13. Same locality and Collection. Head-shield. Nat. size. Same locality and Collection. Pygidium. x 23. Same locality and Collection. Cheirurus (Nieszkowskia) unicus (Wyville Thomson). Nearly complete individual. x 23. Balclatchie. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Glabella. x 23. Same locality and Collection. Outline drawing of side view of head-shield, to show downward bending of same. Nearly complete individual, showing pygidium. x 23. Same locality and Collection. (Figured by Nicholson and Etheridge, op. cit., fase. 1, pl. viii, fig. 10.) Pygidium. x 2}. Same locality and Collection. Cheirurus (Spherocoryphe) thomsoni, sp. nov. Imperfect individual, showing head-shield and pygidium. x 2. Thraive Glen. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Outline restoration of thoracic pleura of same. x 3. Paar. 135. 140. 141. 141. 146. PALAZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCI EAPC EKOYXs). Reed ,Girvan Trilobites. Pie AE evan. G.M Woodward del.etlith. West, Newman im Pp CALYMENE, CHEIRURUS. Fia. Or > 13. 14. 15. 16. We 18. 19. 20. 2]. 22. 23. PEATE XIX. Cheirurus (Spherocoryphe) thomsoni, sp. nov. Nearly complete individual (head-shield laterally compressed). x 2. Thraive Glen. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Starfish Bed, Page. 146. Pygidium, with last thoracic segment fused with it. x 23. Same locality and Collection. Ditto. x 2. Balelatchie. Same Collection. Ditto. Imperfect. x 2}. Dow Hill. Same Collection. Head-shield of variety? x 2. Balclatchie. Same Collection. (Figured by Nicholson and Etheridge, op. cit., fase. 1, pl. vin, fig. 9, as Stawrocephalus ? unicus.) Left half of head-shield of same variety. x 2. Same locality and Collection. Imperfect head-shield of same variety. x 25. Same locality and Collection. by Nicholson and Etheridge, op. cit., fase. 1, pl. vin, fig. 12, as Stawro. ? wnicus.) Cheirurus (Youngia) trispinosus, Young. Glabella and occipital segment. x 25. Penkill. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Ditto, with right cheek attached. x 2. Same locality and Collection. Ditto, with nuchal spine. x 1}. Same locality and Collection. Free cheek. x 2. Same locality and Collection. Axial ring of thorax. x 23. Same locality and Collection. Cheirurus, sp. ind. (a). Hypostome. x 5. Dow Hill. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Cheirurus, sp. ind. (b). Hypostome. x 5. Balclatchie. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Cheirurus bimucronatus (Murchison). Pygidium. x 2. Woodland Point. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Pliomera, sp. Pygidium. x 3. Auchensoul. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Phacops (Pterygometopus) brongniarti, Portlock. Nearly complete individual. x 2. Dow Hill. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Pygidium. x 2. Same locality and Collection. Phacops (Phacopidella) elegans (Sars and Boeck). Head-shield. x 2. Bargany Pond Burn. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. 3. Woodland Point. Same Collection. Free cheek. x 23. Newlands. Same Collection. Head-shield. x 24. Same locality and Collection. Pygidium. x Complete individual. x 4. Same locality and Collection. 148. 149. 150. 138. 153. 154. 154. PALAZZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1906. Reéd, Girvan Trilobites. PIA, Slo GM Woodward del.et lith. Wi est, Newma nm 3mMt CEB TCU Ei lOMir EEA PrAC Ors. Fia. or 10. PLATE XX. Paas. i i, sp. nov. : Phacops (Chasmops) bisseti, s; 157 Complete individual. x 13. Lady Burn. Mr. Bisset’s Collection. (Pygidium fore- shortened owing to curvature of body.) Side view of same specimen. x 1}. Pygidium of same specimen. x 2. Head-shield of same specimen from wax mould. x 2. Head-shield of another specimen. x 23. 'Thraive Glen. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Asaphus (Isotelus) instabilis, Reed. 162. Free cheek. x 25. Dow Hill. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Cyclopyge cf. gigantea (Barrande). 163. Pygidium. x 3. Whitehouse Bay. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Ampyx incurvus, sp. noy. 161. Impression of side of head-shield, showing curved frontal spime. x 4. Dow Hill. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Head-shield, showing the lateral scars on glabella. x 25. Ardmillan. Same Collection. Ditto, with several thoracic segments attached. x 38. Dow Hill. Same Collection. Illenus memorabilis, sp. nov. 165. Middle portion of head-shield. x 2. Dow Hill. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Illenus bowmanil, Salter. 164. Hypostome attached to head-shield of complete individual. x 2. Starfish Bed, 'Thraive Glen. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Illenus balclatchiensis, Reed ?. 163. Hypostome. x 3. Balclatchie. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Lichas (Platylichas) grayi, Fletcher, var. 167. Head-shield. x 23. Mulloch Hill. Mrs. Gray’s Collection. Reed,Girvan Trilobites. G.M.Woodward del.et lth PACOPS, oAPHU.s, CYCHOPYGEH, AMPYX, ILLZINUS, 1 PALA ONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1906. j Icey lel 4 X [palecontographical Society, 1906. A MONOGRAPH BRITISH CAMBRIAN TRILOBITES. REE SO AKCE WMEAC HaGes:. ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE. LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE PALHONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 1906. ht e _ - 7 ew) - s tf % : = e vp | veh) Ses iT 7ie — -—om Be = ase aly ’ THE BRITISH CAMBRIAN TRILOBITES. INTRODUCTION. Tue ‘Monograph of British Trilobites,’ which was begun by Salter in 1864, and the completion of which was interrupted by his death in 1869, includes descriptions of the families to which he assigned the names Phacopidee, Cheiruride, Calymenide, and Asaphid. ‘The forms with which he had dealt were, therefore, for the most part from the Ordovician and Silurian systems. The Carboniferous species were entirely untouched, and only one or two from the Cambrian and Devonian beds were described. Dr. Henry Woodward has since completed a Monograph of the Carboniferous Trilobites of Britam and Mr. Whidborne has described some of the Devonian species, but the Cambrian forms have received no further attention in the publications of the Palseontographical Society. The long delay, however, has not been without its compensations. A mono- eraph prepared in 1869 could have been no more than tentative, for at that time the rich material existing in the Cambrian of Scandinavia and Russia had been but imperfectly described and figured, and the specimens from our own beds are in many cases so extremely fragmentary and distorted that they could not of them- selves furnish a firm foundation for the critical discrimination of species. It is on this account that so much confusion exists as to the meaning of the specific names which have been already employed in Britain. In the following pages I have attempted, by means of a careful comparison with the much more perfect material available in Eastern Hurope, to reduce our own species to order. But, as many of the Scandinavian forms are even now but poorly represented by published figures, I could hardly have attempted the task if I had not had the opportunity of examining the magnificent collections at Stock- holm, St. Petersburg, and elsewhere. And I owe this opportunity to grants for the purpose from the Trustees of the Worts’ Fund of the University of Cambridge and from the Government Grant Committee of the Royal Society, to whom, there- fore, my thanks are in the first place due. In the course of my investigations, which, though often interrupted by more ] 2 BRITISH CAMBRIAN TRILOBITES. pressing duties, have now extended over a period of many years, I have received so much kindly assistance in the loan of specimens and in other ways that it would not be possible here to mention the names of all those who have helped me. But to Dr. Henry Woodward I am especially indebted for his continued encouragement in the study of a branch of science which he has made his own; and to Prof. T. McKenny Hughes for the facilities which he has afforded to me at Cambridge ; while abroad my debt is greatest to one whom now I cannot thank, the late Prof. Lindstrom, of the Vetenskaps Akademi in Stockholm. In the present instalment I am also particularly indebted to Mr. Frank Raw, B.Sc., of the University of Birmingham, for allowimg me to quote his descriptions of Agnostus dua and Agnostus callavei, together with his notes on their affinities. Mr. Raw has made a special study of the Shineton Shale fauna, including these two forms, but his results have not yet been published. Because of the imperfect condition of so many of our Cambrian fossils I have drawn special attention, wherever it seemed necessary, to those peculiar character- istics of each species which are least lkely to be obscured in a poorly preserved specimen, and which at the same time serve to distinguish it from other forms with which it might be confused. These notes, which are added immediately after the formal description, will, I hope, prove useful to geologists who desire to identify species for stratigraphical purposes and who may have to depend entirely upon fragmentary and distorted specimens. It should, however, be borne in mind that species which are not closely allied to each other may possess a superficial resemblance which is hkely to survive the effects of compression and distortion ; and I am sometimes compelled to compare forms which really differ widely from one another, and which could not possibly be confounded if they were perfectly preserved. SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS. Family AGNoOsTIDm. Genus AGNOSTUS, Brongniart. The genus Agnostus has been divided by Tullberg into four sections, which are characterised as follows : (1) Longifrontes—This group is distinguished by the prominent glabella and pygidial axis, which are usually fairly long. The test is either smooth, or the cheeks are furrowed, or the test both of cheeks and tail is ornamented with raised points. The margin is usually narrow. ‘The cheeks in front of the glabella, AGNOSTUS FISSUS. 3 and the lateral lobes of the tail behind the axis are separated by an impressed line (in most species). (2) Levigati—Distinguished by the fact that the ines which should define the elabella and the pygidial axis are effaced. Test always smooth and shining, some- times with indications of furrows. The margin tends to vanish on the head, whereas on the tail it remains broad. (3) Inmbati.i~This group is distinguished by the fact that the shields are in general more or less quadrate in form. The head has a broad margin. ‘The basal lobes are large. The cheeks in front of the glabella are not separated by any groove, nor are they furrowed on the sides. The tail is commonly provided with spines. (a) Regii.—Distinguished by its broad margin, the narrowness of the cheeks and of the lateral lobes of the tail, together with the breadth of the glabella (especially of the anterior lobe), and the shortness of the third segment of the pygidial axis. (b) KFallaces.—In this section the head is narrower, the margin not so broad, the cheeks large, the basal lobes tolerably large, and the third segment of the pygidial axis 1s the longest. (4) Parvifrontes—This group is distinguished by its feebly developed glabella, which is not lobed. Section LONGIFRON'TES. 1. Agnostus fissus, Lundgren MS. Plate I, figs. 1—3. 1879. Agnostus jissus, Linnarsson, Om faunan i kalken med Conocoryphe exsulans, Sver. geol. Unders., ser. C, no. 35, p. 23, pl. u, fig. 34. 1880. Agnostus fissus, Tullberg, Om Agnostus-arterna, Sver. geol. Unders., ser. C, no. 42, p. 16, pl. 1, fig. 3 a—d. 1896. Agnostus fissus, G. F. Matthew, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci., vol. xv, p. 230. 1896. Agnostus fissus, vay. trifissus, G. F. Matthew, ibid., p. 231, pl. xvi, fig. 10. 1902. Agnostus fissus, var. perrugata, Gronwall, Bornholms Paradoxideslag, Danm. geol. Unders. II raekke, nr. 13, p. 50, pl. i, fig. 1. Head rounded, with a narrow margin. Glabella bilobed; anterior lobe small, subquadrate, rounded in front, where it is cleft by an impressed furrow ; posterior lobe shghtly constricted a little in front of the middle, the anterior portion raised centrally into a slight keel, which bears towards its posterior extremity a small tubercle ; basal lobes small, triangular. Cheeks nearly equal in width throughout, separated in front of the glabella by a slight furrow; surface ornamented by irregular furrows which are often radiate. a BRITISH CAMBRIAN TRILOBITES. Thorax : axis raised on each side into a small knob, and the central portion also shghtly raised; pleurz of the anterior segment divided by a groove into a large anterior tubercle and a narrow posterior ridge; in the posterior segment the groove is more nearly central. Tail rounded, with a narrow margin. Axis divided into three segments ; the front segment is a little wider than the rest, is very short, and is tuberculate at its extremities; the middle segment is hexagonal and is raised medially into a longi- tudinal keel; the posterior segment is triangular, anteriorly it is about the same width as the middle segment, posteriorly it terminates in a blunt point. Lateral lobes of nearly equal width throughout and confluent behind the axis. Head- and tail-shields, 3-3-5 mm. in length and breadth. The only other British species yet known in which the anterior lobe of the glabella is cleft is A. reticulatus, which is at once distinguished by the reticulate markings on the cheeks. The axis of the tail differs from that of most other allied forms in the fact that it 1s not constricted at the second segment, so that the second and third segments form a triangle with slightly convex sides. The line of demarcation between these two segments is sometimes very indistinct (as in fig. 1). The species varies considerably in the character of the furrows which occur upon the cheeks and the lateral lobes of the tail. Sometimes these are rather faint and sometimes they are very strongly marked, and occasionally they may be seen on the glabella and the axis of the tail. Under the name trifissus Matthew has separated a variety which is characterised by the presence of “two additional furrows at the front of the glabella, one at each corner, beside the median furrow that characterises the type.” Gronwall also separates another variety under the name perrugata, which is distinguished by two pairs of longitudinal furrows upon the cheeks. In view of the great variation which is to be met with in the markings, these varieties seem to be of slight value, and the British specimens suggest that those furrows which are not radiate are sometimes the result of the crumpling of a test which was originally soft. This view seems to be supported by the not uncommon occurrence of longitudinal furrows on the glabella and the axis of the tail. Horizon and Localities—Menevian : near Nine Wells, St. David’s; Dwrrhyd, near Solva. 2. Agnostus punctuosus, Angelin. Plate I, figs. 4—6. 1852. Agnostus punctuosus, Angelin, Pal. Scand., p. 8, pl. vi, fig. 11. 1875. Agnostus punctuosus, Brogger, Geol. For. Stock, Foérh., vol. ii, p. 576, pl. xxv, fig. 2. 1879. Agnostus punctuosus, Brogger, Nyt Mag. for Naturv., vol. xxiv, p. 67, pl. vi, fig. 12 a, b. 1879. Agnostus punctuosus (var. affinis), Brogger, ibid., p. 68, pl. v, fig. 2 a, b. AGNOSTUS PUNCTUOSUS. 5 1879. Agnostus punctuosus (var. bipunctata), Brogger, ibid., p. 68, pl. v, fig. 2 ¢. 1872. Agnostus scutalis, Salter (pars), Hicks, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxvii, p. 175, pl. v, fig. 9 and perhaps fig. 10. 1872. Agnostus scarabxoides, Salter, Hicks, ibid., p. 175, pl. v, fig. 8. 1880. Agnostus punctuosus, Tullberg, Agnostus-arterna, p. 17, pl. i, fig. 5 a—d. 1896. Agnostus punctuosus, G. F. Matthew, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci., vol. xv, p. 232, pl. xvi, fig. ll a, b Head rounded, with narrow margin. Glabella nearly triangular, bilobed ; the anterior lobe narrower than the posterior, triangular; posterior lobe large ; basal lobes elongated, triangular. Cheeks separated in front of the glabella by a furrow (which is sometimes lost), surface granulate. Tail rounded, with narrow margin. Axis formed of three segments; the anterior segment is wider but shorter than the others; the second narrower than the rest, hexagonal, longitudinally keeled, the keel forming a projection at its posterior extremity ; the third segment forms an elongated isosceles triangle, with its point directed backwards and its basal angles she¢htly rounded. Lateral lobes eranulate, united behind the axis, except in young specimens. Head- and tail-shields 4-5 mm. lone and wide. The head of this species is easily distinguished from that of most other British forms by the triangular shape of the anterior lobe of the glabella and the scrobiculate surface of the cheeks. A. pisiformis possesses the former of these two characters, but its cheeks are smooth, the basal lobes are smaller, and the whole glabella is less nearly triangular in shape. The tail is easily recognised, even in poor specimens, by the elegant shape of the axis, narrow at the second segment, immediately afterwards, at the base of the third segment, widening, and then tapering regularly to a rather sharp point. The axis of the tail of A. evaratus is somewhat similar in outline, but in that form there is no trace of segmentation, and the axial and marginal furrows and also the furrow behind the axis are all very deep. Synonymy.—Agnostus scarabexoides, Salter, as described by Hicks, is clearly only a flattened and somewhat imperfect specimen of this species. In all the characters which it shows it agrees precisely with the Scandinavian form, excepting only that it is wider in proportion to its length, and this is apparently due to the flattening of a form which is most convex transversely. The original of Hicks’s figure shows no furrow in front of the glabella, but this furrow is not always very distinct, even in the Swedish specimens of A. punctuosus, and might easily be obscured in a poorly preserved specimen. The specimen figured by Hicks as the tail of Agnostus scutalis in ‘Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ vol. xxviii, pl. v, fig. 9, is a beautiful tail of Agnostus punctuosus— probably, from its small size and the presence of a furrow behind the axis, a young individual. The specimen shown in fig. 10 of the same plate is probably a still younger stage (cf. Tullberg, ‘ Agnostus-arterna,’ pl. 1, fig. 5 ¢). 6 BRITISH CAMBRIAN TRILOBITES. l'ypes.—Vhe origials of Hicks’s A. scarabexoides and A. scutalis, figs. 9 and 10, are in the Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. Horizon and Localities—Menevian : Porth-y-rhaw, St. David’s ; Dolgelly. 3. Agnostus davidis, Salter. Plate I, fig. 7. 1866. Agnostus davidis, Salter, Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1865, p. 285. 1872. Agnostus davidis, Hicks, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxviii, p. 174, pl. v, figs. 2 and 4 (fig. 3 is doubtful). 1896. G. F. Matthew, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci., vol. xv (1896), p. 213, pl. xvi, fig. 1. 5 Sjogren, Geol. For. Stockh, Forh., vol. 1 (1872), p. 76, pl. v, fig. 6. See also Linnarsson, ibid., vol 11], pl. Xavi, fios. 9, 10, AGNOSTUS INTEGER. 19 1872. Agnostus cambrensis, Hicks, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxviii, pl. v, fig. 1. (Not Hicks, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxvii (1871), p. 400, pl. xvi, figs. 11 and 12.) 1895. Agnostus integer, Pompeckj, Jahrb. k. k. geol. Reichs., vol. xlv, p. 521. 1895. Agnostus integer, var. spinosa, Pompeck}, ibid., p. 522, pl. xvi, fig. 6a, b. Head subquadrate, somewhat longer than broad, with a narrow margin. Glabella bilobed, anterior lobe small, broad, rounded in front; posterior lobe somewhat wider than the anterior lobe, slightly constricted in the middle, with a small median tubercle; basal lobes small. Cheeks nearly equal in width throughout, confluent in front of the glabella, rugose, marked by irregular furrows. Thorax: lateral nodules of axis nearly as large as the central portion. Tail quadrate, with a broad margin which widens greatly posteriorly, and is produced into a very short spime at each side. Axis wide, somewhat contracted at about one third of its length from the anterior margin; divided by two furrows on each side, which do not quite reach the middle; with a median keel; terminates in a blunt point which does not quite reach the posterior margin. Lateral lobes narrow, reduced behind the axis, where the two lobes unite, to a mere strip. ‘The margin is narrow in front, widens posteriorly, and is produced into two very short lateral spines. Head- and tail-shields about 5—4 mm. long and wide. dL. integer presents some resemblance to A. fullav, Linrsn.; but in A. fallaw the glabella is smaller and the posterior lobe is little, if at all, wider than the anterior lobe; the axis of the tail is shorter and the divisions upon it are less distinct. A. fallax, moreover, appears to be smooth and without the rugosities characteristic of A. integer, and the margin of the head is wider than in the latter species. Both Beyrich and Corda represent the tail of this species with lateral spines, but Barrande asserts that these do not exist. Pompeck] states that many of the specimens are not spined and that the tail is merely sharply angular, but im some examples from “ Pod hruskou,” near Tejrovic, and also in some from Jinec, he finds that the angles are produced into short teeth, and to this form he gives the name of var. spinosa. Pompeckj’s figure also agrees with the Welsh specimen in the fact that the axis does not quite reach the margin of the tail. Synonymy.—The specimen here described is that which was figured by Hicks in 1872 as Agnostus cambrensis, but it is quite different from the form which he had already described under that name in 1871, and which belongs to the group of Agnostus rev. The resemblance to Aguostus integer, as described and figured by Barrande, is complete, except for the fact that the margin of the tail bears short spines and that the axis does not quite reach to the posterior margin. In the latter respect the specimen agrees with the younger forms figured by Barrande. T'ypes.—The original of Hicks’s figure of ‘A. cambrensis” im ‘Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,’ vol. xxviui, pl. v, fig. 1, is in the Sedgwick Museum. Horwon and Locality.—Menevian: Porth-y-rhaw, St. David’s. 20 BRITISH CAMBRIAN TRILOBITES. 16. Agnostus securiger, sp. nov. Plate II, fig. 11. This remarkable form, for the loan of which I am indebted to Prof. Lapworth, is closely allied to A. integer, and may indeed be no more that a deformed specimen of that species. It is rather larger than is usual in A. integer, but the head appears to show no other difference. The most striking peculiarity is that the axis of the tail expands posteriorly into a hatchet-shaped termination which occupies the whole of the posterior half of the tail, exclusive of the margin. The lateral lobes are accordingly restricted to a narrow space on each side of the axis in the front portion of the tail only; and sach lateral lobe is marked by a median longitudinal furrow for about half of its length. The specimen, however, is not perfect, and it is difficult to be certain that these characters are not due to the mode of preservation. ITead- and tail-shields, 5 mm. long, 5°5 mm. wide. Horizon and Locality.—(? Menevian): Chapel End, near Nuneaton, “ 40 feet below unconformity.” (Collected by Mr. Sykes.) 17. Agnostus fallax, Linnarsson. Plate LI, fig. 12. 1869. Agnostus fallax, Linnarsson, Om Vestergotlands Cambriska och Siluriska aflagringar, Kong. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., n. s., vol. viii, no. 2, p. 81, pl. ii, figs. 54, 55. 1877. Agnostus fallax, Linnarsson, Geol. For. Stockh. Férh., vol. ii, p. 371, pl. xv, fig. 7. 1879. Agnostus fallax, Brégger, Nyt. Mag. for Naturv., vol. xxiv, p. 64, pl. vi, fig. 1. 1879. Agnostus fallax, Linnarsson, Om faunan i kalken med Conocoryphe exsulans, p. 22, pl. ui, fig. 33. 1880. Agnostus fallax, Tullberg, Om Agnostus-arterna, p. 31, pl. ui, fig. 22 (forma typica), fig. 23.a, b (forma feroz). 1896. Agnostus fallaz, G. F. Matthew, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci., vol. xv, p. 214. 1902. Agnostus fallax, Gronwall, Bornholms Paradoxideslag, p. 68. Head subquadrate, with a wide margin. Glabella bilobed, anterior lobe broad, rounded in front; posterior lobe nearly parallel-sided, but shghtly mdented on each side in front of the middle, with a small median tubercle; basal lobes large, triangular. Axial furrows fairly deep. Cheeks confluent in front of the glabella, widening slightly posteriorly. Head-shield 4 mm. long and wide. The width of the margin, the rounded anterior lobe of the glabella, and the large basal lobes are sufficient to distinguish this form from any other British species yet known. The head of A. exaratusis probably the form which is most likely to be AGNOSTUS RUDIS. 2] confused with it so far as the head is concerned; but in this the basal lobes are small and the margin is narrow. Of this form very few specimens seem to have been found in Great Britain, and these are mostly heads. In the absence of tails it is difficult to identify the species with certainty ; for other forms, such as sl. kyerulfi, ave barely distinguishable from A. fallaw except by the characters of their tail. In Brégeger’s figure of A. kjerul/i, however, the marginal fold of the head is narrower than in A. fallax, and in this respect the British specimens which I have seen agree more nearly with the latter. Horizon and Locality —Meneyian : Porth-y-rhaw, St. David's. 18. Agnostus rudis, Salter. Plate II, figs. 13—16, 1864. Aguostus princeps, var. rudis (pars), Salter, Brit. Org. Rem., dec. xi, pt.i, p. 4, pl. i, fig. 3 (only). Head moderately convex, rounded, with narrow margin which is produced imto a short spine at the genal angles. Glabella bilobed; anterior lobe rather small, rounded in front ; posterior lobe nearly parallel-sided ; basal lobes small. Cheeks smooth, nearly equal in width throughout, confluent with one another in front of the glabella. Tail rounded in its general outhne, with rather wide margin, which is produced posteriorly into two very small spines. Axis long and rather wide, parallel-sided, rounded posteriorly ; anterior segment represented by two small lobes cut off at each anterior corner; the second segment extends forwards between these two lobes and posteriorly bears a prominent tubercle; the posterior segment forms nearly two thirds of the axis, is smooth and rounded posteriorly. Lateral lobes very narrow behind axis, where they are confluent with one another. Head- and tail-shields, 2—3°5 mm. long and broad. This form is nearly allied to A. duw and A. sidenbladhi. From the former it is at once distinguished by the much greater length of the axis of the tail. A. sidenbladii also has a shorter pygidial axis, and the anterior lobe of the glabella is larger, but less distinctly defined. In some respects dA. rudis resembles A. pisiformis, and may indeed be looked upon as intermediate between that species and A. duw. But in A. pisiforiis the cheeks are separated by a groove in front of the glabella, while the front lobe of the tail-axis is complete across. In A. pisiformis, var. obesus, the first segment of the tail-axis 1s represented by two small lobes at the anterior corners as in A. rudis, but the axis is much more swollen and the glabella is much longer. It may be remarked that in front of the glabella, even in the actual specimens on which Salter’s figure is founded, there is usually no trace of the groove which he shows. One specimen, indeed, shows such a groove, but it may possibly be a young A. trisectus, as it differs also in other characters. ~ C ie) BRITISH CAMBRIAN TRILOBITES. Synonymy.—This is one of the forms which was described and figured by Salter as Agnostus princeps, a species which he divided into two varieties, var. ornatus and var. rudis. The specimens which he ascribed to the former variety belong to his species A. trisectus, while in var. vwdis he included distorted specimens of A. pisifornis from the Lower Lingula Flags, and specimens of the present species from the Upper Lingula Flags. As A. pisiformis and dA. trisectus are already provided for, it might have been possible to restrict the name A. princeps to the form here described. But, unfortunately, by far the greater number of specimens which have been identified as A. priiceps by Salter and others, belong either to A. pisiforimis or to A. trisectus; and therefore, to avoid confusion, it seems better to drop that name altogether and to employ the alternative rudis, although this name is by no means descriptive. T'ype.—The original specimens on which Salter’s fig. 3 is founded are in the Geological Survey Museum (registered as nos. 8723—8728). It is, however, impossible to say exactly which of these specimens was used. The figure appears to be composite. Horizon and Localities—Upper Lingula Flags: Penmorfa; Ogofddu, near Criccieth, with A. trisectus (collected by Mr. W. G. Fearnsides). 19. Agnostus sidenbladhi, Linnarsson. Plate LI, fig. 17. ‘S) 1869. vol. ix. : 5 ayo % : k He discusses the affinities of the Dendroidea and considers that while Dendrograptus and Ptilograptus fall naturally into already accepted families of the Thecaphora (or Sertularina), Callograptus and Dictyonema (the latter being more Polyzoan than Hydrozoan in its affinities) should form a new family. 1872. Hopkinson, In Hopkinson’s second paper he gives a list of graptolites “On the Occurrence of . : a ou, 6 eke . ~~ °" from the Arenig rocks of St. David’s. This list is preliminary a Remarkable Group é : : os ue to the paper by himself and Lapworth, which appeared three of Graptolites in the ‘ . ; Arenig Rocks of St. years later, when the various species were described and David’s, South Wales,” fioured. he Geol. Mag..,’ vol. ix. HISTORY OF RESEARCH. Ixxv Hopkinson’s third paper contained a description of several 1872. Hopkinson new species from the South of Scotland. “ On some Species of The first two, according to him, do not belong to the Graptolites from the Graptolitide proper, but are nearly allied forms. Order, South of Seotland,” (1) gcol Mags. vole Corynoides gracilis, (2) Dendrograptus ramulus. Sub-order, Rhabdophora, Fam. Monoprionide, (3) Gr. attenuatus, (4) Gi. acutus, (5) Diplogr. Etheridgii, (6) D. penna, (7) D. pinguis, (8) J. fimbriatus, (9) D. Hincksi, (10) Dicranog. rectus. Hopkinson, in discussing the age of the Moffat shales, acknowledges it as Hydroida, Sub-order, Athecata? Family, Corynidee. probable that but one band of black graptolitic shale runs through the Llandeilo rocks of the South of Scotland, there being in this band “several distinct zones, each marked by a different assemblage of fossils, but with many species im common.” 8 A paper by Nicholson in this year “ On the Migrations of Nicholson the Graptolites” is mentioned here because of its historical “On the Migrations of value. His conclusions may be thus summarised :—The the Graptolites,” Skiddaw fauna was the oldest in Britain and migrated into ‘Quart. Journ. Geol. Wales, Iveland, and America, four species only migrating Soe.,’ vol. xxviii. northward into the Moffat area. The South of Scotland became a second centre of dispersion at the end of the Upper Llandeilo period, one migration proceeding southwards into the Lake district, founding the fauna of the Coniston group, and another going westward through Ireland to America and originating the fauna of the Hudson River group and that of the Utica Slates, while a third travelled in a south-east direction into the Silurian seas of Saxony and Bohemia. In a short note published in the ‘Geological Magazine,’ 1872. Lapworth, ’ : : é a se “Note on the Results the age and stratigraphical relations of the Moffat Shales, as towards the end of 1872, Lapworth summarised his views on BtisomolReccnt partly given in a paper read by him at the beginning of the Researches among the year before the Geological Society of Glasgow (subsequently Graptolitice Black Shales of the South of Scotland,” ‘Geol. Mag.,’ vol. ix. published, with additions, in the ‘ Transactions’ of that Society, vol. iv, p. 164). He points out that there are three main divisions, “ lithologically and paleontologically separ- able’; which ‘‘ naturally subdivide into several distinct zones, each characterised either by the exclusive possession of some well-marked species, or by the constant possession of some peculiar group of species.” 1872 During the same year Nicholson published the first part Nicholson, (the “ General Introduction”) of his ‘ Monograph of British ‘A Monograph of the Graptolitide,’ a work unfortunately never completed. It is Deere Ee SHS eo ; ; 5 : : Sane British Graptohitide.’ of especial historical interest, as giving a complete summary Ixxv1 BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. of the views then held by himself and others as to the nature, structure, repro- duction, classification, etc., of the Graptolites. The Introduction is divided into nine chapters. Cuarrer 1.—Historical Notices, summarising the progress of research among the Graptolites from the time of Linnaeus to 1872. Cuaprer 2.—Form and Mode of Preservation of Graptolites.—In discussing the mode of nomenclature to be employed in describing a graptolite, Nicholson here first suggests the title of “ polypary”’ for the whole of the graptolite skeleton. He adheres to the old term “ calycles,” or ‘“ cellules,” declining to adopt the term “ hydrothece.” The various states of preservation in which Graptolites occur are described. The carbonaceous material of the rock in which they are generally preserved 1is considered to be of “animal origin,” and can “ hardly be ascribed to anything else except the Graptolites themselves.” Cuarrer 3.—General Morphology of Graptolites—In this chapter Nicholson describes in considerable detail the structure of a typical Monoprionidian and a Diprionidian form, and the various aspects—* profile,” “ axial,” and “ scalariform ” —under which they may be seen. Cuarrer 4.—Special Morphology of Graptolites—(1) Solid Avis. The hollow character of this structure previously suggested by him is again asserted, and this time with more certainty. The curious tube-like rod in the Rhabdopleura he considers “ lends great support to this view.” This also explains the apparent ability of the axis to grow independently of the rest of the polypary, and to prolong itself distally as in species of Diplograpsus. The distal extension of the axis is very rare in Monograpsus, and never exists in Didymograpsus, Coeno- grapsus, etc. He considers that the axis is never present in the shape of a “thin, flat, apparently double plate” as believed by Barrande (‘ Grapt. de Bohéme,’ p. 4), and Hall (‘Grapt. Quebec Group,’ p. 22). The character and position of the axis in Phyllograpsus, Retiolites, and Trigono- grapsus are discussed ; the fact that the axis is inside and not outside the polypary in the two latter genera is insisted upon, while the absence of any axis whatever in the Dendroidea is remarked. (2) Surface Markings and Ornamentation of the Polypary.—The strie observed running parallel with the aperture of the cells are for the first time described as “ orowth lines,” and good figures are given of the “ pustules” visible at the base of the cell walls, especially in M. vomerinus. Cuarrer 5.—Nature and Function of the Base in the Graptolites—(1) Radicle. The form of the so-called ‘‘radicle” or “initial point”? as then accepted is more clearly represented in this work than in previous papers, and it is distinguished from the “radicle” as referred to by Hall, by which he meant merely the com- mencement of the solid axis. Nicholson, however, did not realise the invariable HISTORY OF RESEARCH. Ixxvil presence of the initial cone-shaped body (the sicula) in all Graptolites, and he uses the term “ radicle” to “signify the basal median process,’ “ whether this consists of the solid axis alone, or of the solid axis along with the common body, or simply of the investing envelope of the latter.” (2) Funiecle and (3) Central Disc.—Both these structures are described prac- tically from Hall’s point of view, and the former opinions held by Nicholson as to the “ float”’-like character of the latter are adhered to. Craprer 6.—Reproduction and Development.—The various ‘ovarian vesicles” previously described by himself are re-described, and he changes his previous title of ‘Grapto-gonophores” to the more precise hydroidal title of ‘ gonothece.” The peculiar sac-like bodies figured by Hall (1865) and Hopkinson (1871) in specimens of D. Whitfieldii and D. pristis are considered by Nicholson to be also reproductive in function. Cuarrer 7.—Zoological Position of ‘the Graptolites—(1) Mode of Hueistence. The free-floating habit of the true Graptolite is strongly emphasised, and con- sequently the systematic separation of the fixed Dendroidea from the true Graptolites is considered inevitable. (2) Systematic Position and Affinities—These questions are entered into very fully, and the various points of resemblance and difference between the Graptolites and (1) the Actinozoa, (2) the Polyzoa, and (3) the Hydrozoa are discussed in much detail. The general conclusion reached is, that they “find their nearest living allies in the Sertularians,” and are “truly referable to the Hydrozoa,” though they “cannot be placed in any living group of the Hydrozoa.”’ Cuarrer 8.—Geological Distribution.—The author’s general views of the range and distribution of the Graptolites differ in no essential particulars from those expressed in previous papers, and need not here be referred to. Cuaprurn 9.—Genera.—The final chapter is devoted to a classification of the Graptolites, and to a description of the various genera, which are thus arranged : Class, Hydrozoa, Sub-class Graptolitidee. Section A.—Monoprionide, Hopk.: (1) Graptolites or Graptolithus ; (2) Didymo- grapsus (including Dicellograpsus) ; (3) Tetragrapsus ; (4) Dichograpsus ; (5) Logano- grapsus ; (6) Plewrograpsus ; (7) Cenograpsus, Hall (= Helicograpsus, Nich.) ; (8) Cyrtograpsus ; (9) Rastrites. Section B.—Diprionide: (10) Diplograpsus; (11) Climacograpsus ; (12) Dicrano- grapsus ; (13) Retiolites ; (14) Trigonograpsus ; (15) Retiograpsus. Section C.—Tetraprionide : (16) Phyllograpsus. Section D.—Dendroidea: (17) Ptilograpsus ; (18) Dendrograpsus ; (19) Callo- grapsus ; (20) Dietyonema. Section H.—Incerte Sedis: (21) Thamnograpsus: (22) Buthograpsus; (23) Inocaulis ; (24) Corynoides. Ixxvil BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. 1879. The year 1872 was also marked by the appearance of Annan Allman’s classical monograph on the ‘Gymnoblastic or ‘A Monograph of Tubularian Hydroids, in which a considerable section is the Gymnoblastic devoted to the discussion of the affinities of the Graptolites. or Tubularian oc Accepting without criticism the views already current among yarolds, paleontologists as to the structure of these fossils, Allman draws from them some highly original and suggestive conclusions as to the homologies of the various organs. He considers that it 1s doubtful whether such anomalous forms as Letiolifes and Phyllograptus should be included among the Graptolitide, while forms like Corynoides, Dendrograptus, and especially Dictyonema, are “almost certainly not Graptolites.” Acknowledging that the resemblance of the polypary in the Graptolites to the trophosome of a calyptoblastic Hydroid—Sertularian or Plumularian—is “ sufficiently obvious,” Allman considers that while their affinities with the Hydroida “are too decided to justify their omission from any complete exposition of the palzontological history of this group of the animal kingdom,” yet their peculiar characters “necessitate the establishment for them of a separate sub-order of Hydroida.” For this he proposes the name Rhabdophora (Rhabdos = rod), from the presence of the characteristic solid axis or virgula. The Polyzoan affimities of the Graptolites are very briefly discussed, but he admits that “ were it not for the discovery of the graptolite gonosome, we should have nearly as much to say for this view as for that which would refer them to the Hydroida.” Allman discusses at considerable length the homologies of the most charac- teristic structure of the Graptolite, viz. the virgula or axis, “the presence of which can hardly be regarded as offermg an insurmountable obstacle to the admission of the Graptolites into immediate relation with the Hydroida.” He regards it, like . 66 +) the perisare, as ‘an excretion from the coenosare.” The distal and probably the proximal prolongation of a naked axis beyond the celluliferous part of the poly- pary he considers to be probably only an apparent phenomenon. He says that there is “reason to believe that the ccoenosare invested by a proper perisare was originally continued” along the rod, but this perisare on account of its delicacy has not been preserved. Denticles.—Perhaps the most original part of this work is that im which Allman suggests that the structures in the living Hydroida homologous with the denticles of the Graptolites are not the hydrothecee but the nematophores, such as those of Aglaophenia, which contain simple protoplasm and not true hydranths. He points out that it is not only in general form that the nematophores resemble the Graptolite-cells, but also in their method of communication with the common canal, for the continuous and open communication of the calycles of Graptoltes with the main tube is very different from the constricted communication (often associated with an imperfect diaphragm) which exists between the hydrothece and the HISTORY OF RESEARCH. Ixx1x perisareal tube in the Hydroids. If this suggestion is correct, then the Graptolites would be “morphologically Plumularidans in which the development of hydro- thecee had been suppressed by the great development of the nematophores,” “while on the other hand, the existing Plumularidian” “ would present in its nematophores the last traces of the structure of its ancient representative, the Graptolhite.” Reproductive Organs.—Allman accepts the ‘‘ gonosomal” nature of the repro- ductive saes described by Hall and Hopkinson in Diplo. pristis, but rejects the “ovarian vesicles” of Nicholson, regarding their connection with the Graptolite as probably ‘purely accidental.” Although admitting the probability that the appendages observed by Hall belong to the generative system, he is “ satisfy ” himself that they are the remains of gonangia; indeed he thinks that they are not capsules at all but “hollow lamine.” He finds an analogue to these in the leaflets which compose the corbule in Aglaophenia. An explanation of the scarcity of these “corbule” in the case of the Graptolites is hinted at “in their free if not floating habit,” for while no specimen of Sargassum in fructification has been discovered in the Sargasso Sea, the fructification of closely alhed species which unable to erow attached to rocks, etc., is not at all uncommon. Allman in a subsequent note to this work briefly refers to Richter’s views on the structure of Graptolites as given in his paper in 1871. He expresses con- siderable doubt as to the presence of two lamine in the test, and of the develop- ment of the common canal from the “ foot,” and says that he is “ unable to find in Richter’s arguments any grounds for accepting the Polyzoal affinities of Grap- tolites,” although the striae observed by him in the Graptolites compare well with those in Ithabdoplewra. 1873. Hopkinson, FE “ On some Graptolites Some further facts regarding the occurrence of Graptolites from the Upper Arenig in the St. David’s district were furnished by Hopkinson in rocks of Ramsay 1873. He gives a list of seven species from the Upper Island, St. David’s.,” Arenig Rocks of Ramsay Island. ‘Geol. Mag.,’ vol. x. “WE The same year Hopkinson wrote a note ‘‘ Onthe Occurrence Hopkinson, “On the Occurrence of Shropshire,” adding very considerably to our knowledge of the of Numerous Species of Graptolites in the Ludlow Rocks of Numerous Species of — fauna of these rocks. Six species of Monograptus and two of Nir $ “ & . . . Graptolites in the Ptilograptus were new forms, viz., M. capula, M. clavicula, WV. Ludlow Rocks of < ; < = ; / 5 aes incurvus, M. leintwardinensis, . Salweyi, J/. serra (the Shropshire, 5: . : ‘Geol. Mag.,’ vol x. three last alone are now identifiable), Ptilog. elegans, and P. Nicholsoni. Ixxx 1873. Nicholson, “On some Fossils from the Quebec Group of Point Levis.” ‘Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,’ ser. 4, vol. xi. BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. In 1873 Nicholson described some new Graptolite species collected by himself from the shales of Point Levis, viz., Dictyonema grandis, Vetragraptus approximatus. In this paper the generic name Clonograptus (for such forms as Gr. flecilis and Gr. rigidus) was first used. This name was given by Hall at Nicholson’s request. The three genera Clono- graptus, Loganograptus and Dichograptus are clearly defined and distinguished. Nicholson had by no means given up his idea of the ovarian character of the small capsules found in conjunction with certain species of Monograptus, and in this paper he names them, for the sake of convenience, Dawsonia. Of these he considers there are four distinct species: D. acuminata, D. rotunda, LJ. tenuistriata, D. campanulata. 1873. Dames, “Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Gattung Dictyonema, Hall,” ‘Zeit. d. deutsch. geol. Gesell.’ bd. 25. Fresh light was thrown on the structure of the genus Dictyonema by Dames in 1873. In the majority of his observa- tions he agrees with Hall, and he considers that there is no doubt as to its graptolitic nature. In some well-preserved specimens from the Silurian Limestones in Prussia, the cross threads have broken, thus setting free the branches, and the character- istic graptolite cells with long threads coming from their apertures are easily recognisable. Such specimens demon- strate that the cells are in one row only, not in alternating rows on both sides as Nicholson had stated. Dames suggests that Dictyonema is allied most nearly to Dichograptus and Dendrograptus, the branches of which are spread out and are not united by cross threads. 1873. Stache, “ Die Graptolithen- schiefer am Osternig- Berge in Kirnten,” etc., ‘Jahrb. der. k. k. geol. Reichsanstalt,’ Joyal, Bas}. 1873. Erdmann, “ Graptolith delvis omsluten af en svafvel- kisboll,” ‘Geol. Foren. i Stockh. Forh” bd. 1, no, 11, In 1873 Stache recorded and gave brief descriptions of some species of Graptolites from Osternig in Carinthia. These include Diplograpsus foliwm, D. pristis, Graptolithus (Monograp- sus) proteus, G. triangulatus, G. millepeda, G. Nilssoni, Rastrites, sp. Retiolites, cfr. Geinitzianus. From these fossils he concludes that the beds correspond to the Silurian Strata of the Fichtelge- birgeand the Thiiringian-Saxon Schiefergebirge, and also to the base of Barrande’s Stage E.,and the Coniston Flags of England. Hrdmann figured a Graptolite which he refers to Gr. sagittarius, partly enclosed in a nodule of iron pyrites. HISTORY OF RESEARCH. IXxx1 1873. Malaise, In the same year Malaise recorded the existence of the “Note sur la descrip- second Silurian Fauna, containing Climaco. scalaris and pen ‘a terrain Silurien (;aptolithus priodon in the Upper part of the Silurian du centre de la : : : : eee. : Et “terrain” in the centre of Belgium; the fossiliferous horizons Belgique,” ‘ Ann. Soc. . \ Malacologique dela representing the Upper Caradoc and Lower Llandovery. Belgique,’ t. 8. 1878. Lapworth, ‘Notes on the British Graptolites and their Wot. mes: On ati an Improved Classification of the Rhabdophora.” In 1873 Lapworth published a comprehensive paper ‘ On Improved Classification of the Rhabdophora,” ‘Geol. Mag.’ vol. x. Classification.—Accepting Allman’s term Rhabdophora as the collective term for all the presumed virgula-bearing Graptolites, Lapworth separates them into two sections, namely : Section J. -— Graptolitide (or Graptoloidea), in which the polypary is developed from a true sicula, the coenosare originates a single series of thece only, and the virgula is dorsal and on the exterior of the periderm. Section 11—Retioloidea, in which the polypary is not developed from a siculi- ‘germ,’ the coenosare originates a double series of thece, and the epiderm is form ‘ more or less supported by a framework of chitinous filaments. The GravroLomwKA are divided into six families : 1. Monograptide, distinguished by the nucleated arrangement of the parts. Genera: 1, astrites ; 2, Monograptus ; 3, Cyrtograptus. 2. Nemagraptide (Hopk. MS.), slender forms, with ornate theca and irregular branches. Gen.: 4, Leptograptus; 5, Amphigraptus; 6, Nemagiaptus; 7, Ceenograptus. 3. Dichograptide, regularly branched, with prismatic thece. Gen.: 9, Didly- mograptus ; 10, Tetragraptus ; 11, Dichograptus ; 12, Loganograptus ; 13, Clono- graptus ; 14, 15, 16, 17 (unnamed). 4. Dicranograptide, two-branched, with incurved thece. Gen.: 18, Dicello- graptus ; 19, Dicranograptus. 5. Diplograptidee, polypary duplicate. Gen.: 20, Climacograptus ; 21, Dijlo- graptus. (Subgenera: Glyptograptus, Petalograptus, Cephalograptus, Ortho- graptus, ) 6. Phyllograptide, polypary composite, quadribrachiate. | Gen.: 22, Phyllo- graptus. The Rerionomea are divided into two families: Hib Ixxxt BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. 7. Glossograptide, virgule coalescent, central. Gen.: 23, Glossograptus ; 24, Retiograptus ; 25, Lasiograptus. 8. Retiolitide, virgule separate, lateral. Gen.: 26, Clathrograptus; 27, T'rigonograptus ; 28, Retiolites. This classification is elaborated in a detailed Analytical Table. Development.—In this paper Lapworth points out for the first time that in all the bilateral genera included in the families assigned to the Graptoloidea, the Graptolite polypary first becomes visible as a small, pointed, triangular, or rather dageger-like “germ,” which he names the sicu/a (already recognised by Richter in the case of Monograptus and Diplograptus only, and denominated by him the foot”). Inthe majority of bilateral examples studied a solid axis is developed in the outer wall of the sicula extending along its entire length, and a small pro- tuberance or “ bud” makes its appearance usually in the neighbourhood of the sicula, and becomes moulded into a theca: a similar bud is given off from the opposite margin, and from these primordial buds the two main branches of the polypary are evolved by a process of contimuous gemimation. But while the sicula appears always to have been present, the place of origin of the primordial bud or buds is somewhat different in the different genera, and in some forms there still remains a doubt whether the polypary is not a direct out- growth of the major (Dichograptus, etc.) or of the mimor (Monograptus) extremity of the sicula. The sicula normally ceases to grow after the primordial buds have been given off and may occasionally become imbedded, absorbed, or obsolete ; but in the great majority of cases it permanently retains its shape and form. “It is simply this persistent sicula which constitutes the axillary spme in Dicello- graptus,’ the ‘radicular bar” in Canograptus, and the ‘radicle” in Didymo- graptus, Phyllograptus,” ete. The sicular or dorsal angle of the two main branches of the bilateral Grapto- lites is adopted by Lapworth as the “ angle of divergence,” and he points out that it ranges throughout the complete circle. It may be 0°, in which case the branches erow parallel with each other distally along the line of the sicula and coalesce by their dorsal surfaces either for the whole of their length (Diplograptus) or for a portion of it only (Dicranograptus). It may be less than 180° (Dicellograptus) or may exceed 180° (Didymograptus), or it may be as high as 360°, when the branches again coalesce (Phyllograptus). Structure. As respects the structure of the monoprionidian Graptolite Lapworth asserts that “the common portion of the polypary preserved in relief appears to be composed of the conjoined bases of the successive thece. These bud from each other in a single linear series. The budding orifices remain per- manently open and form together a continuous tube or canal of communication for the conveyance of the common body.” He restricts the application of the term theca to the “exterior and separable portion of the chamber—in other words, to HISTORY OF RESEARCH. Ixxxill that which is capable of being broken off from the common portion.” He points out that “the line of junction of the thece is thickened and projects into the common canal as a rounded shelf or flange.” As respects the Diplograptide he states that ‘the polypary is merely com- posed of two of these monoprionidian polyparies placed back to back,” their dorsal walls coalescing into a median septum, ‘ between the two laminz of which the duplicate virgula is imbedded.” While he regards this as the normal mode of erowth, he states in the sequel that in some forms of the Diplograptidz the facts go to show that “the common canal was only partially divided, thus in effect communicating with both rows of thecee as in fetiolites.” The peculiar characters of the diprionidian forms grouped as Retioloidea leads Lapworth to the view that they form a very distinct group from that of the typical Diplograptide. The genus Glossograptus, originally suggested by Emmons for forms lke D. spinulosus, Lapworth considers should be retained, as, in addition to the two long thecal spines, there occur “ two opposite longitudinal rows of gigantic, isolated spurs developed along the median line of the periderm at right angles with the thecz.” A new genus, Lasiograptus, is proposed for such diprionidian forms as have “a connected network” of minute, mosculating threads, “almost completely sur- rounding the polypary.” ‘The type species (Lasiograptus costatus) is described but not figured in this paper. Three other new genera are described, 7. ¢., Clathrograptus (type C. cuneiformis), Leptograptus (1). flaccidus), and Amphigraptus (4. divergens, Hall). Lapworth regards the grouping of the first four familes as given in his 10° can) Analytical Table as the natural one, but that of the other families as “ temporary and provisional,” especially that of the Diplograptidee. 1978 In 18738 Salter published an exhaustive Catalogue of the Chien OWE Cambrian and Silurian Fossils in the Woodwardian Museum “A Catalogue of the at Cambridge, illustrated by some figures. The following Collection of Cambrian species of Graptolites are figured and briefly described : di! Silurian Fossils (1) Dictyonema sociale, (2) Graptolithus Hisingert (sagittarius), zi mae (3) Diplograpsus mucronatus, (4) Phyllograptus angustifolius, of the University of (5) Didymograpsus geminus, (6) Tetragrapsus bryonoides, (7) Cambridge.’ Dichograpsus, sp. Loganograptus, (8) Dendrograpsus furcatule, (9) Graptolithus Sedqwickii, (10) Rastrites (Graptolithus) con- volutus, (11) Rastrites peregrinus, (12) Diplog. folium, (18) Diplog. pristis, (14) Gr. ludensis (priodon), (15) Retiolites Geinitzianus. 1874. In the year 1874 Miller described under the name of Miller, S. A., ; Megalograptus a peculiar “large cylindrical form, not a ‘Cincinnati Quart. ; : : : is ia ed ia graptolite, bearing fronds with spinose processes, and covere¢ Journ. Sci.,’ vol. 1, 5 z oe ry Sea ya OP p. 343. with cellular openings. Ixxxiv 1874. Etheridge, R., junr., “ Observations on a few Graptolites from the Lower Silurian Rocks of Victoria,” ‘Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,’ ser. 4, vol. xiv. BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. An important addition to our knowledge of the Graptolitic fauna of Australia was made by Etheridge, junior, in 1874. Several species are recorded, figured, and described: (1) “ T'etragraptus bryonoides” (Tetra. serra and Didymo. caduceus (gibberulus) ), (2) Letrag. quadribrachiatus, (3) Phyllog. typus, (4) Loganograptus Logani (Gontograptus), (5) Climacog. sp., (6) Diplog. mucronatus (Glossograptus and Lasiograptus), (7) D. pristis, (8) Didymog. ? fruticosus, (9) D. nitidus, (10) D. Panton ? (=D. v. fractus), (11) G. latus, which he regards as a fragment of a Dichograptus, (12) Graptolithus sp. 1874. M’Coy, Fred., ‘Prodromus of the Paleontology of Victoria,’ dec. 1. paper. The same year M‘Coy figured several fine examples of Graptolites from Victoria in the first part of his ‘ Prodromus of the Paleontology of Victoria.’ The only new form named by him is a variety of G. Logan, 1. e. (1) var. australis. The other species are very similar to those given in Etheridge’s (2) Phyllograptus folium, His. var. typus, Hall, (8) Diplog. mucronatus (= Glossograptus), (4) D. pristis, (5) D. rectangularis, (6) Diplog. (Clumacograptus) hicornis, (7) Graptolithus (Didymog.) fruticosus, (8) Gr. (Didymog.) quadribrachiatus, (9) Gr. (Didymog.) bryonoides, (10) Gr. (Didymog.) octobrachiatus. 1874. Lossen, “ Ueber Graptolithen aus dem Harz,” ‘ Zeit. d. deutsch. geol. Gesell.,’ bd. xxvi. 1875. M Coy, Fred., ‘Prodromus of the Paleontology of Victoria,’ dec. 2. Lossen, during the same year, recorded Graptolites from seven new localities in the Harz, corresponding in age to the Upper Thuringian-Fichtelgebirge graptolite horizon. Several additional forms of Australian Graptolites are given in the second part of M‘Coy’s “ Prodromus,” which appeared in 1875. One new species is named: (1) Fetiolites australis, from the Wenlock. The other forms described and figured are: (2) Didymog. extensus, (3) (Didymog.) caduceus (ander this name are figured specimens of Didymog. gibberulus and Tetrag. Bigsbyi), (4) Diplog. palmeus, (5) Cladog. ramosus, (6) Cladog. furcatus. Gr. (Didymog.) gracilis, which he suggests might be made the the Llandeilo. type of a new sub-genus, is recorded from the Bala. All these occur in He refuses to accept the genera Tetragraptus, Dichograptus, ete., considering that the number of stems con- joined is a “character certainly not of generic value.” 1875. Swanston, “ Graptolites, with special reference to those found in co. Down,” ‘ Proc. Belfast Naturalists’ Field Club,’ ser. 2. In a paper read before the Belfast Naturalists’ Field Club in 1875, Swanston recorded some fifteen species of Graptolites from the Silurian strata at Coalpit Bay, co. Down. HISTORY OF RESEARCH. Ixxxv 1875. A new genus of Graptolites, from the Skiddaw slates, was Nicholson, H. A., described by Nicholson in 1875, viz. Azygograptus, with its “On a new Genus and Sout Hea eibeeiea Gf type species A. Lapworthi. This genus, which has but one Graptolites from the branch, with the sicula in a similar position to that of Skiddaw Slates,”‘Ann. Didymograptus, Nicholson considers to be intermediate in its Mag. Nat. Hist.,’ characters between Monograptus Nilssoni and the Nemagraptus per. 4, vel. xvi. of Emmons. I] ) | Description.—Vhe polypary exhibits great variation in length, but the general characters are always maintained. The increase in breadth is gradual and almost imperceptible over the first 1:5 cm. of its extent; the maximum width attained varies between 2 mm. and 2°5 mm., but never exceeds the latter dimension. The sicula has a total length of 1°5 mm., but in adult specimens only | mm. is O fo) 188 BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. visible. The virgella is always present and is short, straight, and robust, measuring about 1 mm. in length. Theca 1' origiates at a point about 1 mm. above the aperture of the sicula; it grows downward on the side of the virgella some little distance below the aperture, and then turns back, growing Fig. 121 a and b.—Climacograptus : : rectangularis (M‘Coy). upward and slightly outward, so that its aperture comes to lie on a level with or slightly above its point of origin. Th. 1° grows obliquely across the bla back of the sicula, leaving it free on one side for a i | small fraction of its length. S) We The septum originates at once between the \y lav apertures of th. 1’ and th. 1’, or at latest on the level tl | of the aperture of th. 1’. The virgula is often a b prolonged distally for a considerable distance. a. Proximal end in relief, reverse view Doma aye — 1M “ya) Area ave > ts < Tulapomenbor pat or Se UE A ffinities.—There appears to have been consider g504. able misapprehension respecting this specie Bie De bl ] respecting this species of b. Young specimen probably referable to this species, obverse view show- M‘Coy; and Climacograplus Torngquisti, which is m ing sicula. 'wymyn River, near ; : ee Dolgadfan (Burkhill reality very different, has been commonly referred to this species. The above description has been drawn up from M‘Coy’s type specimens which are in the Sedgwick Museum ; and lus species appears therefore to have the following characteristic features : (1) Gradual increase in breadth over first 1°5 em. till 2°5 mm. is attained. (2) Short conspicuous virgella proceeding from a sicula, which is free for nearly half of its length on one side. (3) Complete septum. It is therefore closely related to Cl. scalaris (with which its thecz agree in all essentials), but differs from it im size and in the greater breadth, attained by gradual and persistent widening. From Cl. medius it differs in having a shorter virgella, more gradual widening, and more complete septum; from Cl. T'drnquisti, with which it appears very frequently to have been confused, it differs entirely in the character of the proximal end. Horizon and Localities—Lower Birkhill Shales and equivalents. S. Scotland : Dobb’s Linn; Garple Linn; Beleraig Burn; Crosscleuch ; Ritton- side; Penwhapple Glen, Saugh Hill, ete. Lake District: Skelgill, ete. Wales: Pary’s Mountain; Llanystwmdwy. Ireland : Pomeroy ; Donaghadee. Associates, etc.—Climacog. vectangularis is a common fossil in the Lower Birklill Shales (particularly in the zones of Diplog. vesiculosus and M. gregarius), and their equivalents in the British Isles. Its associates are the entire Lower Birklull fauna. Collections.—Sedgwick Museum, British Museum (Natural History), Lapworth, Fearnsides, and the Authors. Climacograptus medius, Tornquist. 1870. fies. Ia; 0, Ff. 1872. 1873. 1897. CLIMACOGRAPTUS. 189 Plate XXVI, figs. 4 a—f. Climacograpsus teretiusculus, Nicholson (pars.), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. vi, p. 373, Climacograpsus teretiusculus, Nicholson, Monog. Brit. Grapt., p. 33, figs. 8 a, b, f. Climacograptus scalaris, Malaise, Terr. Silur. du centre de la Belgique, p. 104, pl. vi, figs. 5, 6. Climacograptus medius, Tornquist, Diplog. and Heteroprionide of Scanian Rastrites Beds, Acta Reg. Soc. Physiogr. Lund, vol. viii, p. 7, pl. 1, figs. 9—15. Polypary 1—4 cm. in length, wide at origin, but undergoing slight merease for about the first centimetre of its length, until a maximum width of about 2°5 mm. is attained. thecal pair, thence complete. cealed. Virgella very long, attaining a leneth of 10 mm. or more. Septum partial till the level of fourth or fifth Sicula 1-5 mm. in length but partly con- Thecze twelve to ten in 10 mm., of the same general type as those of Cl. scalaris. Description.—The sicula is free for a considerable fraction of its length on one side, and in addition to the virgella there occur occasionally two basal spines, the origin of which is obscure; they seem to belong to the sicula rather than to the thecz. In the obverse aspect the septum is seen to extend down to the proximal Fias. 122 a, b, and c.—Climacograptus medius, 'Térnq. “ Aare ay] ay 7) a AR Taal Ke vy yt Y a | a b { USS Ly on Y =i 4 4 i ~~ = sty) so 4 ad “2 N Uy cE 7) c a. Proximal end, obverse view. Main Cliff, Dobb’s Linn; Birkhill Shales (zone of Diplog. vesiculosus). Coll. Elles. Small specimen showing two spines in addition to virgella. On same slab as Pl. XXVI, figs. 4 a, c, and e. c. Distal theew showing large apertural excavations. Enlargement of part of Pl. XXVI, fig. 4a. extremity of the polypary; in the reverse aspect, however, there is no trace of it until the level of the fourth pair of thecz is reached, and occasionally not until the level of the fifth; this would seem to imply that it is at first only partial, not extending completely through the polypary until the level of the fourth or fifth theeal pair. The virgella varies in length from 5 mm. to 10 mm.; it is always therefore a more conspicuous feature than in Cl. scalaris or Cl. vectangularis. The virgula is commonly prolonged distally for a considerable extent. Affinities —Cl. medius is no doubt intimately related to Ol. rectangularis and Ol. Tornquisti, and may be regarded as an intermediate form between them. It agrees with Cl. rectangularis in point of size and in the characters of the thecz; it differs, however, (1) in being wide at the proximal end and hence undergoing less increase to attain the same breadth, (2) in the possession of a longer virgella, and (8) in the fact that the septum is not completely developed till the level of the fourth or fifth pair of theee. In compressed OF aw much 190 BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. specimens the greatér length of the virgella is the most obvious point of difference. Cl. medius agrees with Ol. Tornquisti in the possession of a conspicuously long virgella and in the general characters of the thecee, but in Cl. T'ornqusti the sicula is longer and less imbedded in the polypary, and the septum is not complete until the level of the eighth thecal pair. Horizon and Localities—Birkhill Shales (zones of Diplog. vesiculosus and Monogq. gregarius). S. Scotland: Dobb’s Linn; Lockerbie; Duffkinnel, near Wamphray, ete. Wales: Llanystwmdwy; Pennant, Llanbrynmair. Lake District: Skelgill. Associates, ete—Cl. medius is most abundant in Britain in the zone of Diplog. vesiculosus ; it is also fairly common in the lower part of zone of Monog. gregarius at the top of the Lower Birkhill Shales, and is met with occasionally at a shghtly higher horizon; it is usually associated with Diplog. vesiculosus, Dimorphog. Swanstoni, Monog. gregarius, M. tenws, M. triangulatus, Cl. rectangularis, and Diplog. physophora. Collections —Sedewick Museum, Fearnsides, and the Authors. Climacograptus Tornquisti, sp. nov. Plate XXVI, figs. 6 a—f. 1876. Climacograptus rectangularis, Lapworth, Cat. West Scott. Foss., pl. ii, fig. 50. 1877. Climacograptus scalaris var. rectangularis, Lapworth, Grap. Co. Down, Proc. Belfast Nat. Field Club, p. 138, pl. vi, fig. 32. 1897. Climacograptus rectangularis, Térnquist, Diplog. and Heteroprionide of Scanian Rastrites Beds, Acta Reg. Soc. Physiog. Lund, vol. vii, p. 8, pl. i, figs. 16—21. Polypary 1—4 em. in length, widening within 1°5 cm. to a maximum breadth of 2 mm., which is maintamed to the distal extremity ; sicula 2 mm. in length, only partially concealed; virgella robust and long, generally attaining a leneth of 10 mm. or more. Septum, partial until level of eighth thecal pair. Thecze twelve to ten in 10 mm. of the form of those of Cl. scalaris. Description—The sicula is long, and is free for nearly the whole of its apparent length on one side, giving to the proximal end an appearance closely resembling that of a Dimorphograptus. The proximal end is somewhat abnormal for a Climacograptus; th. 1? is so unusually long that its aperture is above the level of that of th. 2', while its direction of growth is so peculiarly upward, instead of outward and upward, that the sicula is left entirely free on one side; nevertheless the thecee appear to develop in their usual order. The virgula is not often preserved as a distal prolongation, but occasionally projects 10—15 mm. beyond the polypary; it is very slender as a rule, a fact which no doubt accounts for the comparative rarity of its preservation. CLIMACOGRAPTUS. 19] Figs. 123 a@ and b,—Climacograptus Affimties.—Unlhke the other close allies of Térnquisti, sp. nov. Climacog. scalaris, Cl. Térnquisti is clearly closely related to the Dimorphograpti, but since th. 17 seems to develop as usual from th. 1* and the Dimorphograptid appearance is due merely to its peculiar direction of growth and unusual length, this species must be re- garded as a Climacograptus, of which the charac- teristic features are the following : (1) The long sicula, free for nearly the whole of . b its apparent leneth on one side. 2) The long virgella. a. Obverse view, Showing sicula free on i. 3 hee = 5 ; ; the right side. Dobb's Linn, Birk- (3) The incomplete septum until the level of the hill Shales. Coll. Elles. ; : at b. Reverse view showing part of sicwla eighth thecal pair is reached. on left side and long theca 1°. En- 5 , ae ae largement of part of Pl. XXVI, Cl. Tornquisti is undoubtedly closely related to EaeOS: Cl. rectangularis and Cl. medius ; distal fragments of Cl. Térnquisti and Cl. rectangularis are almost indistinguishable, but when the proximal end is preserved the longer sicula, long virgella, and less complete septum in Cl. Térnquisti serve to distinguish it. It is often very difficult to separate it froin Cl. medius, especially in compressed specimens when the details of the proximal end are obscure and the septal groove invisible ; but in well-preserved specimens the sicula of Cl. Tornquisti is seen to be longer and less imbedded in the polypary than is the case in Cl. medius, and while the septum is not complete until the level of the eighth thecal pair, it is always complete in Cl. medius after the fifth. Horizon and Localities—Lower Birkhill Shales (rare in Upper Birkhill Shales). S. Scotland: Dobb’s Linn; Beleraig; Garple Linn. Wales: Big Pit, east side of Pary’s Mount; Mona Mine, Pary’s Mount; Llanystwmdwy. Lake District: Skelgill. Ireland: Donaghadee, Little River, Pomeroy. Associates, ete.—Ol. Tornquistt is a common fossil in the Lower Birkhill Shales, and is especially abundant in the zone of Monog. gregarius. It occurs most frequently associated with Monog. gregarius, Monog. cyphus, Monog. fimbiiatus, Monog. triangulatus, Cl. rectangularis, Cl. innotatus. It is only rarely met with in the higher beds of the Birklill Shales. Collections.—British Museum (Natural History), Sedgwick Museum, Lapworth, Fearnsides, and the Authors. Climacograptus minimus (Carruthers). Plate XXVIT, figs. 1 ~—y. td S ) r « . y r . r ad rq . » 1868. Diplograpsus minimus, Carruthers, Geol. Mag., vol. v, p. 125, pl. v, figs. 12 a, 126. Polypary 1—3 em. in length, increasing gradually in breadth till a maximum of nearly 2 mm. is attained. Sicula visible for 1 mm. of length; virgella fairly short; virgula distally prolonged. Thecx fourteen to eleven in BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. 10 mm., having an average length of 1:5 mm., overlapping about one-half their extent; apertural margin horizontal, situated im deep excavation occupying fully one-third of the width of the polypary and one-fourth of its ventral margin. Description—The polypary measures 0°38 mm. in width at the proximal end, Fies. 124 a—c.—Climacograptus mini- mus (Carr). Ly ke? 5 ‘Ae “Ahh iF kt Sec vege rela cag vial =) i m6 iy MiP < Y y je STH Ui ef | wre a ees’ Cyd - ats Yad ial Eee / = Leg! wv } } ely bee! \ b | a. Proximal end, obverse view. On same slab as Pl. XXVII, fig. 1g. b. Obverse view, showing sicula. Dobb's Linn, Hartfell Shales (zone of Pleurog. linearis). Coll. Elles. c. Reverse view. On same slab as Pl. XX VII, figs. 1 a—e. Fig. 124 d.— Climacograptus minimus (Carr). d. Distal thece. of Pl. XX VII, fig. 1f. Bletherston ? Enlargement of part but widens within 4 mm. to its maximum breadth, so that the margins are parallel to each other for the greater part of their extent. In the reverse aspect of the polypary the proxi- mal end has a very compact and rounded off appear- ance, and the only part of the sicula visible is its virgella. In the obverse aspect the sicula is seen for 1 mm. of its extent; th. 1’ originates 1°3 mm. above the aperture, and the polypary develops in the usual manner. In one specimen the virgula is seen to be expanded into a small vesicle. The septum originates at once between th. 2! and th. 2°. Affinities.—Cl. described by Carruthers as a Diplograpsus, but the characters of the thecz proclaim its connection with the Climacograpti. It is characterised by its rela- tively great width in proportion to its length, a feature which serves to distinguish it from allied muuius 1s a form originally forms, such as Cl. brevis. Horizon Localities. — Hartfell Shales (Dicranog. Clingant and Pleurog. linearis zones). S. Scotland: Dobb’s Linn; Hartfell; Mount Wales: Railway Pendwr, south of and Benger Burn. Collections —British Museum (Natural History), Lapworth, and the Authors. Climacograptus brevis, sp. nov. 1885. Plate XXVIL, figs. 2 a—f, Cl. cfr. minutus, Marr and Roberts, Quart. Journ, Geol. Soc., vol. xl, p. 476. Polypary small, about 1°5 cm. in length and having an average uniform width of about 1 mm. Sicula 1 mm. in length; virgella conspicuous ; virgula distally prolonged. 'Thecee fourteen to ten in 10 mm., nearly opposite, short tubes having an average length of about 1 mm., overlapping about one- CLIMACOGRAPTUS. 193 third; apertures situated in semicircular excavations, which occupy one third to one quarter the width of the stipe, and one third of the ventral margin. Description.—Cl. brevis is a small species ; it may attain a leneth of 1°5 cm. as a maximum, but specimens having a length of 1 cm. Fias. 125 a and b.—Climacograptus i ioe aa. TOr. are of commoner occurrence, and the breadth is as eS | a rule rather less than 1 mm. The thecal apertures al a are nearly opposite to each other, and the outer at Cis walls are straight or slightly widened with a ‘ tendency to rounding off at the base. ya Xs ashe SAE, Affinities. —This species is obviously very closely allied to Cl. minimus im poimt of size and in the ee a = — general characters of the thece ; its chief distinction hes in the lesser breadth and smaller degree of a. Proximal end, obverse view, showing alee oan | : leneer saved : apex of sicula. Enlargement of OVerlap of the thecz and larger apertural ex- part of Pl. XX VII, fig. 2 a. b. Small but complete specimen, reverse view, showing basal part of sicula ee Ne se ae yn. C 5. falingnrasyeitrevce: ae free for short distances on left aide, taguished by its small size and the characters of Gwern-y-fed-fach, Builth; Llan- j 10.90 deilo Beds. Coll. Elles. its thece. vavations. From all other forms it may be dis- Horizon and Localities.—Llandeilo Flags ; Glen- kiln and Lower Hartfell Shales; Dicranograptus Shales. S. Scotland: Dobb’s Linn; Hartfell; Mount Benger Burn. Wales ; Gwern-y- fed-fach, Builth ; 5. of Wolfsdale; Parsonage Llandewy Velfry; Clarbeston Road Railway Station; Spittal Road Cutting. Associates, etc.—Cl. brevis is a common fossil in the Llandeilo Flags of Gwern- y-fed-fach, near Builth, where it is found on the same slabs as Nemag. pertenuwis and Dicellog. seatans. It is also found in the Glenkiln Shales of S. Scotland, and in the Dicranograptus Shales of S. Wales. It appears to belong characteristically to this horizon, but some individuals survive into the Lower Hartfell Shales. Climacograptus bicornis (Hall). Plate XXVI, figs. 8 a—/. 1847. Graptolithus bicornis, Hall, Pal. New York, vol. i, p. 268, pl. Ixxiui, fig. 2. 1870. Climacograpsus bicornis, Nicholson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. vi, p. 380, figs. 5 a, b, ¢, d. 1874. Climacograptus bicornis, Dairon, Trans. Geol. Soc. Glasgow, vol. v, p. 183, pl. 1, fig. 25. 1876. Climacograptus bicornis, Lapworth, Cat. West Scot. Foss., pl. ii, fig. 51. 1877. Climacograptus bicornis, Lapworth, Grap. Co. Down, Proc. Belfast Nat. Field Club, p. 139, pl. vi, fig. 38 a. 1902. Climacograptus bicornis var. longispina, T. 8. Hall, Records Geol. Survey N.S. Wales, vol. vii, pt. 2, p. 5, pl. xii, figs. 8, 9. Polypary 2—6 cm. in length, widening gradually from origin until a 194: BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. maximum width of 2°5 mm. is attained, then Fias, 126 a, b,c, and d.—Climacograptus Picorane (ali) continuing with parallel margins up to the distal end; proximal end provided with two 4 by conspicuous spines. Sicula small. Thecee el ta twelve to ten in 10 mm., having an average \ ey length of 1°5 mm. and overlapping about one- gw ve third of their extent; apertural margins BE horizontal, situated in elliptical excavations , occupying one-third of the ventral margin ; and one-quarter the width of the polypary. a Description.—The polypary varies very much in . size and may attain a length of 6 cm. or more, pane) ; — but specimens having a length of 3—4 cm. are of (hay A) ee commoner occurrence; when compressed the poly- (a iJ = pary measures *8 mm.—1 mm. in breadth at its ag origin, but specimens preserved in relief generally EN A only measure ‘6 mm. ‘The increase is gradual in a has i distal direction, but the maximum breadth is usually ered attaimed within the first four centimetres of length. 3 d At 1 cm. the polypary is 15 mm. wide, at 2 em. 2mm.,at 3 cm. about 2°2 mm.,and at 4 cm. 2°5 mm. a. Proximal end showing part of sicula, and apertural edges of proximal thece prolonged into spines. Dobb’s Linn, Lower Hartfell Shales (zone of Climacog. Wilsoni). Coll. Elles. b. Proximal end showing aperture of th. 1'. Ibid. c. Distal thece, half profile view. Dobb’s Linn, Lower Hartfell Shales. Coll. Wood. d. Distal thece, sub-scalariform view. The sicula is small; when complete it measures approximately 1 mm. in length, but since the whole of the apical region is imbedded in the fully developed polypary the visible length as a rule is only 5 mm. In the case of very young specimens the sicula is completely visible. Ibid. Coll. Lapworth. ale vanigell a often be seen as a small stout projection from the sicular aperture, and the virgula is occasionally prolonged beyond the distal extremity of the polypary. Th. 1' origimates about *5 mm. above the aperture of the sicula (?.e. at the top of the visible portion in a mature specimen) and grows downward until it reaches the level of the aperture. It then bends round and grows outward and slightly upward, so that its own aperture is shghtly below the level of its point of origin. A spine is always present on each side of the base of the polypary ; in some cases these spmes are merely outgrowths from the outer walls of the earliest thecee just below their apertures, but often a complete modification of th. 1‘ and th. 1° to spines appears to have taken place and no aperture can be discerned. 'l'here appears to be every stage between these two extremes. The spines vary very much in size, and, as Nicholson long ago observed, they may be anything from 1 mm. to | em. in length, and may be curved and long, or straight and short; the angle CLIMACOGRAPTUS. 195 included between them appears to vary from 60° to 140° They are frequently enclosed partially or entirely within a membrane, which gives a false impression of their actual width. The appearance of the thecze varies very much with preservation. They are comparatively rarely presented in true profile view; when so presented, however, while a marked sigmoid curve is characteristic of the line of the ventral wall, the free edge is practically straight. Hach theca starts from the inner part of the theca lying next below, and almost at once grows outward and upward, so that the greater part of its ventral wall is free; the amount of overlap is approximately one-third, or rather less. The thecz are, however, often preserved in sub- scalariform view, when the aperture is seen to be elliptical in outline. In profile view the thecal apertures are markedly alternate in their arrangement, particularly so at the proximal end. The septum is complete on the obverse side, but possibly incomplete at the extreme proximal end on the reverse side. Affinities —The presence of the basal spines, the characters of the thecee, and the tapering of the polypary in a proximal direction are characteristics which serve to separate Cl. bicornis from other Climacograpti. Horizon and Localities —Upper Glenkiln and Hartfell Shales. S. Scotland: Dobb’s Linn; Hartfell; Kirkhill, Wanlock Head; Berrybush Burn; Black Linn; Glenkiln Burn; Craighead; Laggan Gill; 8. of Ardwell; Penwhapple Glen, ete. Wales: Tiddyndicwm; Derwendeg; Ty Fry ; Prendergast Farm, Haverfordwest; Railway Pendwr, 8. Bletherston; near Builth, ete. Ireland : Tinnaclough, Co. Wexford. Associates, ete.—Cl. bicornis is an exceedingly abundant fossil im the Glenkiln and Lower Hartfell Shales. In the Glenkiln Shales it occurs in the Nemag. gracilis zone associated with N. gracilis, Dicellog. sextans, and Climacog. Scharenbergi; in the immediately overlying zone of Dicellog. patulosus it occurs with Cl. peltifer and the zone fossil; while in the Lower Hartfell Shales it abounds in the Ol. Wilsoni zone, associated with Cl. Wilsoni, Cl. Scharenbergi, and Dicranog. Nicholsoni. Some individuals are met with in the higher zone of Dicranog. Clingani, associated with D. Clingani, Dicellog. Morrisi, Dicranog. ramosus, and Leptog. flaccidus. Collections.—Geological Survey of Scotland, Sedgwick Museum, Lapworth, and Authors. Var. tridentatus, Lapworth. Plate XX VI, figs. 9 a—c. 1876. Climacograptus bicornis, var. tridentatus, Lapworth, Cat. West Scot. Foss., pl. ii, fig. 5: 1877. Climacograptus bicornis, var. tridentatus, Lapworth, Grap. Co. Down, p. 139, pl. vi, fig. 38 e. There is a well-marked variety of Cl. bicornis in which the virgella is so developed that it constitutes a third long basal spine; it is often fully 2mm. in 196 BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. length. In other respects this form agrees with the typical species. A membrane frequently surrounds each spine, giving to all an appearance of greater width than they naturally possess. Horizon and Localities. — Upper Glenkiln and Lower Hartfell Shales. S. Scotland: Hartfell; Dobb’s Linn; Wanlock Water, etc. Wales: Ty Fry, near Portmadoc. Ireland: Ballygrot. Associates, ete.—Var. tridentatus is a somewhat rare fossil in the Glenkiln Shales (zone of Dicellog. patulosus), where it occurs associated with Cl. bicorinis, Cl. peltifer, Cl. Scharenbergi. It also occurs in the succeeding Lower Hartfell Shales (zone of Cl. Wilsont), associated with Cl. Wilsont and Dicranog. Nicholsoni. Collections.—Lapworth and the Authors. Var. peltifer, Lapworth. Plate XXVI, figs. 10 a—e. 1876. Climacograptus bicornis, var. peltifer, Lapworth, Cat. West Scot. Foss., pl. ii, fig. 53. 1877. Climacograptus bicornis, var. peltifer, Lapworth, Grap. Co. Down, Proc. Belfast Nat. Field Club, p. 139, pl. vi, fig. 38 b. A common variety of Cl. bicornis is one in which the membrane surrounding the basal spines has developed to such an extent as to envelop the entire proximal end of the polypary in a triangular disc. The spines form the proximal termina- tion of the disc, which thence extends upward for a distance of 4—5 mm. The thece agree in most particulars with those of Cl. bicornis (though the apertural excavations are somewhat smaller, occupying one-fifth of the breadth of polypary as compared with one-fourth in the typical form); the form of the polypary is also similar. Horizon and Localities —Upper Glenkiln Shales (zone of Dicellog. patulosus). S. Scotland: Dobb’s Linn; Hartfell, ete. Wales: Tiddyndicwm. Ireland: Ballygrot; Coalpit Bay. Associates, etc.—Vayr. peltifer is a fairly abundant fossil m the Moffat country in the highest beds of the Glenkiln Shales immediately below the zone of Cl. Wilson; with Dicellog. patulosus in most places marking a clearly recognisable zone. It is commonly associated with Cl. bicornis, Cl. Scharenbergi, and Cl. (?) perexrcavatus. Collections.—Lapworth and the Authors ; Fearnsides. Climacograptus supernus, sp. noy. Plate XXVI, figs. 11 a—d. Polypary small, 1—2 cm. in length, widening somewhat rapidly from about 0-5 mm. to a maximum breadth of 1:°2 mm., which is thereafter maintained. Sicula about 1 mm. in length; virgella short and robust. Thece of the general bicornis type, fourteen to twelve in 10 mm. CLIMACOGRAPTUS. 197 Description —The polypary is generally small, the increase in breadth takes place within 5 mm. of the proximal end, but it is noticeable that the polypary Fias. 127 a—d.--Climacograptus swper- nus, Sp. NOV. Hal Ce Le Lad LS Py -) ils Eta i f sf >? Fe’) ae = i [3% AA F fe as eH 54 Pe ar hea (hg aN GA c d a, Proximal end, obverse view, showing small virgella. Enlargement of part of Pl. XXVI, fig. 11}. b. Reverse view, showing long spines. Dobb’s Linn, Upper Hartfell Shales (zone of Dicellog. anceps). Coll. Wood. c. Obverse view, showing sicula. Ibid. Coll. Elles. d. Small specimen, with proximal end enclosed in a small disc. On same slab as fig. 129 c. is often slightly wider at its extreme proximal end than it is opposite the apertures of th. 2' and th. 2”, a fact which seems to be accounted for by the presence of the sicula, which is broad at its aperture, but tapers quickly in its apical region. The sicula is commonly situated somewhat obliquely, and is often visible for only 0°5 mm. of its extent; th. 1' originates at the top of the visible portion, grows downward and then upward, giving off a slender spine about 1 mm. in length from the base of the upward growing portion; th. 1° grows somewhat obliquely upward and outward from th. 1’, originating a similar spine from the base of its upward growimg portion. The virgella usually appears aS a medial excrescence between them. Occasionally the whole proximal end appears to be enveloped in a disc. Affinities.—In its general form and the characters of the thecee, and above all in the presence of the basal spines, Cl. supernus bears obvious resemblance to Ol. bicornis ; it is, however, a much smaller form, is narrower, and has the thece more Closely set, its spimes are also more slender than those of Cl. bicornis; it is, however, not impossible that it is the dwarfed survival of that species. Horizon and Locality —Upper Hartfell Shales (confined to zone of Dicellog. anceps). S. Scotland.—Dobb’s Linn ; Hartfell, ete. Associates, etc.—Cl. supernus is a fairly common fossil in the Dicellog. anceps zone, especially at Dobb’s Linn, where it occurs on the same slabs as D. anceps. Oollection.—The Authors. Climacograptus Wilsoni, Lapworth. 1876. 1877. pl. vi, fig. 40. Plate XXVI, figs. 12 a—d. Climacograptus Wilsoni, Lapworth, Cat. West Scot. Foss., pl. ui, fig. 46. Climacograptus Wilsoni, Lapworth, Grap. Co. Down, Proc. Belfast Nat. Field Club, p. 140, Polypary 2—6 cm. or more in length, increasing gradually in breadth up to a maximum of 2°5 mm., which is then maintained up to the distal extremity. 9. Sicula 2°5 spicuous vesicle of elliptical form. mm. in length, proximal end commonly furnished with a con- Thece twelve to eight in 10 mm., overlapping one-third to one-half their length, with shghtly curved sub- 26 198 BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. perpendicular free wall; apertural margin horizontal, situated in semi- circular excavations occupying one-fourth the width of the polypary and one-fourth of the ventral margin. Description.—The polypary often attains the considerable length of 5 or 6 em. or more; it is usually 1 mm. wide at its origin, but may increase gradually up to a maximum breadth of 2°5 mm.; this is Fras. 128 a and b.—Climacograptus Wilsoni, Lapw. only rarely attained in the largest speci- ay mens, an average breadth of 2 mm. being f 4 \y j of commoner occurrence. The sides of Fae \i! itd Vey the polypary are subparallel, except at by! Y \ #9 5 Ny ny the proximal end. In the obverse aspect of Way {- if : . oyun ‘yf \ Ay . the adult the sicula is visible for 2°5 of { : Ady . . ° 6 5 y apn its length, and is entirely free in its LF ae, apertural region for fully 1 mm; the ff__ Bk FE, no” a Ahiizs"| get Been apical region tends to be more or less Vai abe Gay | % completely concealed by the growth of ithe} oo fi: " aa Z ; ; : See Be ty Cet = th. 3! and th. 3”. Th. 1' origmates from : 3 the sicula fully 2 mm. above its aperture, a. Specimen showine proximal end in relief, obverse and grows at first downward, partly em- view. Note large sicula and origin of sac. Dobb’s Linn, Lower Hartfell Shales. Coll. Wood. bracing the left side of the sicula; it then b. Reverse view, showing spines on basal thece ; sac distorted. bid. Coll. Elles. bends abruptly round and grows outward and upward for a distance of about 05mm. ) Ol. Wilsont occurs in great numbers in 8. Scotland at the base of the Hartfell Shales, where it marks a well-defined zone. It is commonly asso- ciated with Cl. bicornis, Cl. Scharenbergi, Dicranog. Nicholsout. Collections.—Geological Survey of Scotland, Lapworth, and the Authors. Var. tubularis, var. nov. Plate XXVI, fig. 13. Fig. 129.—Climacograptus Wilsoni, var. There are some forms of Cl. Wilsont in which tubularis, nov. d J ( no sac is developed but in which there occurs a TY . . . . Dy! proximal elongated tube similar to that seen in Pia Cl. caudatus. ‘These seem to constitute a distinct tly y . » . . \ NS variety. The characters of the thee are similar to A\\! those of Cl. Wilsoni itself. Horizon, Localities, etc.—T hose of the ty pical form. Proximal end, showing sicula and com- ’ é ; mencement of the tube. On same ( vllection.— Lapworth. slab as Pl. XXVL, fig. 18. Grovur II. Climacograptt in which the free edge of the theca is shghtly inclined, and the apertural margin somewhat introverted. Climacograptus antiquus, Lapworth. Plate XXVII, figs. 4 a—e. 1873. Climacograptus antiquus, Lapworth, Geol. Mag., vol. x, p. 134. 1876. Climacograptus celatus, Lapworth, Cat. West Scott. Foss., pl. u, fig. 56. 200 1877. 1886. Fias. 1380 a and b.—Climacograptus antiquus, Lapw. VY \ “<@ FA pa Woy i? 7 | k tap ‘ob lay ia 1 A} (am 4 oO 4 | yf lf \ 4 4)94 ‘ Mer 4 oT fi i ip me (! 3 \ } b i h | a a. Typical specimen showing basal spines and long virgella, surrounded partially bya membrane. On same slab as Pl. XXVII, fig 4 a. b. Proximal end showing stout tubular spines. Enlargement of part of Pl. XXVII, fig. 4d. Fies. 180 ¢ and d.—Climacograptus antiquus, Lapw. idl ( (| i): 4 Re 4 Na v's / | P ike pa | ‘S 5 y l ged ed ¥” / . if yj ee ~ t ome 4) \i i | Pag Aili » fea ¥ ets b mS ya d c. Distal thece showing their typical form. Enlargement of part of Pl. XXVII, fig. 4 d. d. Distal part of polypary showing growths on the distal prolongation of the virgula. Oak Wood, Pontes- ford. Coll. Lapworth. BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. Climacograptus coelatus, Lapworth, Grap. Co. Down, pl. vi, fig. 39. Climacograptus ceelatus, Lapworth, Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, sect. iv, p. 167. Polypary 3—5 cm. long, with an approximately uniform width of 2°5 mm. for the greater part of its length. Sicula imbedded, virgella long ; virgula conspicuous and of considerable length. Thecz eleven to nie in 10 mm., basal ones with spines, length 1°5 mm., over- lap one-third, apertural margins slightly introverted, situated in conspicuous elliptical excavations occupying one-fourth to one- fifth of the breadth of polypary and one- third of its ventral margin. Description.—The proximal end is rounded, and the polypary measures 1 mm. in breadth, widening, however, to 2°5 mm. within the first em. of its extent. ‘The virgella is occasionally partly enclosed within a membranous tube similar to that found in Cl. caudatus, but the proximal tapermg of the polypary so noticeable in that species is here absent. The two proximal thecz occasionally bear a stout spine in the middle of the free straight part of the outer wall. Affinities —Cl. antiquus recalls Cl. (?) caelatus in many respects, especially as regards its general form, but it differs in the characters of its theca. Horizon and Localities —Glenkiln Shales. Llan- deilo. N. Wales: Ty-Obry ; Tiddyndicwm. 8S. Scot- land: Dobb’s Linn; Glenkim Burn; Craigmichan Scaurs ; Berrybush Burn ; Black Linn; Penwhapple Ballygrot ; Coalpit Bay. Pontesford. Kirkmichael Burn ; Glen. WN. Ireland : S. Shropshire : Oakwood, Associates, ete.—Cl. antiquus occurs in the Glen- kiln Shales associated with Didymog. superstes and Cl. (?) perexcavatus. The best specimens (including the type) are in Lapworth’s Collection. CLIMACOGRAPTUS. Var. bursifer, var. nov. Fies. 181 a and b. — Climacograptus antliquus, var. bursifer, nov. a a. Proximal end showing disc. Enlarge- ment of part of Pl. XX VII, fig. 6 ¢. b. Distal thece. Enlargement of part of specimen on same slab as fig. 134 a. Var. lineatus, var. nov. Fies. 182 a, b, and e.—Climacograptus antiquus, var. lineatus, nov. = iy Rie f ay i + hy i hs hy j hy rE / a x ae ee 4 hEs: we a Bl 4 ey a ay . = oy we + Oy ks iy Sid 5 Piiie, ri’ y ie ge Pea aw er Mice | ; b C a, Proximal end showing basal spines. Enlargement of part of Pl. XX VII, fig. 5a. b. Distal thee, showing profile of exca- vations. Enlargement of part of Pl. XXVII, fig. 5 b. c Distal theee. Enlargement of part of specimen on same slab as Pl. XXVII, fig. Se. 201 Plate XXVII, figs. 6 a—d. A variety of Ol. antiquus which is occasionally met with in the Glenkiln Shales differs from the typical form in possessing more closely-set thece, and in having the membrane connected with the proximal tube swollen out into a sac at some distance from the polypary. The thecz number fourteen to twelve in 10 mm. and have their ventral walls distinctly imclined ; the sac is fully 6 mm. below the sicula. Affinities—Var. bursifer presents obvious resem- blances to Cl. Wilsoni, but differs (1) in having the sac at a greater distance from the polypary and (2) in the characters of the thece, whose ventral walls are more inclined and the apertures more introverted. Horizon and Localities —Glenkiln their equivalents. S. Scotland : dyndicwm. Shales and Karkmichael Burn. Wales: Tid- Associates, etc.—Those of the typical form. Collections—Lapworth and Fearnsides. Plate XXVII, figs. 5 a—f. Another variety of Cl. antiquus, which occurs at a shghtly higher horizon than the typical form and is characterised by its extreme length, may be appropriately distinguished as var. lineatus. In this variety the polypary may have a length of 8 2 mm. in breadth ; the thecz are rather more distant than in the typical form, numbering only eight to nine in 10 mm.; in other particulars they agree with those of Cl. antiquus itself. cm. but never exceeds Horizon and Localities. — Upper Glenkiln Shales and Lower Hartfell Shales. S. Scotland: Craigmichan Scaurs. Wales : Llanystwmdwy ; Conway; Spittal Road Cutting. Collections.—Fearnsides ; Sedgwick Museum. 202 Climacograptus caudatus, Lapworth. 1876. 1877. BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. Plate XX VII, figs. 7 a—e. Climacograptus caudatus, Lapworth, Cat. West Scott. Foss., pl. ii, fig. 48. Climacograptus scalaris var. caudatus, Lapworth, Grapt. Co. Down, p. 188, pl. vi, fig. 34. Polypary 2—6 cm. or more in length exclusive of the virgellar prolongation, widening gradually from its proximal end to a maximum breadth of about 133 a and 6b. — Climacograptus caudatus, Lapw. Fics. fi ej ie " vy \ it {alJ ae oe] Ky We Cie f pe swf yf AY bit | See = [ee be a a. Proximal end, showing long tube- like virgella surrounded partially by a membrane. Enlargement of part of specimen on same slab as Pl. XXVII, fig. 7 e. b. Ditto, Enlargement of part of speci- men on same slab as Pl. XX VII, fig. 7b. Figs. 183 c and d.— Climacograptus caudatus, Lapw. ae ; a "i 4 Fe NM Fy) , ee oe '19 Si f 43 Pd ‘ fee tire | & alt fy\D> at pete yf : ) F 11" ty Ingen d *p c. Distal thecze seen in profile view. Enlargement of part of specimen in same slab as Pl. XX VII, fig. 7b. d. Distal thee in sub-scalariform view. Enlargement of another specimen on same slab. 2—2°5 mm., which is then maintained to the distal extremity. Sicula obscure, virgella 1 siderably prolonged. in 10 mm., free outer edge curved, shghtly 3 cm. or more in length; virgula con- Thecz twelve to nine inchned. Apertural margin horizontal or in- troverted ; situated in excavations occupying one-fourth the width of the stipe and one- third of its ventral margin. Description.—In the distal region of the polypary the margins are parallel, but proximally they very markedly approximate, the maximum width being 2°0 the 2°5 em. from The proximal prolongation of the ro) attained at a distance of about proximal end. virgella is very striking and characteristic, being ] frequently surrounded by a membranous body with a length of 8 mm. to 1°35 cm.; this is clearly not a part of the true polypary, though it sometimes appears like a prolongation of it; probably the whole 3.cm. or more in length ; close to the polypary it is sicula was once surrounded by a membrane as im Cl. Wilsont. on either side for any part of its length. The septum seems to be complete throughout The free outer The sicula does not appear to be free the entire extent of the polypary. edges of the distal thecee in this species are distinctly inclined, and point in the direction of those of Diplograptus. Affinities. — Cl. caudatus bears a superficial resemblance to the Birkhill forms Cl. T'drnquisti and Cl. medius in the long extension of the virgella ; from these it may, however, be distinguished by CLIMACOGRAPTUS. 208 the character of the thecz and its complete septum. There is also a great difference in size, Cl. caudatus bemg a much larger form than either of these species. Horizon and Localities —Hartfell Shales (zone of D. Clingani). S. Scotland: Dobb’s Linn; Hartfell Spa; Glenkiln Burn; Black Linn; Pied- mont Glen; Ardwell Farm; Penwhapple Glen; Tralodden. Jreland : Ballyerot. Associates, ete.—Cl. caudatus is a fairly abundant fossil in the zone cf Dieranog. Clingant in S. Scotland; it occurs in association with the zone fossil and Dicellog. Morrisi. Collections.—Sedewick Museum, Lapworth, and the Authors. Climacograptus tubuliferus, Lapworth. Plate XXVII, figs. 8 a—d. 1876. Climacograptus tubuliferus, Lapworth, Cat. West Scot. Foss., pl. ii, fig. 49. 1877. Climacograptus scalaris var. tubuliferus, Lapworth, Grap. Co. Down, p. 138, pl. vi, fig. 33. 6 cm. or more in length, increasing in width very gradually from Polypary 3 0-7 mm. at the proximal end to a maximum of 2°5 mm., which is thereafter maintained. Sicula visible for about 1 mm. of length, virgella very robust, often 4mm. long. Thece twelve to eight in 10 mm., free edge straight or shghtly curved in profile view, apertural margins slightly mtroverted, lying within semicircular excavations which occupy about one-fourth to one- sixth the width of the polypary. Virgula conspicuous, flattened, distally prolonged for 5 em. or more, often enclosed within a membranous tube or vesicle. Description —The polypary is often of consider- Fras. 134 a and b.— Climacograptus able extent; the increase in width from 0°7 mm. to tubuliferus, Lapw. 2-5 mm. extends over a length of 3 em., so that smaller specimens naturally appear to widen through- out their length. Lapworth states that the polypary has parallel margins, but this is only true of the ii distal parts of long specimens. ‘he virgula is pro- Li longed for 5 em. or more beyond the distal ex- i ie : a tremity of the polypary, and is commonly enclosed a b had ; within a long narrow flattened or tubular vesicle ; a. 'l'ypical form of proximal end, show- el Stas? : aoe : ing rod-like virgella. Enlargement this 1s frequently only visible when it leaves the of part of specimen on same slab as : Pl. XXVIL, figs. 8 a, b, d. polypary, but im other cases the presence of this b. Reverse view. Beleraig Burn, Hart- 5 Bh: (ee fell Shales. Coll. Wood. flattened plate can be made out within the polypary itself. 204 BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. The sicula is visible for about 1 mm. of its length. Th. 1’ originates at a point about 0°5 mm. above its aperture, and grows down to the level of the aperture, and then upward and outward, so that the aperture is on a level with the point of origin; th. 1° grows horizontally across the back of the sicula, which is thus scarcely visible in the reverse aspect of the Fria. 184 ¢.—Climacograptus tubuliferus, polypary. Short spines arising from the outer Lapw. walls of th. 1‘ and th. 1° just below their apertures are occasionally visible. The thecz have an average length of 2 mm. in the distal portions of the polypary, but in the proximal region they do not exceed 1 mm. in extent; the overlap is approximately one-third. The apertural margins, when seen in true profile, occupy one-fourth of the breadth of the polypary c. Distal thece. Enlargement of part at the proximal end, but distally only about of specimen on same slab as Fig. ; 136 a. one-sixth. Affinities —The very gradual increase in width and the broad flattened virgular tube constitute the characteristic features whereby Cl. tubuliferus may be separated from any other known form of Climacograptus. Horizon and Localities—Lower Hartfell Shales (zones of Dicranog. Clingani and Plewrog. linearis). S. Scotland: Dobb’s Linn; Hartfell Spa; Belcraig Burn; Mount Benger Burn; Whitehouse, Ardmillan Shore; Myoch Bay. Ireland: Carnalea. Associates, ete.—Cl. tubuliferus is a fairly common fossil in the zone of Plewrog. linearis of S. Scotland, but it is rare in the zone of Dicranog. Clingani. It is generally found in association with Plewrog. linearis and Cl. styloideus. Collections.—Sedgwick Museum, Lapworth, and the Authors. — SERS od = SEO Climacograptus latus, sp. nov. Plate XXVII, fig. 5 a—h. Polypary from 2 to 3 cm. or more in length, widening quickly from 1 mm. at its origin to 2 mm., and then more gradually till the maximum of 2°5 mm. is attained. Sicula visible for 0°5 mm. of length. Virgella 1mm. in extent. Thecz thirteen to ten in 10 mm., basal ones adorned with spies, markedly alternate at proximal end, free edge slightly inclined, average length 1-5mm., overlapping half of it ; apertural margin slightly introverted, lying within deep and approximately semicircular excavations which occupy one- fourth to one-fifth of the breadth of the polypary. CLIMACOGRAPTUS. 205 Fra. 135 eaten latus, Description.—The rapid increase in width in the earlier and the more gradual increase in the later x stages of growth are extremely characteristic of ie this species. The average length of the distal Om thee is 2 mm., but the proximal thece are much iw shorter and grow more horizontally than is com- uN monly the case in the Climacograpti, and the lateral a. Proximal end, obverse view. Dobb’s excavations are deeper. Linn, Upper Hartfell Shales (zone of Dicellog. anceps). Coll. Elles. Afjinities.—Cl. latus may be distinguished from b. Reverse view showing basal spines ; Se : : well. Ibid. Coll. Wood. all other Chimacograptt by (1) the relatively great c. Reverse view showing a somewhat : E : different appearance of the proximal width of the polypary compared with the relative end. Enlargement of part of PI. < ? eae 9 XXVIL fig. 39. shortness of the thecee at the proximal end, (2) the rapid increase in width for the first few millimetres Fra, 135 d.— Climacograptus latus, sp. ; ; nov. of growth, and (5) the more gradual increase at a later stage. Horizon and Locality.—Upper Hartfell Shales (zone of Dicellog. anceps). S. Scotland.—Dobb’s Linn. Associates, ete.—Cl. latus occurs with D. anceps at the top of the Hartfell Shales; it is not a an common fossil. d. Distal theese, showing creat width of E 5 c ’ ss i] 7 yy Ye] distal part of polypary. Enlarge- Collection.—The Authors. ment of part of Pl. XX VIT, fie. 3 d. Climacograptus styloideus, Lapworth MS. Plate XXVII, figs. 9 a—e. 1878. = Climacograptus styloideus, Lapworth, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxxiv, p. 330. Polypary long and narrow, from 4 to 7 em. in length, and with a breadth of 2—2°5 mm., which is attained early, so that the margins are subparallel for the greater part of their length. Sicula 3 mm. in length, virgella short, virgula long. Thece, overlapping for very small fraction of their extent, twelve to eight in 10 mm., 1°5 mm. in leneth. Apertural margin oblique, situated in narrow elliptical excavations occupying one-fourth to one-third of the width of the polypary. Description—TVhe polypary varies much in length (but the longer specimens are the more characteristic) ; it has the appearance of bemg bluntly pointed at the proximal end. The virgella is but rarely preserved, and although the two OF af 206 BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. Frias. 188 a and b.—Climacograptus sty- loideus, Lapw. MS. hs FA Ws Fo Chea) > ' HN da Pe: oe ti i tah et 4, g Chay { hh, - ky (? Sad cal oe | We a b a, Proximal end, showing virgella. En- largement of part of specimen on same slab as Pl. XXVILI, fig. 9 c. b. Proximal end, showing various -as- pects of the thece. Enlargement of part of specimen on same slab as Pl. XXVIL, fig. 9 a. Fie. 1388 ¢.—Climacograptus styloideus, Lapw. MS. ce. Distal thece. Enlargement of part of Pl. XXVII, fig. 9d. basal thecze may give off spines from their free outer walls, these are but rarely seen. The virgula is sometimes expanded into a small disc towards its apical extremity; but at varying lengths from the distal end of the polypary. The width of the speci- mens varies with the mode of presentation; as a rule 2—-2°5 mm. is the maximum in those which show only a scalariform view, but in those presented in true profile 3 mm. may be measured, though this ereater width may be partly due to compression. The excavations, which appear as narrow elliptical slits, are very conspicuous in all states of preserva- tion, and are invariably shehtly oblique and inclined downward and inward. Affinities.—Cl. styloideus is characterised by its relatively small breadth in comparison with its length and by the form of the proximal end. It presents a certain resemblance in size and form to Ol. Scharenbergi, but may be readily separated from well-preserved specimens of that graptolite by the absence of the zig-zag septal groove. Horizon and Localities—Hartfell Shales (zone of Pleurog. linearis). S. Scotland: Dobb’s Linn; Hartfell ; Glenkiln ; Craigmichan Scaurs. Associates, ete.—Cl. styloideus is confined to the Hartfell Shales; it is a rare fossil in the zone of Pleurog. linearis, and occurs associated with the zone fossil. Jollection.—Lapworth. Group ITI. Climacograpti in which the free edge of the theca is practically straight and vertical, and the apertural margin slightly introverted and introtorted. Climacograptus Scharenbergi, Lapworth. Plate XXVII, figs. 14.a—e. 1851. Prionotus, Boeck, Bemaerkninger angaaende Graptolitherne, pl. 1, figs. 3, 10, 15, 18. 2 Yi Li We ess : ‘ - : me 1851. Graptolithus (Diplograpsus) teretiusculus, Scharenberg, Ueber Graptoliten, pl. u, figs. 23 a, 24a,25 a, 3l a, CLIMACOGRAPTUS. 207 1852. Diplograpsus teretiusculus, Salter, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. viii, pl. xxi, fig. 3 d. 1875. Diplograptus dentatus, Hopkinson, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxxi, pl. xxiv, fig. 5 a. 1876. Climacograptus Scharenbergi, Lapworth, Cat. West Scot. Foss., pl. 1, fig. 55. 1877. Climacograptus Scharenbergi, Lapworth, Proc. Belfast Nat. Field Club, p. 138, pl. vi, fig. 36. 1898. Climacograptus Scharenbergi, Elles, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. liv, p. 519. Polypary 1 to 4 cm. in length, widening almost at once to a maximum width of about 1°5 mm., and maintaining this breadth almost to its distal extremity. Sicula 0°5 mm. in length with robust virgella. Septal groove well-marked, conspicuously zig-zag in form. ‘T'hece fourteen to eleven in 10 mm., markedly alternate, short, overlapping one-third to one-fourth their length, and having their distal extremities very shghtly introverted and introtorted; apertural margins situated in wide and deep excavations occupying one- fourth of the ventral margin of the polypary and about one-third of its width. Description.—The specimens vary greatly in length, but all have an average width of 155 mm. The breadth at the proximal end is 0°6 mm., but the increase takes place so rapidly that the maximum width is attained at a distance of 6 mm. from the proximal end. In the obverse view of the polypary the sicula is Fias. 139 a to c.—Climacograptus only visible in part in mature specimens, its apical Scharenbergi, Lapw. : : ; region being imbedded apparently as a result of the we erowth of th. 2’ across it in front; judging, how- wd ever, from young specimens, it must have measured © Bs fully 1 mm. in length. Th. 1' appears to originate pe Hf 5mm. above the aperture of the sicula and grows Ce v y downward to the level of the aperture, then bending BY [ } round abruptly, grows upward and outward; from a b ¢ it there is developed th. 1°, which in its initial region a, Obverse view, showing sicula. Dobb’s © CYOSSCS the sicula obliquely, leaving it free for a Linn, Lower Hartfell Shales (zone oe : . : of Cl. Wilsoni). Coll. Wood. ( short distance on the right side. Th. 2! is developed b. Reverse (?) view, in relief, showing septal groove and long virgella. Ibid. Q2 ole oe s A Le ar Pee ise arc oinshowtuatvay th. 2° and th. 3'; at this pomt the septum makes its stout rod-like virgella. Ibid. from th. 1”, and from th. 2' two thecz grow, namely appearance, but in the obverse aspect it is seen earlier. In the reverse view of the polypary the mode of origin of the thece is clearly seen, and in some specimens the base of the sicula is visible, but in others it is obscured by the stout virgella, which may exceed | mm. in length. The septal groove is distinctly angulated, running in short zig-zags from side to side. From the outer part of each angulation proceeds a short horizontal groove continuous with that of the septal groove itself. 208 BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. The thecz are highly characteristic (see Fig. 116), exhibiting a well-marked sigmoid curvature which is most sudden in its central part, and having their apertural margin slightly introverted. They grow at first upward, then bend outward almost at right angles, and finally turn upward at right angles, appearing to undergo a certain amount of torsion in the process. They are markedly alternate. The apertural margins are situated in wide, deep excavations which occupy about one-third the width of the polypary in the distal region, but rather less proximally. The virgula may be distally prolonged for a distance of from 2 to 83cm. When compressed the characteristic zig-zag septal groove is often indiscermible. — In the scalariform view the theese present few of their characteristic features; there remain, therefore, only the general outline with its sub-parallel sides and the character of the proximal end for purposes of identification. Affinities.—The zig-zagz septal groove is highly characteristic; 1t is found in two other species, Cl. Hughest and Cl. extremus, but these are both more diminutive species in every way. The shape of the proximal end and the characters of the thecee are sufficient to distinguish the form when well preserved. Horizon and Localities—Upper Arenig (zone of Didymog. bifidus) to Lower Hartfell (zone of Cl. Wilsont). S. Scotland: Dobb’s Linn; Hartfell; Glenkiln Burn; Craigmichan Scaurs ; Black Linn; Balclatchie Bridge; Laggan Gill; Penwhapple Glen, etc. Wales: Tiddyndiewm; Pont Seiont; Llanvirn; Porth Hayog, Ramsey Island. Lake District: Thornship Beck. Ireland: Ballygrot; Craigavad ; Coalpit Bay. Associates, ete —Cl. Scharenbergi has a fairly long range in time, from the Upper Arenig to the Lower Hartfell, but it is very rare in rocks of Upper Arenig age. It seems to attain its maximum in individuals in the Upper Glenkiln Shales and Lowest Hartfell Shales of 8. Scotland. ' In the Upper Aremg rocks of Pont Seiont and Porth Hayog it occurs asso- ciated with Didymog. bifidus and Cl. (2) confertus ; m the Glenkiln Shales its com- panions are Nemog. gracilis, Dicellog. sevtans, and Cl. bicornis, and in the Lowest Hartfells it occurs with Cl. Wilsoni, Cl. bicornis, and Dicranog. Nicholson. Collections—Sedgwick Museum, Lapworth, and the Authors. Climacograptus Hughesi (Nicholson). Plate XXVII, figs. 11 a—e. 1853. Diplograpsus teretiusculus, Richter, Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesell., vol. v, p. 456, pl. xii, figs. 11—13. 1869. Diplograpsus Hughesi, Nicholson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. iv, p. 234. 1871. Diplograptus teretiusculus, Richter, Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesell., vol. xxiii, pl. v, figs. 5—7. 1876. Non Diplograptus Hughesi, Lapworth, Cat. West Scot. Foss., pl. ii, fig. 37. 1882. Climacograptus undulatus, Kurck, Geol. Foren. i. Stockh. Forhandl., vol. vi, p. 303, pl. xiv, raed, Wl, 1890. Climacograptus internexus, Tornquist, Siljansomr. Graptol. I, Acta Univ. Lund., vol. xxiv, p. 25, pl. u, figs. 8, 9. 1893. figs. 25 1897, 9994, rs 27. CLIMACOGRAPTUS. 209 Climacograptus internexus, Tornquist, Struct. Diprionide, Acta Univ. Lund., vol. xxix, p. 6, Climacograptus undulatus, Tornquist, Acta Reg. Soc. Physiogr, Lund., vol. vin, p. 9, pl. 1, figs Polypary 5—10 mm. in length, having an average uniform breadth of rather less than 1 mm. for the greater part of its length but narrowing slightly at the proximal end, which is rounded off. its length, situated obliquely, virgella short. 10 mm., short tubes in contact for a small fraction of their length. Sicula visible for fully O°5 mm. of Thece sixteen to twelve in Aper- tural margins introverted and introtorted, situated in apertural excavations occupying one-third the width of the ventral margin of the stipe and one- third the total width. Septum always undulating. Description.—Cl. Hughest resembles closely a minute Cl. Scharenberg/, and owing to the degree of introversion and introtorsion of the thecs presents a very Fras. 140a—c.—Climacograptus Hughesi (Nich.). . ry) Ba "] é y F: ~ gon B on J uw v, ) b C a. Small but typical specimen in relief. Ambleside Skeleill Beds. One of Nicholson’s original specimens. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.). b. Compressed specimen in relief, ob- verse view, showing apical part of sicula. Enlargement of part of Pl. XXVII, fig. 116. c. Well-preserved specimen, obverse view, showing sicula and origin of th. 1!. Twymyn River, near Llan- brynmair, Dolgadfan Beds. Coll. Wood. Fig. 140d. — Climacograptus Hughesi (Nich.). d. Distal thece, showing introversion and introtorsion of the apertural margins. 'l'wymyn River, Pennant, Dolgadfan Beds. Coll. Wood. different appearance in the obverse and reverse aspects, and perhaps this is the reason that two In the obverse aspect the sicula is visible for fully 0°5 mm. species have been made out of this form. of its length, and is seen to be situated somewhat obliquely within the polypary. Th. 1! originates midway along its visible length, and growing outward and upward has its aperture on a level with the apex of the sicula. In the reverse view the growth of the two varliest thecze entirely conceals the sicula except The thecal walls, while generally rectangular, show often for a small fraction of the apertural region. a degree of simuosity in their free outer part, but im the apertural region they seem to have undergone some sheht imtrotorsion, so that the apertures are all directed towards the obverse side; this is only When compressed the lower half of the apertural excava- noticeable in specimens preserved in relief. tion may appear perpendicular or shehtly oblique. Strie marking stages of growth can usually be detected. There is a certain amount of variation in breadth in different specimens, between 0°6 mm. and 1 mm., but individuals are of uniform width through- out their whole extent. Affinities. —Cl. Hughest resembles Cl in the undulating ertremus nature of its septal groove, but 210 BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. Cl. ewtremus is altogether a much smaller and narrower species. Cl. Hughesi is the same form as that described by Kurck as Cl. undulatus; he noticed its similarity, but thought it distinct. Horizon and Localities —Birkhill Shales (zones of C. acwminatus, D. vesiculosus, M. gregarius and C. cometa). S. Scotland: Dobb’s Linn. Lake District: Skelgill. Ireland: Coalpit Bay, Donaghadee. Wales: River Twymyn, near Llanbrynmair. Associates, ete.—Cl. Hughesi is a fairly common fossil in the Lower Birkhill Shales. It occurs throughout the basal zones, but is most abundant in the zones of M. gregarius and C. cometa, where it is found associated with M. gregarius, M. cyphus, M. triangulatus, C. cometa, M. lobiferus, ete. Collections—Sedgwick Museum, British Museum (Natural History), Lapworth, and the Authors. Climacograptus extremus, H. Lapworth. Plate XXVII, figs. 13 a, b. 1900. Clhmacograptus extremus, H. Lapworth, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. lvi, p. 134, figs. 22 a and 22 Ba—e, Polypary from 0°5 to 1 em. in length, and with an average breadth of 0°5 mm., with rounded proximal end. Sicula and virgula unknown, virgella short. Thee regularly alternate, twenty to fifteen in 10 mm. Apertural margins small, introverted and introtorted, excavations occupying a small fraction of the total width of the polypary. Septum undulating. Description.—The polypary may attain a length of over 1 cm., but smaller se tie So ene ee specimens with a length of about 5 mm. are of mus, H. Lapw. commoner occurrence. The free edges of the thecee may be vertical or strongly concave. a Ry The septal groove is a very characteristic feature ; CM (« ) : : : | ees it runs from immediately below the aperture of one i (en C4 : Bite, Mises 5 (4 ey } theca to a corresponding position in the succeeding y 4 1) 5 5 § ¥ f theca of the opposite series, and is gently undulating b or sharply angulated according to the variation im a. One of type specimens, incomplete. Seasees Rhyd Hir Brook, Rhayader, Rhaya- compression. gen rale Pp hales: “Col ey ur Affinities.— Cl. eatremus agrees with Ol. Hughesi worth. a 5 b. Complete specimen in relief, reverse in the possession of an undulating septum, anduim view, showing form of thece and 5 : sepinas Enlargement of Pl. general characters of the thece. From Cl. Hughesi, D. » ig. lo a. : ; C c. Fragment, reverse view. Same however, it may be separated by (a) its smaller locality as Fig, 141 a. i : size, (b) the characters of the proximal end. Horizon and Locality—Tarannon Shales (base of Rhayader Pale Shales). CLIMACOGRAPTUS. 211 Wales: Rhayader; Pennant Valley. Lake District : Skelgill (?). Associates, ete.—Cl. extremus, according to Dr. H. Lapworth, is the commonest fossil at the base of the Rhayader Pale Shales, where it is associated with J. crassus, M. pardus, and M. Becki. The type specimens are in his collection. Climacograptus minutus, Carruthers. Plate XXVII, figs. 12 a—c. 1868. Climacograptus minutus, Carruthers, Geol. Mag., vol. v, p. 182, pl. v, figs. 10 a, b. Polypary less than 1 cm. in length, having a maximum width of 1 mm. attained by gradual widening from origin. Sicula visible for 0°5 mm. of its length, which is about 1 mm. Virgella slender but conspicuous, having a leneth of 1mm. Virgula distally prolonged. Thece sixteen to twelve in 10 mm; alternate, having a length of about 1 mm. and overlapping for half their extent; apertural margins situated in shallow sub-elliptical depressions occupying about one-third of the total width of the stipe. Description.—The polypary commonly measures about 6 or 8 mm. in length, and widens within the first 5 mm. to its maximum ue ma Gace mint vidth of 1 mm.; it is only about 0°3 mm. wide near mic its origin. Details respecting the thecz are somewhat uncertain ; % the free edge is straight and rectangular in_ profile Proximal end. Enlarcement of View, and the apertural margins are then horizontal, but Gain, sane stab as Pl. when seen in any other aspect they appear somewhat oblique. Affinities—The type specimens of Cl. minutus present a striking resemblance to compressed specimens of Cl. Hughes, though in their unsatisfactory state of preservation it is not possible to state definitely that they are the same, and the species 1s therefore provisionally retained. Cl. minutus is closely allied to Cl. brevis in point of size and in the general characters of the thecz, but while in Cl. minutus the thecal apertures are alternate, in Ol. brevis they are opposite and somewhat wider. Horizon and Localities —Lower Birkhill Shales. S. Scotland : Dobb’s Linn, Moffat; Frenchland Burn. Lake District : Skelgill (Dimorphog. confertus zone). Ireland : Coalpit Bay, Donaghadee. Associates, ete.—Cl. minutus is a rare fossil in the lower beds of the Birkhill Shales, where it occurs in association with Dimorphograptus Swanston, a charac- teristic fossil of the zone of Diplog. vesiculosus. It also occurs in the Stockdale Shales (confertus zone) associated with Dimorphog. Swanstoni and the zone fossil. Carruthers’ type specimens, from which the above description was drawn up, are 212 BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. in the British. Museum (Natural History). The best Irish specimens are in the Collection of the Belfast Naturalists’ Field Club, while those from the Lake District were collected by Dr. J. HE. Marr, and are now in the Sedgwick Museum. Group IV. Climacograpti in which the straight and vertical free edge of the theca is provided with a mesial spine, and the apertural margin tends to be slightly mtro- verted. Climacograptus innotatus, Nicholson. Plate XXVII, figs. 10 a—e. 1869. = Climacograptus innotatus, Nicholson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. iv, p. 238, pl. x, figs. 16, 17. 1870. Climacograptus innotatus, Nicholson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. vi, p. 884. 1876. — Climacograptus innotatus, Lapworth, Cat. West Scot. Foss., pl. ii, fig. 54. 1877. — Climacograptus innotatus, Lapworth, Grap. Co. Down, p. 140, pl. vi, fig. 37. Polypary small, 5—6 mm. in length, with a uniform average width of 1°5 mm. exclusive of the spmes. Sicula 1 mm. in length, virgella short and fine. Thece fourteen in 10 mm., short, about 1 mm. in length, in contact only. Apertural margins horizontal, opening within wide semicircular excavations, which are of the same extent as the free edge of each theca, from the mesial angle of which a short and conspicuous spine projects. Description —The spined nature of the thecz is highly characteristic of this species, as 1s also its small size and uniformly narrow Fias. 143 a and b.—Climacograptus innotatus, Nich. 2 | of the aperture of th. 1’, the initial part of which width. The sicula is small; it reaches to the level if a crosses it obliquely, leaving it free on one side for a ; small fraction of its length. The virgula is often | shehtly prolonged distally. Affinities.—In the spined nature of the thecz Wy the polypary shows undoubted affinities with the i b Lasiograpti, but in other respects the characters are a. Specimen showing typical form of those of a true Climacograptus, from all species of 1e thecw and their mesial spines. Long Linn, Dobb’s Linn; Birkhill which, however, the presence of the spines is suffi- Shales (zone of Monog. gregarius). Coll. Elles. cient to distinguish it. b. Poorly preserved but complete speci- ‘ : oy ' a ; men showing portion of sicula and Horizon and Localities —Lower Birkhill Shales, virgula, On same slab as PI. . . ‘ - XX VII, fig. 10. zones of Cephalog. acuminatus, D. vesiculosus, and M,. Vreqarius. CLIMACOGRAPTUS. 213 S. Scotland: Dobb’s Linn; Long Linn, Lockerbie; Thirlstane Burn. Jreland : Donaghadee. Associates, etc.—Ol. innotatus is a fairly abundant fossil in the Birkhill Shales of S. Scotland and Ireland. It occurs associated with Cephalog. acwminatus, Diplog. vesiculosus, Climacog. scalaris var. normalis, Cl. rectangularis, Monog. tenuis, and Monog. gregarius. Collections. Sedgwick Museum, British Museum (Natural History), Lapworth, and the Authors. Group V. Climacograpti in which the free edge of the theca is slightly inclined, and the apertural margins are thickened and produced into spines. Climacograptus tuberculatus, Nicholson. Plate XXVI, figs. 7 a—d. 1869. Climacograptus tuberculatus, Nicholson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. iv, p. 239. Polypary 1—2 cm. in length, widening fairly rapidly to a maximum breadth of 2mm., which is then maintained up to the distal extremity; proximal end adorned with two short, stout, curved or horizontal spines. Sicula unknown. ‘Thece twelve to ten in 10 mm., alternate, free edges straight or with shght concave curvature, overlap small; apertural margins situated in shallow elliptical depressions occupying one-fourth to one-third the A width of the polypary, and having their lateral angles adorned with a linear series of tubercles. Description—Al] known specimens of Cl. tuberculatus are poorly preserved. The polypary attains its maximum width fairly meena quickly ; proximally it is only 0°5 mm. wide, but this &E3 dimension 1s doubled within the first millimetre of legs. length, and the same rate of increase is maintained. a The spies at the base are shorter and stouter in » 4 proportion than those of Cl. bicornis, and they are ~ commonly directed horizontally at first, though ue subsequently they may be slightly curved and Proximal end, showing thickening of directed somewhat obliquely downward. The vir- apertural margins and _ spines. ¢ Dobb's Linn, Lower Birkhill Shales. ge]]a is conspicuous but small. The so-called tubercles Coll. British Museum (Nat. Hist.). © ; ef ; ; ae on the lateral edges of the apertures are best seen 28 214. BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. in the scalariform view of the polypary, and appear Fia. 144b.—Climacograptus tuberculatus, ; 2 Nich. to be the thickened edges of the apertural margins which tend to be produced into short curved spines. This feature is conspicuous at the proximal end but is less marked at the distal extremity. yn Affinities. —Exception being made of the tubercles et iB and the basal spines, the species resembles Cl. scalaris iit z Weed in form, but the presence of these features should | ue] suffice to distinguish it im all cases. From Ol. farang saree neat SOR et So Sa f bicornms it differs in the characters of the spines and b. also in the number of thecz in the same unit of b. Distal theca showing form of aper- length. Zoi Horizon and Locality.—Highest Hartfell Shales (zone of Dicellog. anceps) and base of Birkhill Shales (zone of Cephalog. acuminatus). S. Scotland : Dobb’s Linn. Associates, etc.—Cl. tuberculatus is a rare fossil in the beds at the junction of the Hartfell and Birkhill Shales in Dobb’s Linn. It is associated with Cl. scalaris and Dimorphograptus sp. The type specimens are in the British Museum (Natural History). 215 CLIMACOGRAPTUS. | | aed | Axed | | | | _-AJod go | -ATod jo | Aied | faved | | ygpreaq | yApRecq -Ajod jo | -Ajod jo | AaedATod = aa t eo SS UGPEM =) UFPEMA T Jo YPPIM F ursaeu ULGIBUL | ULSIVUL — jeyuea $ | = — — — — |feajzuea $ [eaqudA F — repo yeo = ~aporaeg | = — = a Cu a == ee | peurpoutr ATysts 10 JY.Steays == Aprea — = = | _ a Se Clemo sea ee caer OU CAL || OWA |] 1A! = aqny apts emo 10 SUT soutds | sourds daIj VINOIS yyia | ovs Teory | soutds | osipe | yeseq | qeseq “eTOSItA peystu -diyje ygtm yeseq [at pesopo| snonords| snonords| syynm.ow stwzpos | repnqny “an |PEystuiny |tepue[ss) -uny “0d § | -W0d | |AVA EAL “70 OLY) Suoy A194 — “ULM C.Z — — -= “UU C. — “WUE T “UU & = ‘UM ¢.g | ‘UIU Z.T = = ur e.g) “WMT mM g—| mM jayetduros os om a as — | Ajrvan d d Tease sut1edey popis Surtedey pue Suoj] 4aoys | -[eTp~eaed) oa ‘suo, Ata A| 4aoys — — AIO A AzoA | Qa0qg | Sutszedvy, *81.0D) haf *sngpjzuap | | -nqng "IBA “1720 "ABA | +207 “IBA | “monneA “2 | vadne “79 Sata ee) ee dr | | fred Aired | | -Ajod jo | -fjod jo = WpIaT) — | W4pra ¢ AredAjod | | a OP ak UlsIeU | ULSaeU | ULoIeUt | Jo uLSaeur | ek akc Ral 2 [erzUeA § |[BrqyuUoA qi —_— [etjzueA F |[eaquea +2 | aelno — — | -- — -IToTMLag | | —- = | = — |[eyuozMoyH * = urLsavurt [vanqaody ‘¢ — = || — —— | qu.sreaqg * aspa sat *Z = OLS Gis OLS Tr 6— OL Gaal . “UU OT Ul “ON “T | : ROBY JO Saoqgovarvyo qsnqoa pur yaoys |) aepueTs | VILASATA | pu 4aoys | eas ‘qysuel = | vyjeouta | pue IIA SUO'T — — \sa1f BINOIg ‘pepunoy | Teutxord jo «aoqovreyO | | (uory20d WUuG.. | ‘WUT d — WUL 9.0 | O[GISIA) BfMOIS Jo yASueT — "WIM ¢.g| “UM g. | ‘Wd e.[—T| ‘WU G.T * UApIa osvisay | ayeTdutoo | | [eyaegq | Apteon — = aqetdutog | * umngdag peprs -[oyTeaed Ajeyeur pepts -txoidde |Sursrede4 -JoTrered ‘UMIpeyy | ‘suoy | unripe, Buoy y1oyg |* aveddjod jo zojyovrvyD *82719QD4 *827DUL | -981UL “IBA | -40U “IBA | “snipau "719 eee 2 *814D]D098 *7,) ‘IT dnous ‘SQUdVUDOOVNITY snuaKy ay? 07 burbuojag susog fo ssapovwwyy oifroody | | | BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. Axed Axed Aued Axed Axed Aied Ared -Ajod jo -ATJod yo | -Ajod jo |-ATod Jo} -Ajod Jo | -Ajod jo -Ajod jo é WIPEM F = = a YgPrs fF | UFprM tT Ogprat-t ygpIat-f| yypeorq $s — — |U4peeqq 7-7) . Aaed kjod P , . ulsivur | ULsacet ursieut | uri ULM §=| UISsIvUL | ULSsreUt ULS.1eUt jo ulsaeu | ick deat Ui [equea + | [vaqzues $F — |feaquea t-+) Teaquea £ | [eaquoa + |[eaquoa 2) yerQU0A + [erquea £ — — |peaquaa 4-2! deep daap =. RS DEAS = = Sa a = i = = a a pure opr mM sourds oyuI poonp}| poezreae peztojorguy} = poqatea peqaoa -oid saspa} A[Qy.SITs pue peytoat -orqut -O.1}UT peueyoryy,} Aro A — = _ -oaguy | ATpoproacy a = — — — AYQYsits ULoIvU TeIngiody *¢ eloue yetsout qe ourds | snonords pourpour peurpour | -m0o Yq poeurpoutr AQYSys| pourpour | pourpoutr peurpour | ATS | Fyste14g = — | 4pg5tI9 | 4ySreaqg = Awa | AQYSTS Aouystq — — | Aust * espe corg “Z| OI—ZI cat SI—02 — I—91 TI—?T 8—ZI | OI—eI| 8—zZt | 6—2I | gI—#~t| 6-8 6—IT “WU OT UL ON “T : Kooy} Jo sleqovarvyo eles ITA SULOT euvrquietm) AIOA SUT | | Byjesata | vTpoSata [eyed =| -punoaans | BT[OGITA B[[OGITA eyjesitaA | snonords 4104s WIM Ayjeygaed | suoy AroA | sourds 4a0ys snonords | -uoo puv | snonords | sourds | vppedata | aqng ojut) ovs ‘soutds snonoids | [eorjour | At0a Y4IM | wsaybnqzy |-Woour YITM 4104s YyLM| -woo YAtm | tepuets | ayr[-poa ATqtsues | UJI pe | vppesata| peseq “moo eotyy] -uAsuQ | ‘pepunoy | azo | ‘papunoy | ‘pepunoy | ‘popunoy | ooaqy, ynoqs Axo A -ur Sursseg -ystamy| gatoyg | pews g | pue emrxoad jo aaqovreyy | é “UU T = — _ “WUE GC. é BULL | es CCC d Me we é d : : vMoIs Jo yysueyT | “UU “UU Z “UU G.T “UI ¢. “UU T “UU T ‘WU ¢.T — — = — | ¢.g—@ | mm g | mm 4.z * APIA osRIOAW eA00rs eA00rs | jeqdes Teqdes d ~ SVZ-S17, d — Suz-S1z, g é é d é d é eee eee ee UmDI OG popts aqny weIp | peprs -Joyered pepis pepis |. sutzedeq| -aut snon Sut poepts -[oTyeared “4.1048 4.10ys jotted | -poypeaed | AQqsr[s| -ordsuoo |-axodvy pure, SUOT -[oTpered 41049 AIO A AIO A — 4104S ‘WMI peyL ‘Suo'Ty 4atoyg |ygra “ouory] Suoy Ata A | Suory Ard A ‘Su0'T AvedAjod jo rtayovreyy | “a fis *3ngD | “Ang ABA | -aui) “IBA | en "8JDJOUUr *7O] "Snualzra "7g Ponies “waybnq "10 ts ee ‘snpr0jhys “79 | °8n307 79 eee | *sngppnna “79 | ‘sanbagun 10 “A dNO0UD FAT dnoOUuy ‘TIL dnouy ‘II dooup 216 *penulyuoo—snidVuNoov WI'T() sna oy, 07 biabuojeg susog fo suajonunyg oifioady PLATE XXVI. Genus Climacograptus. FIGS. 1 a—e.—Climacograptus scalaris (Hisinger). (Page 184.) 1 a. Specimen showing proximal end. Belcraig Burn, 8. Scotland. Upper Birkhill Shales. Hopkinson Collection, Sedgwick Museum. 1 b. Incomplete specimen. Ibid. Elles’ Collection. 1c. Larger specimen. Donaghadee, Ireland. Birkhill Shales. Elles’ Collection. 2 a—g.—Climacograptus scalaris, var. normalis, Lapworth. (Page 186.) 2a. Type specimen. Figured, Lapworth, Graptolites of Co. Down, 1877, pl. vi, fig. 31. Lower Birkhill Shales (zone of Cephalog. acuminatus). Dobb’s Linn. Lapworth’s Collection. 2 b. Narrow specimen showing sicula. Ibid. Elles’ Collection. 2c. Reverse view. Ibid. 2d. Long specimen. Ibid. H. Lapworth’s Collection. 2 e, Specimen with long distal virgula. Ibid. 2 f. Obverse view. Ibid. 2g. Specimen in low relief. North Cliff, Dobb’s Linn. Lapworth’s Collection. 3 a—h.—Climacograptus scalaris, var. miserabilis, Elles and Wood, nov. (Page 186.) 3a. Complete specimen. Dobb’s Linn. Upper Hartfell Shales (zone of Dicellog. com- planatus). Lapworth’s Collection. 3b. Incomplete specimen. Ibid. 3c. Specimen showing proximalend. Ibid. 3d. Ditto. Ibid. 3 e. Ibid. 3 f. Narrow form (?) Upper Hartfell Shales (zone of Dicellog. anceps). Dobb’s Linn. Wood’s Collection. 3g. Slender parallel-sided form, doubtfully referable to this variety. Ibid. Elles’ Collection. 3h. Ibid. 4 a—f.—Climacograptus medius, Tornquist. (Page 189.) 4a. Complete and typical specimen. Lower Birkhill Shales (zone of Diplog. vesiculosus). lobb’s Linn. Sedgwick Museum. 4b. Specimen which tapers more at the proximal end. Lower Birkhill Shales (zone of Diplog. vesiculosus). Main Cliff, Dobb’s Linn. Elles’ Collection. 4c. Distal fragment. On same slab as fig. 4 a. 4d. Young specimen preserved as a cast, showing incomplete septum. Fachdre Beds (zone of Dimorphograptus), Plas Pennant, Llanbrynmair. Wood's Collection. 4 e. Young specimen, showing long virgella. Same slab as figs. 4a and 4c. 4 f. Ditto, showing two long proximal spines. Ibid. 5 a—e.—Climacograptus rectangularis (M‘Coy). (Page 187.) 5 a. Type specimen in relief. Figured, M‘Coy, British Palaeozoic Fossils, pl. 18, fig. 8 a. Birkhill Shales. Moffat. Sedgwick Museum. 5b. Cast of same. Fig. 8. 5 ec. Longer specimen, preserved in scalariform view. Ibid. Fig. 9. 5 d. Small incomplete specimen. Birkhill Shales. Moffat. Sedgwick Museum. 5 e. Ibid. 6 a—f.— Climacograptus Tornqusti, Elles and Wood, sp. nov. (Page 190.) 6 a. ? Specimen figured, Lapworth, as C. rectangularis, Graptolites of Co. Down, 1877, pl. vi, fig. 82. Dobb’s Linn. Birkhill Shales. Lapworth’s Collection. 6 b. Smaller specimen, showing reverse view, on same slab as fig. 6 a. 6 c. Larger specimen, showing tubular virgella. Dobb’s Linn. Birkhill Shales. Lap- worth’s Collection. 6 d, Ditto, preserved in scalariform view. Ibid. 6 e. Specimen with very long tubular virgella. Obverse view. Ibid. 6 f. Small well-preserved specimen, reverse view. Waterfall, Long Cliff, Dobb’s Linn. Birkhill Shales. Lapworth’s Collection. PLATE XX VI—continued. PIGS, 7 a—d.—Climacograptus tuberculatus, Nicholson. (Page 213.) 7a. Complete specimen, poorly preserved. Dobb's Linn. Lower Birkhill Shales. British Museum (Natural History), 5. Kensington. 7b. Ibid. cline 7 d. Ibid.? 8 a—f.— Climacograptus bicornis (Hall). (Page 193.) : 8 a. Specimen in full relief; obverse view. Dobb’s Linn. Lower Hartfell Shales (zone of Climacog. Wilsoni). Elles’ Collection. 8 b. Slender specimen with small proximal spines. Kirkton Burn, Wanlock Head. Glen- kiln Shales. Lapworth’s Collection. 8c. Long specimen. Glenkiln Burn. Lower Hartfell Shales (zone of Climacog. Wilsoni). Wood’s Collection. 8d. Scalariform view of specimen with stout spines. The Cornice, Hartfell. Hartfell Shales. Lapworth’s Collection. 8 e. Specimen with very long slender spines. The Cornice, Hartfell. Hartfell Shales (zone of Climacog. Wilsoni). Elles’ Collection. Sie bid: 9 a—e.—Climacograptus bicornis, var. tridentatus, Lapworth. (Page 195.) 9a. Specimen with short virgella. Glenkiln. Glenkiln Shales. Lapworth’s Collection. 9 b. Specimen with three equally prominent spines. Wanlock Water. Glenkiln Shales. Lapworth’s Collection. (The reverse side of this specimen is iu the Sedgwick Museum.) 9¢. Specimen with shorter spines enclosed in prominent disc. Glenkiln. Gleukiln Shales. Lapworth’s Collection. 10 a—e.—Climacograptus bicornis, var. peltifer, Lapworth. (Page 196.) 10 a. Specimen with proximal spines enclosed in a small disc. Debb’s Linn. Upper Glenkiln Shales. Wood’s Collection. 10 b. Small specimen with large disc enveloping proximal end of polypary. Tiddyndicwm, N. Wales. Upper Glenkiln Shales. Sedgwick Museum. 10 ¢c. Typical specimen. Dobb’s Linn. Glenkiln Shales. Lapworth’s Collection. 11 a—d.— Climacograptus suwpernus, Elles and Wood, sp. nov. (Page 196.) ll a. Typical specimen. Main Cliff, Dobb’s Linn. Upper Hartfell Shales (zone of Dicellog. anceps). Wood’s Collection. 11 6. Ibid. Elles’ Collection. llc. Ibid. Wood’s Collection. 11 d. Specimen showing virgella and short spines. Ibid. 12 a—d.—Climacograptus Wilsoni, Lapworth. (Page 197.) 12 a. Typical specimen in partial relief. Main Cliff, Dobb's Linn. Lower Hartfell Shales (zone of Climacog. Wilsoni). Lapworth’s Collection. 12 b. Specimen showing distorted position of sac. Ibid. 12 c. Specimen with sac in normal position. Ibid. 12 d. Long specimen in partial relief, sac broken off. Ibid. 13.—Climacograptus Wilsoni, var. tubularis, Elles and Wood, nov. (Page 199.) 13. Large specimen in relief showing long tubular virgella. Dobb’s Linn. Lower Hartfell Shales (zone of Climacog. Wilsoni). Lapworth’s Collection. 3h. SSS PLATE XXVI. | 3d. SSS SS Sic: a2 passa 0) SS eee SSS ESS Ba. a 2g. SS ns = Oe Qe. wea PALZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1906. BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. 6 f. Aap Manga aanssgnnse. ca ee 6d. bree PSSST SERENE ER BA Ea —— SSS SSSssssssge == = —————— aes — = eran DS tee ae SSUES PS II — — & BEL EQ RESIN ADE OO RNID ais manne 4 Gs Ae. Daren ay lla. eR Toe AP LEE EEE O o see = cP SO ‘ FS AANA AI NO PILAR ALA D LSE ee ie IO ONE ny a N 2S : / = ears ete Bee Te Se ata SY N — > anak SIN SN RNY olin sya eet! 1B Ey ee arrest Se ae Sis SL. SPA Sal A at SD Lie ae Oo Oe SS See. ao : ff oi AE ES, ~K \ cS QN rm 3} Qe. Wood, del. MM. RR. E. PLATE XXVII. Climacograptus—continued. FIGS. 1 a—g.—Climacograptus minimus (Carruthers). (Page 191.) la. Complete specimen. Mount Benger Burn, 8. Scotland. Hartfell Shales (zone of Pleurog. linearis). Lapworth’s Collection. 1b. Smaller specimen. On same slab as fig. 1a. lc. Wider fragment. On same slab as figs. 1 a and 1b. 1d. Distal fragment, showing virgular tube. Dobb’s Linn (zone of P. linearis). Elles’ Collection. 1 e. Complete specimen, showing proximal end. Ibid. 1/. Long specimen. Ibid. lg. Smaller specimen. Ibid. 2 a—f.—Climacograptus brevis, Elles and Wood, sp. nov. (Page 192.) 2a. Typical specimen, reverse view, showing sicula. Gwern-y-fed-fach, Builth. Llandeilo Beds. Sedgwick Museum. 2 b. Specimen on same slab as fig. 2 a. 2c. Smaller specimen. Ibid. 2d. Complete specimen. Ibid. 2 e. Young specimen, obverse view, showing sicula. Dobb’s Linn. Hartfell Shales (zone of Pleurog. linearis). Elles’ Collection. 27. Dorsal view of wide specimen. Gwern-y-fed-fach, Builth. Llandeilo Beds. Elles’ Collection. 3 a—h.—Climacograptus latus, Elles and Wood, sp. nov. (Page 204.) 3a. Typical specimen, obverse view. Main Clitf, Dobb’s Linn. Upper Hartfell Shales (zone of Dicellog. anceps). Elles’ Collection. 3b. Ibid. Wood’s Collection. 3c. Small specimen. Ibid. Elles’ Collection. 3d. Wide distal fragment. Ibid. Wood’s Collection. 3 e. Small specimen, Ibid. 3 f. Larger specimen. Ibid. 3 g. Small narrow specimen, reverse view. Ibid. Elles’ Collection. 3h. Larger specimen, doubtfully referable to this species. Ibid. Wood’s Collection. 4 a—e.—Climacograptus antiquus, Lapworth. (Page 199.) 4a. Typical specimen. Black Linn, Glenkiln. Glenkiln Shales. Lapworth’s Collection. 4b. Large but incomplete specimen. Ibid. 4c. Narrower specimen. Kirkmichael Burn, 8. Scotland. Glenkiln Shales. Lapworth’s Collection. 4d. Specimen with prominent proximal spines. Oak Wood, Pontesford, Shropshire. Lower Bala. Lapworth’s Collection. 4e. Ibid. 5 a—f.—Climacograptus antiquus, var. lineatus, Elles and Wood, nov. (Page 201.) 5a. Small but complete specimen. Craigmichan Scaurs, 8. Scotland. Upper Glenkiln Shales (zone of Dicellog. patulosus). Lapworth’s Collection. 5 b. Distal fragment. Ibid. 5c. Long distal fragment, narrowed by compression. Llanystwmdwy. Dicranograptus Shales. Sedgwick Museum. 5 d. Proximal end of specimen j reserved in scalariform view. Ibid. 5 e. Distal fragment. Ibid. 5 f. Distal fragment, not distorted. Ibid. 6 a—d.—Climacograptus antiquus, var. bursifer, Elles and Wood, nov. (Page 201.) 6a. Typical specimen. Kirkmichael Burn, Dumfries. Glenkiln Shales. Lapworth’s Collection. 6 b. Smaller specimen, showing distal prolongation of the virgula. On same slab as fig. 6a. 6 c. Specimen showing proximal end and sac. On same slab as figs. 6 a and 6 b. 6 d. Small specimen with large sac. Same locality as figs. 6 a—c. PLATE XXVII—continued. FIGS. 7 a—e.—Climacograptus caudatus, Lapworth. (Page 202.) ; 7 a.—Typical specimen with long virgella. Glenkiln Burn, Kirkmichael, Dumfries. Hartfell Shales. Lapworth’s Collection. 7 b. Small specimen showing virgella and distal virgula. Ibid. 7 c. Specimen showing tubular virgella. Hartfell Spa. Ibid. 7d. Typical form. Same locality as figs. 7 a and 7b. 7 e. Specimen having a long proximal spine in addition to virgella. Same locality as fig. 7c Cree: 8 a—d.—Climacograptus tubuliferus, Lapworth. (Page 203.) 8a. Typical specimen. Hartfell Spa. Hartfell Shales. Lapworth’s Collection. 8 b. Ditto, showing broad virgular tube. On same slab as fig. 8a. 8 c. Small specimen showing proximal end. Ibid. 8d. Larger specimen. Ibid. 9 a—e.— Climacograptus styloideus, Lapworth. (Page 205.) 9a. Typical specimen showing virgula with sac, scalariform view. Hartfell Spa. Hart- fell Shales. Lapworth’s Collection. 9 b. Distal fragment, showing virgula and sac. Ibid. 9c. Proximal part. Ibid. 9d. Wide specimen. Ibid. 9 e. Complete specimen, scalariform view. Ibid. 10 a—e.—Climacograptus innotatus, Nicholson. (Page 212.) 10 a. Typical specimen. Dobb’s Linn. Birkhill Shales (zone of Monog. gregarius). Elles’ Collection, 10 6. Small specimen showing thecal spines. Ibid. 10 c. Long narrow specimen with few thecal spines. Dobb’s Linn, Birkhill Shales. Lapworth’s Collection. 10 d. Small specimen, obverse view. Ibid. Elles’ Collection. 10 e. Ibid. 11 a—e.—Climacograptus Hughesi (Nicholson). (Page 208.) 11 a. Typical specimen in full relief. Ambleside, Lake District. Skelgill Beds. British Museum (Natural History), 8S. Kensington. 11 6. Compressed specimen, in relief. Skelgill. Skelgill Beds (zone of Monog. fimbriatus). Marr's Collection. llc. Specimen in the flat. Branch Linn, Dobb’s Linn. Birkhill Shales (zone of M. gregarius). Elles’ Collection. ll d. Small specimen, cast. Skelgill. Skelgill Beds (zone of M. argenteus). Marv’s Collection. 11 e. Specimen preserved in the flat. Main Cliff, Dobb’s Linn. Birkhill Shales. Elles’ Collection. 12 a—c.—Climacograptus minutus, Carruthers. (Page 211.) 12 a. Complete specimen. Frenchland Burn, 8. Scotland. Birkhill Shales. British Museum (Natural History), 8. Kensington. 12 6. Ibid. On same slab as fig. 12 a. 12 c. Distal fragment. Ibid. 13 a, b.—Climacograptus extremus, H. Lapworth. (Page 210.) 13 a. Typical specimen in full relief, reverse view. Rhyd Hir Brook, Rhayader. Rhayader Pale Shales (zone of Monog. crassus). H. Lapworth’s Collection. 13 b. Ibid. 14 a—e.—Climacograptus Scharenbergi, Lapworth. (Page 206.) 14a, Typical specimen, full relief. Dobb's Linn. Lower Hartfell Shales (zone of Climacog. Wilsoni). Lapworth’s Collection. 14}. Large specimen in relief. Ibid. 14, ¢. Specimen preserved in the flat, showing no zig-zag septum. MHartfell Spa. Lower Hartfell Shales (zone of Climacog. Wilsoni). Lapworth’s Collection. 14d, Small specimen preserved as a cast, showing very long virgula. Ibid. 14 e. Small fragment. Pont Seiont, N. Wales. Upper Arenig Beds (zone of Didymog. bifidus). Sedgwick Museum. PALZONTOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 1906. PLATE XXVIII. BRITISH GRAPTOLITES. : ART? : o o 3 CRU ; 3 , ) vee ema = 2 a) CSaam fo} nN a Sea) = — ——— EE t s N oS @ SSAC fo) SSS eH . a) EEE C) ca) A ~ ee spose : ee ise at i iS 3) — eee mots : ? ee SS See Oz — - sige. ° = A = 5 = 2 See RAT az g STIS Seon , SSS ee en ae = wes. ee. —_—_—— = g rr =, IS ele. ee = a rae) ~~~ SE ae. < ane - = -_ 2D, a « See 8 eee 62 SSE a EEO OS meee) © = r rr Sw EX (| at